]> Dogcows Code - chaz/tar/blob - doc/tar.texi
82c303d7024cea36a4f861cae48f0491ef499eb7
[chaz/tar] / doc / tar.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename tar.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle GNU tar @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @smallbook
11 @c %**end of header
12
13 @c Maintenance notes:
14 @c 1. Pay attention to @FIXME{}s and @UNREVISED{}s
15 @c 2. Before creating final variant:
16 @c 2.1. Run 'make check-options' to make sure all options are properly
17 @c documented;
18 @c 2.2. Run 'make master-menu' (see comment before the master menu).
19
20 @include rendition.texi
21 @include value.texi
22
23 @defcodeindex op
24 @defcodeindex kw
25
26 @c Put everything in one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index).
27 @syncodeindex fn cp
28 @syncodeindex ky cp
29 @syncodeindex pg cp
30 @syncodeindex vr cp
31 @syncodeindex kw cp
32
33 @copying
34
35 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} @command{tar} (version
36 @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), which creates and extracts files
37 from archives.
38
39 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1994--1997, 1999--2001, 2003--2013 Free
40 Software Foundation, Inc.
41
42 @quotation
43 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
44 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
45 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
46 Invariant Sections being ``GNU General Public License'', with the
47 Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual'', and with the Back-Cover Texts
48 as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
49 entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
50
51 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have the freedom to
52 copy and modify this GNU manual.''
53 @end quotation
54 @end copying
55
56 @dircategory Archiving
57 @direntry
58 * Tar: (tar). Making tape (or disk) archives.
59 @end direntry
60
61 @dircategory Individual utilities
62 @direntry
63 * tar: (tar)tar invocation. Invoking @GNUTAR{}.
64 @end direntry
65
66 @shorttitlepage @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
67
68 @titlepage
69 @title @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
70 @subtitle @value{RENDITION} @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
71 @author John Gilmore, Jay Fenlason et al.
72
73 @page
74 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
75 @insertcopying
76 @end titlepage
77
78 @ifnottex
79 @node Top
80 @top @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
81
82 @insertcopying
83
84 @cindex file archival
85 @cindex archiving files
86
87 The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
88 document. The rest of the menu lists all the lower level nodes.
89 @end ifnottex
90
91 @c The master menu goes here.
92 @c
93 @c NOTE: To update it from within Emacs, make sure mastermenu.el is
94 @c loaded and run texinfo-master-menu.
95 @c To update it from the command line, run
96 @c
97 @c make master-menu
98
99 @menu
100 * Introduction::
101 * Tutorial::
102 * tar invocation::
103 * operations::
104 * Backups::
105 * Choosing::
106 * Date input formats::
107 * Formats::
108 * Media::
109 * Reliability and security::
110
111 Appendices
112
113 * Changes::
114 * Configuring Help Summary::
115 * Fixing Snapshot Files::
116 * Tar Internals::
117 * Genfile::
118 * Free Software Needs Free Documentation::
119 * GNU Free Documentation License::
120 * Index of Command Line Options::
121 * Index::
122
123 @detailmenu
124 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
125
126 Introduction
127
128 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
129 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
130 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
131 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
132 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
133 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
134
135 Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
136
137 * assumptions::
138 * stylistic conventions::
139 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
140 * frequent operations::
141 * Two Frequent Options::
142 * create:: How to Create Archives
143 * list:: How to List Archives
144 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
145 * going further::
146
147 Two Frequently Used Options
148
149 * file tutorial::
150 * verbose tutorial::
151 * help tutorial::
152
153 How to Create Archives
154
155 * prepare for examples::
156 * Creating the archive::
157 * create verbose::
158 * short create::
159 * create dir::
160
161 How to List Archives
162
163 * list dir::
164
165 How to Extract Members from an Archive
166
167 * extracting archives::
168 * extracting files::
169 * extract dir::
170 * extracting untrusted archives::
171 * failing commands::
172
173 Invoking @GNUTAR{}
174
175 * Synopsis::
176 * using tar options::
177 * Styles::
178 * All Options::
179 * help::
180 * defaults::
181 * verbose::
182 * checkpoints::
183 * warnings::
184 * interactive::
185
186 The Three Option Styles
187
188 * Long Options:: Long Option Style
189 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
190 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
191 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
192
193 All @command{tar} Options
194
195 * Operation Summary::
196 * Option Summary::
197 * Short Option Summary::
198
199 @GNUTAR{} Operations
200
201 * Basic tar::
202 * Advanced tar::
203 * create options::
204 * extract options::
205 * backup::
206 * Applications::
207 * looking ahead::
208
209 Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
210
211 * Operations::
212 * append::
213 * update::
214 * concatenate::
215 * delete::
216 * compare::
217
218 How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
219
220 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
221 * multiple::
222
223 Updating an Archive
224
225 * how to update::
226
227 Options Used by @option{--create}
228
229 * override:: Overriding File Metadata.
230 * Ignore Failed Read::
231
232 Options Used by @option{--extract}
233
234 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
235 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
236 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
237
238 Options to Help Read Archives
239
240 * read full records::
241 * Ignore Zeros::
242
243 Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
244
245 * Dealing with Old Files::
246 * Overwrite Old Files::
247 * Keep Old Files::
248 * Keep Newer Files::
249 * Unlink First::
250 * Recursive Unlink::
251 * Data Modification Times::
252 * Setting Access Permissions::
253 * Directory Modification Times and Permissions::
254 * Writing to Standard Output::
255 * Writing to an External Program::
256 * remove files::
257
258 Coping with Scarce Resources
259
260 * Starting File::
261 * Same Order::
262
263 Performing Backups and Restoring Files
264
265 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
266 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
267 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
268 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
269 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
270 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
271
272 Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
273
274 * General-Purpose Variables::
275 * Magnetic Tape Control::
276 * User Hooks::
277 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
278
279 Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
280
281 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
282 * Selecting Archive Members::
283 * files:: Reading Names from a File
284 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
285 * wildcards:: Wildcards Patterns and Matching
286 * quoting styles:: Ways of Quoting Special Characters in Names
287 * transform:: Modifying File and Member Names
288 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
289 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
290 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
291
292 Reading Names from a File
293
294 * nul::
295
296 Excluding Some Files
297
298 * problems with exclude::
299
300 Wildcards Patterns and Matching
301
302 * controlling pattern-matching::
303
304 Crossing File System Boundaries
305
306 * directory:: Changing Directory
307 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
308
309 Date input formats
310
311 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
312 * Calendar date items:: 19 Dec 1994.
313 * Time of day items:: 9:20pm.
314 * Time zone items:: @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}.
315 * Day of week items:: Monday and others.
316 * Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
317 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
318 * Seconds since the Epoch:: @@1078100502.
319 * Specifying time zone rules:: TZ="America/New_York", TZ="UTC0".
320 * Authors of parse_datetime:: Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
321
322 Controlling the Archive Format
323
324 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
325 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
326 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
327 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
328
329 Using Less Space through Compression
330
331 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
332 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
333
334 Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
335
336 * lbzip2:: Using lbzip2 with @GNUTAR{}.
337
338 Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
339
340 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
341 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
342 * hard links:: Hard Links
343 * old:: Old V7 Archives
344 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
345 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
346 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
347 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
348 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
349 * Other Tars:: How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using
350 Other @command{tar} Implementations
351
352 @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
353
354 * PAX keywords:: Controlling Extended Header Keywords.
355
356 How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using Other @command{tar} Implementations
357
358 * Split Recovery:: Members Split Between Volumes
359 * Sparse Recovery:: Sparse Members
360
361 Tapes and Other Archive Media
362
363 * Device:: Device selection and switching
364 * Remote Tape Server::
365 * Common Problems and Solutions::
366 * Blocking:: Blocking
367 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
368 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
369 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
370 * verify::
371 * Write Protection::
372
373 Blocking
374
375 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
376 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
377
378 Many Archives on One Tape
379
380 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
381 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
382
383 Using Multiple Tapes
384
385 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
386 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
387 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
388
389
390 Tar Internals
391
392 * Standard:: Basic Tar Format
393 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
394 * Sparse Formats:: Storing Sparse Files
395 * Snapshot Files::
396 * Dumpdir::
397
398 Storing Sparse Files
399
400 * Old GNU Format::
401 * PAX 0:: PAX Format, Versions 0.0 and 0.1
402 * PAX 1:: PAX Format, Version 1.0
403
404 Genfile
405
406 * Generate Mode:: File Generation Mode.
407 * Status Mode:: File Status Mode.
408 * Exec Mode:: Synchronous Execution mode.
409
410 Copying This Manual
411
412 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
413
414 @end detailmenu
415 @end menu
416
417 @node Introduction
418 @chapter Introduction
419
420 @GNUTAR{} creates
421 and manipulates @dfn{archives} which are actually collections of
422 many other files; the program provides users with an organized and
423 systematic method for controlling a large amount of data.
424 The name ``tar'' originally came from the phrase ``Tape ARchive'', but
425 archives need not (and these days, typically do not) reside on tapes.
426
427 @menu
428 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
429 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
430 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
431 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
432 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
433 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
434 @end menu
435
436 @node Book Contents
437 @section What this Book Contains
438
439 The first part of this chapter introduces you to various terms that will
440 recur throughout the book. It also tells you who has worked on @GNUTAR{}
441 and its documentation, and where you should send bug reports
442 or comments.
443
444 The second chapter is a tutorial (@pxref{Tutorial}) which provides a
445 gentle introduction for people who are new to using @command{tar}. It is
446 meant to be self-contained, not requiring any reading from subsequent
447 chapters to make sense. It moves from topic to topic in a logical,
448 progressive order, building on information already explained.
449
450 Although the tutorial is paced and structured to allow beginners to
451 learn how to use @command{tar}, it is not intended solely for beginners.
452 The tutorial explains how to use the three most frequently used
453 operations (@samp{create}, @samp{list}, and @samp{extract}) as well as
454 two frequently used options (@samp{file} and @samp{verbose}). The other
455 chapters do not refer to the tutorial frequently; however, if a section
456 discusses something which is a complex variant of a basic concept, there
457 may be a cross-reference to that basic concept. (The entire book,
458 including the tutorial, assumes that the reader understands some basic
459 concepts of using a Unix-type operating system; @pxref{Tutorial}.)
460
461 The third chapter presents the remaining five operations, and
462 information about using @command{tar} options and option syntax.
463
464 The other chapters are meant to be used as a reference. Each chapter
465 presents everything that needs to be said about a specific topic.
466
467 One of the chapters (@pxref{Date input formats}) exists in its
468 entirety in other @acronym{GNU} manuals, and is mostly self-contained.
469 In addition, one section of this manual (@pxref{Standard}) contains a
470 big quote which is taken directly from @command{tar} sources.
471
472 In general, we give both long and short (abbreviated) option names
473 at least once in each section where the relevant option is covered, so
474 that novice readers will become familiar with both styles. (A few
475 options have no short versions, and the relevant sections will
476 indicate this.)
477
478 @node Definitions
479 @section Some Definitions
480
481 @cindex archive
482 @cindex tar archive
483 The @command{tar} program is used to create and manipulate @command{tar}
484 archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file which contains the contents
485 of many files, while still identifying the names of the files, their
486 owner(s), and so forth. (In addition, archives record access
487 permissions, user and group, size in bytes, and data modification time.
488 Some archives also record the file names in each archived directory, as
489 well as other file and directory information.) You can use @command{tar}
490 to @dfn{create} a new archive in a specified directory.
491
492 @cindex member
493 @cindex archive member
494 @cindex file name
495 @cindex member name
496 The files inside an archive are called @dfn{members}. Within this
497 manual, we use the term @dfn{file} to refer only to files accessible in
498 the normal ways (by @command{ls}, @command{cat}, and so forth), and the term
499 @dfn{member} to refer only to the members of an archive. Similarly, a
500 @dfn{file name} is the name of a file, as it resides in the file system,
501 and a @dfn{member name} is the name of an archive member within the
502 archive.
503
504 @cindex extraction
505 @cindex unpacking
506 The term @dfn{extraction} refers to the process of copying an archive
507 member (or multiple members) into a file in the file system. Extracting
508 all the members of an archive is often called @dfn{extracting the
509 archive}. The term @dfn{unpack} can also be used to refer to the
510 extraction of many or all the members of an archive. Extracting an
511 archive does not destroy the archive's structure, just as creating an
512 archive does not destroy the copies of the files that exist outside of
513 the archive. You may also @dfn{list} the members in a given archive
514 (this is often thought of as ``printing'' them to the standard output,
515 or the command line), or @dfn{append} members to a pre-existing archive.
516 All of these operations can be performed using @command{tar}.
517
518 @node What tar Does
519 @section What @command{tar} Does
520
521 @cindex tar
522 The @command{tar} program provides the ability to create @command{tar}
523 archives, as well as various other kinds of manipulation. For example,
524 you can use @command{tar} on previously created archives to extract files,
525 to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already
526 stored.
527
528 Initially, @command{tar} archives were used to store files conveniently on
529 magnetic tape. The name @command{tar} comes from this use; it stands for
530 @code{t}ape @code{ar}chiver. Despite the utility's name, @command{tar} can
531 direct its output to available devices, files, or other programs (using
532 pipes). @command{tar} may even access remote devices or files (as archives).
533
534 You can use @command{tar} archives in many ways. We want to stress a few
535 of them: storage, backup, and transportation.
536
537 @FIXME{the following table entries need a bit of work.}
538 @table @asis
539 @item Storage
540 Often, @command{tar} archives are used to store related files for
541 convenient file transfer over a network. For example, the
542 @acronym{GNU} Project distributes its software bundled into
543 @command{tar} archives, so that all the files relating to a particular
544 program (or set of related programs) can be transferred as a single
545 unit.
546
547 A magnetic tape can store several files in sequence. However, the tape
548 has no names for these files; it only knows their relative position on
549 the tape. One way to store several files on one tape and retain their
550 names is by creating a @command{tar} archive. Even when the basic transfer
551 mechanism can keep track of names, as FTP can, the nuisance of handling
552 multiple files, directories, and multiple links makes @command{tar}
553 archives useful.
554
555 Archive files are also used for long-term storage. You can think of
556 this as transportation from the present into the future. (It is a
557 science-fiction idiom that you can move through time as well as in
558 space; the idea here is that @command{tar} can be used to move archives in
559 all dimensions, even time!)
560
561 @item Backup
562 Because the archive created by @command{tar} is capable of preserving
563 file information and directory structure, @command{tar} is commonly
564 used for performing full and incremental backups of disks. A backup
565 puts a collection of files (possibly pertaining to many users and
566 projects) together on a disk or a tape. This guards against
567 accidental destruction of the information in those files.
568 @GNUTAR{} has special features that allow it to be
569 used to make incremental and full dumps of all the files in a
570 file system.
571
572 @item Transportation
573 You can create an archive on one system, transfer it to another system,
574 and extract the contents there. This allows you to transport a group of
575 files from one system to another.
576 @end table
577
578 @node Naming tar Archives
579 @section How @command{tar} Archives are Named
580
581 Conventionally, @command{tar} archives are given names ending with
582 @samp{.tar}. This is not necessary for @command{tar} to operate properly,
583 but this manual follows that convention in order to accustom readers to
584 it and to make examples more clear.
585
586 @cindex tar file
587 @cindex entry
588 @cindex tar entry
589 Often, people refer to @command{tar} archives as ``@command{tar} files,'' and
590 archive members as ``files'' or ``entries''. For people familiar with
591 the operation of @command{tar}, this causes no difficulty. However, in
592 this manual, we consistently refer to ``archives'' and ``archive
593 members'' to make learning to use @command{tar} easier for novice users.
594
595 @node Authors
596 @section @GNUTAR{} Authors
597
598 @GNUTAR{} was originally written by John Gilmore,
599 and modified by many people. The @acronym{GNU} enhancements were
600 written by Jay Fenlason, then Joy Kendall, and the whole package has
601 been further maintained by Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Fran@,{c}ois
602 Pinard, Paul Eggert, and finally Sergey Poznyakoff with the help of
603 numerous and kind users.
604
605 We wish to stress that @command{tar} is a collective work, and owes much to
606 all those people who reported problems, offered solutions and other
607 insights, or shared their thoughts and suggestions. An impressive, yet
608 partial list of those contributors can be found in the @file{THANKS}
609 file from the @GNUTAR{} distribution.
610
611 @FIXME{i want all of these names mentioned, Absolutely. BUT, i'm not
612 sure i want to spell out the history in this detail, at least not for
613 the printed book. i'm just not sure it needs to be said this way.
614 i'll think about it.}
615
616 @FIXME{History is more important, and surely more interesting, than
617 actual names. Quoting names without history would be meaningless. FP}
618
619 Jay Fenlason put together a draft of a @GNUTAR{}
620 manual, borrowing notes from the original man page from John Gilmore.
621 This was withdrawn in version 1.11. Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG and Amy
622 Gorin worked on a tutorial and manual for @GNUTAR{}.
623 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard put version 1.11.8 of the manual together by
624 taking information from all these sources and merging them. Melissa
625 Weisshaus finally edited and redesigned the book to create version
626 1.12. The book for versions from 1.14 up to @value{VERSION} were edited
627 by the current maintainer, Sergey Poznyakoff.
628
629 For version 1.12, Daniel Hagerty contributed a great deal of technical
630 consulting. In particular, he is the primary author of @ref{Backups}.
631
632 In July, 2003 @GNUTAR{} was put on CVS at savannah.gnu.org
633 (see @url{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/tar}), and
634 active development and maintenance work has started
635 again. Currently @GNUTAR{} is being maintained by Paul Eggert, Sergey
636 Poznyakoff and Jeff Bailey.
637
638 Support for @acronym{POSIX} archives was added by Sergey Poznyakoff.
639
640 @node Reports
641 @section Reporting bugs or suggestions
642
643 @cindex bug reports
644 @cindex reporting bugs
645 If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
646 please report them to @file{bug-tar@@gnu.org}.
647
648 When reporting a bug, please be sure to include as much detail as
649 possible, in order to reproduce it.
650 @FIXME{Be more specific, I'd like to make this node as detailed as
651 'Bug reporting' node in Emacs manual.}
652
653 @node Tutorial
654 @chapter Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
655
656 This chapter guides you through some basic examples of three @command{tar}
657 operations: @option{--create}, @option{--list}, and @option{--extract}. If
658 you already know how to use some other version of @command{tar}, then you
659 may not need to read this chapter. This chapter omits most complicated
660 details about how @command{tar} works.
661
662 @menu
663 * assumptions::
664 * stylistic conventions::
665 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
666 * frequent operations::
667 * Two Frequent Options::
668 * create:: How to Create Archives
669 * list:: How to List Archives
670 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
671 * going further::
672 @end menu
673
674 @node assumptions
675 @section Assumptions this Tutorial Makes
676
677 This chapter is paced to allow beginners to learn about @command{tar}
678 slowly. At the same time, we will try to cover all the basic aspects of
679 these three operations. In order to accomplish both of these tasks, we
680 have made certain assumptions about your knowledge before reading this
681 manual, and the hardware you will be using:
682
683 @itemize @bullet
684 @item
685 Before you start to work through this tutorial, you should understand
686 what the terms ``archive'' and ``archive member'' mean
687 (@pxref{Definitions}). In addition, you should understand something
688 about how Unix-type operating systems work, and you should know how to
689 use some basic utilities. For example, you should know how to create,
690 list, copy, rename, edit, and delete files and directories; how to
691 change between directories; and how to figure out where you are in the
692 file system. You should have some basic understanding of directory
693 structure and how files are named according to which directory they are
694 in. You should understand concepts such as standard output and standard
695 input, what various definitions of the term @samp{argument} mean, and the
696 differences between relative and absolute file names.
697 @FIXME{and what else?}
698
699 @item
700 This manual assumes that you are working from your own home directory
701 (unless we state otherwise). In this tutorial, you will create a
702 directory to practice @command{tar} commands in. When we show file names,
703 we will assume that those names are relative to your home directory.
704 For example, my home directory is @file{/home/fsf/melissa}. All of
705 my examples are in a subdirectory of the directory named by that file
706 name; the subdirectory is called @file{practice}.
707
708 @item
709 In general, we show examples of archives which exist on (or can be
710 written to, or worked with from) a directory on a hard disk. In most
711 cases, you could write those archives to, or work with them on any other
712 device, such as a tape drive. However, some of the later examples in
713 the tutorial and next chapter will not work on tape drives.
714 Additionally, working with tapes is much more complicated than working
715 with hard disks. For these reasons, the tutorial does not cover working
716 with tape drives. @xref{Media}, for complete information on using
717 @command{tar} archives with tape drives.
718
719 @FIXME{this is a cop out. need to add some simple tape drive info.}
720 @end itemize
721
722 @node stylistic conventions
723 @section Stylistic Conventions
724
725 In the examples, @samp{$} represents a typical shell prompt. It
726 precedes lines you should type; to make this more clear, those lines are
727 shown in @kbd{this font}, as opposed to lines which represent the
728 computer's response; those lines are shown in @code{this font}, or
729 sometimes @samp{like this}.
730
731 @c When we have lines which are too long to be
732 @c displayed in any other way, we will show them like this:
733
734 @node basic tar options
735 @section Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
736
737 @command{tar} can take a wide variety of arguments which specify and define
738 the actions it will have on the particular set of files or the archive.
739 The main types of arguments to @command{tar} fall into one of two classes:
740 operations, and options.
741
742 Some arguments fall into a class called @dfn{operations}; exactly one of
743 these is both allowed and required for any instance of using @command{tar};
744 you may @emph{not} specify more than one. People sometimes speak of
745 @dfn{operating modes}. You are in a particular operating mode when you
746 have specified the operation which specifies it; there are eight
747 operations in total, and thus there are eight operating modes.
748
749 The other arguments fall into the class known as @dfn{options}. You are
750 not required to specify any options, and you are allowed to specify more
751 than one at a time (depending on the way you are using @command{tar} at
752 that time). Some options are used so frequently, and are so useful for
753 helping you type commands more carefully that they are effectively
754 ``required''. We will discuss them in this chapter.
755
756 You can write most of the @command{tar} operations and options in any
757 of three forms: long (mnemonic) form, short form, and old style. Some
758 of the operations and options have no short or ``old'' forms; however,
759 the operations and options which we will cover in this tutorial have
760 corresponding abbreviations. We will indicate those abbreviations
761 appropriately to get you used to seeing them. Note, that the ``old
762 style'' option forms exist in @GNUTAR{} for compatibility with Unix
763 @command{tar}. In this book we present a full discussion of this way
764 of writing options and operations (@pxref{Old Options}), and we discuss
765 the other two styles of writing options (@xref{Long Options}, and
766 @pxref{Short Options}).
767
768 In the examples and in the text of this tutorial, we usually use the
769 long forms of operations and options; but the ``short'' forms produce
770 the same result and can make typing long @command{tar} commands easier.
771 For example, instead of typing
772
773 @smallexample
774 @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
775 @end smallexample
776
777 @noindent
778 you can type
779 @smallexample
780 @kbd{tar -c -v -f afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
781 @end smallexample
782
783 @noindent
784 or even
785 @smallexample
786 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
787 @end smallexample
788
789 @noindent
790 For more information on option syntax, see @ref{Advanced tar}. In
791 discussions in the text, when we name an option by its long form, we
792 also give the corresponding short option in parentheses.
793
794 The term, ``option'', can be confusing at times, since ``operations''
795 are often lumped in with the actual, @emph{optional} ``options'' in certain
796 general class statements. For example, we just talked about ``short and
797 long forms of options and operations''. However, experienced @command{tar}
798 users often refer to these by shorthand terms such as, ``short and long
799 options''. This term assumes that the ``operations'' are included, also.
800 Context will help you determine which definition of ``options'' to use.
801
802 Similarly, the term ``command'' can be confusing, as it is often used in
803 two different ways. People sometimes refer to @command{tar} ``commands''.
804 A @command{tar} @dfn{command} is the entire command line of user input
805 which tells @command{tar} what to do --- including the operation, options,
806 and any arguments (file names, pipes, other commands, etc.). However,
807 you will also sometimes hear the term ``the @command{tar} command''. When
808 the word ``command'' is used specifically like this, a person is usually
809 referring to the @command{tar} @emph{operation}, not the whole line.
810 Again, use context to figure out which of the meanings the speaker
811 intends.
812
813 @node frequent operations
814 @section The Three Most Frequently Used Operations
815
816 Here are the three most frequently used operations (both short and long
817 forms), as well as a brief description of their meanings. The rest of
818 this chapter will cover how to use these operations in detail. We will
819 present the rest of the operations in the next chapter.
820
821 @table @option
822 @item --create
823 @itemx -c
824 Create a new @command{tar} archive.
825 @item --list
826 @itemx -t
827 List the contents of an archive.
828 @item --extract
829 @itemx -x
830 Extract one or more members from an archive.
831 @end table
832
833 @node Two Frequent Options
834 @section Two Frequently Used Options
835
836 To understand how to run @command{tar} in the three operating modes listed
837 previously, you also need to understand how to use two of the options to
838 @command{tar}: @option{--file} (which takes an archive file as an argument)
839 and @option{--verbose}. (You are usually not @emph{required} to specify
840 either of these options when you run @command{tar}, but they can be very
841 useful in making things more clear and helping you avoid errors.)
842
843 @menu
844 * file tutorial::
845 * verbose tutorial::
846 * help tutorial::
847 @end menu
848
849 @node file tutorial
850 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--file} Option
851
852 @table @option
853 @xopindex{file, tutorial}
854 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
855 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
856 Specify the name of an archive file.
857 @end table
858
859 You can specify an argument for the @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) option whenever you
860 use @command{tar}; this option determines the name of the archive file
861 that @command{tar} will work on.
862
863 @vrindex TAPE
864 If you don't specify this argument, then @command{tar} will examine
865 the environment variable @env{TAPE}. If it is set, its value will be
866 used as the archive name. Otherwise, @command{tar} will use the
867 default archive, determined at compile time. Usually it is
868 standard output or some physical tape drive attached to your machine
869 (you can verify what the default is by running @kbd{tar
870 --show-defaults}, @pxref{defaults}). If there is no tape drive
871 attached, or the default is not meaningful, then @command{tar} will
872 print an error message. The error message might look roughly like one
873 of the following:
874
875 @smallexample
876 tar: can't open /dev/rmt8 : No such device or address
877 tar: can't open /dev/rsmt0 : I/O error
878 @end smallexample
879
880 @noindent
881 To avoid confusion, we recommend that you always specify an archive file
882 name by using @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) when writing your @command{tar} commands.
883 For more information on using the @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) option, see
884 @ref{file}.
885
886 @node verbose tutorial
887 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--verbose} Option
888
889 @table @option
890 @xopindex{verbose, introduced}
891 @item --verbose
892 @itemx -v
893 Show the files being worked on as @command{tar} is running.
894 @end table
895
896 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) shows details about the results of running
897 @command{tar}. This can be especially useful when the results might not be
898 obvious. For example, if you want to see the progress of @command{tar} as
899 it writes files into the archive, you can use the @option{--verbose}
900 option. In the beginning, you may find it useful to use
901 @option{--verbose} at all times; when you are more accustomed to
902 @command{tar}, you will likely want to use it at certain times but not at
903 others. We will use @option{--verbose} at times to help make something
904 clear, and we will give many examples both using and not using
905 @option{--verbose} to show the differences.
906
907 Each instance of @option{--verbose} on the command line increases the
908 verbosity level by one, so if you need more details on the output,
909 specify it twice.
910
911 When reading archives (@option{--list}, @option{--extract},
912 @option{--diff}), @command{tar} by default prints only the names of
913 the members being extracted. Using @option{--verbose} will show a full,
914 @command{ls} style member listing.
915
916 In contrast, when writing archives (@option{--create}, @option{--append},
917 @option{--update}), @command{tar} does not print file names by
918 default. So, a single @option{--verbose} option shows the file names
919 being added to the archive, while two @option{--verbose} options
920 enable the full listing.
921
922 For example, to create an archive in verbose mode:
923
924 @smallexample
925 $ @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
926 apple
927 angst
928 aspic
929 @end smallexample
930
931 @noindent
932 Creating the same archive with the verbosity level 2 could give:
933
934 @smallexample
935 $ @kbd{tar -cvvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
936 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 62373 2006-06-09 12:06 apple
937 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 11481 2006-06-09 12:06 angst
938 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 23152 2006-06-09 12:06 aspic
939 @end smallexample
940
941 @noindent
942 This works equally well using short or long forms of options. Using
943 long forms, you would simply write out the mnemonic form of the option
944 twice, like this:
945
946 @smallexample
947 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --verbose @dots{}}
948 @end smallexample
949
950 @noindent
951 Note that you must double the hyphens properly each time.
952
953 Later in the tutorial, we will give examples using @w{@option{--verbose
954 --verbose}}.
955
956 @anchor{verbose member listing}
957 The full output consists of six fields:
958
959 @itemize @bullet
960 @item File type and permissions in symbolic form.
961 These are displayed in the same format as the first column of
962 @command{ls -l} output (@pxref{What information is listed,
963 format=verbose, Verbose listing, fileutils, GNU file utilities}).
964
965 @item Owner name and group separated by a slash character.
966 If these data are not available (for example, when listing a @samp{v7} format
967 archive), numeric @acronym{ID} values are printed instead.
968
969 @item Size of the file, in bytes.
970
971 @item File modification date in ISO 8601 format.
972
973 @item File modification time.
974
975 @item File name.
976 If the name contains any special characters (white space, newlines,
977 etc.) these are displayed in an unambiguous form using so called
978 @dfn{quoting style}. For the detailed discussion of available styles
979 and on how to use them, see @ref{quoting styles}.
980
981 Depending on the file type, the name can be followed by some
982 additional information, described in the following table:
983
984 @table @samp
985 @item -> @var{link-name}
986 The file or archive member is a @dfn{symbolic link} and
987 @var{link-name} is the name of file it links to.
988
989 @item link to @var{link-name}
990 The file or archive member is a @dfn{hard link} and @var{link-name} is
991 the name of file it links to.
992
993 @item --Long Link--
994 The archive member is an old GNU format long link. You will normally
995 not encounter this.
996
997 @item --Long Name--
998 The archive member is an old GNU format long name. You will normally
999 not encounter this.
1000
1001 @item --Volume Header--
1002 The archive member is a GNU @dfn{volume header} (@pxref{Tape Files}).
1003
1004 @item --Continued at byte @var{n}--
1005 Encountered only at the beginning of a multi-volume archive
1006 (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}). This archive member is a continuation
1007 from the previous volume. The number @var{n} gives the offset where
1008 the original file was split.
1009
1010 @item unknown file type @var{c}
1011 An archive member of unknown type. @var{c} is the type character from
1012 the archive header. If you encounter such a message, it means that
1013 either your archive contains proprietary member types @GNUTAR{} is not
1014 able to handle, or the archive is corrupted.
1015 @end table
1016
1017 @end itemize
1018
1019 For example, here is an archive listing containing most of the special
1020 suffixes explained above:
1021
1022 @smallexample
1023 @group
1024 V--------- 0/0 1536 2006-06-09 13:07 MyVolume--Volume Header--
1025 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 456783 2006-06-09 12:06 aspic--Continued at byte 32456--
1026 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 62373 2006-06-09 12:06 apple
1027 lrwxrwxrwx gray/staff 0 2006-06-09 13:01 angst -> apple
1028 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 35793 2006-06-09 12:06 blues
1029 hrw-r--r-- gray/staff 0 2006-06-09 12:06 music link to blues
1030 @end group
1031 @end smallexample
1032
1033 @smallexample
1034 @end smallexample
1035
1036 @node help tutorial
1037 @unnumberedsubsec Getting Help: Using the @option{--help} Option
1038
1039 @table @option
1040 @opindex help
1041 @item --help
1042
1043 The @option{--help} option to @command{tar} prints out a very brief list of
1044 all operations and option available for the current version of
1045 @command{tar} available on your system.
1046 @end table
1047
1048 @node create
1049 @section How to Create Archives
1050 @UNREVISED
1051
1052 @cindex Creation of the archive
1053 @cindex Archive, creation of
1054 One of the basic operations of @command{tar} is @option{--create} (@option{-c}), which
1055 you use to create a @command{tar} archive. We will explain
1056 @option{--create} first because, in order to learn about the other
1057 operations, you will find it useful to have an archive available to
1058 practice on.
1059
1060 To make this easier, in this section you will first create a directory
1061 containing three files. Then, we will show you how to create an
1062 @emph{archive} (inside the new directory). Both the directory, and
1063 the archive are specifically for you to practice on. The rest of this
1064 chapter and the next chapter will show many examples using this
1065 directory and the files you will create: some of those files may be
1066 other directories and other archives.
1067
1068 The three files you will archive in this example are called
1069 @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}. The archive is called
1070 @file{collection.tar}.
1071
1072 This section will proceed slowly, detailing how to use @option{--create}
1073 in @code{verbose} mode, and showing examples using both short and long
1074 forms. In the rest of the tutorial, and in the examples in the next
1075 chapter, we will proceed at a slightly quicker pace. This section
1076 moves more slowly to allow beginning users to understand how
1077 @command{tar} works.
1078
1079 @menu
1080 * prepare for examples::
1081 * Creating the archive::
1082 * create verbose::
1083 * short create::
1084 * create dir::
1085 @end menu
1086
1087 @node prepare for examples
1088 @subsection Preparing a Practice Directory for Examples
1089
1090 To follow along with this and future examples, create a new directory
1091 called @file{practice} containing files called @file{blues}, @file{folk}
1092 and @file{jazz}. The files can contain any information you like:
1093 ideally, they should contain information which relates to their names,
1094 and be of different lengths. Our examples assume that @file{practice}
1095 is a subdirectory of your home directory.
1096
1097 Now @command{cd} to the directory named @file{practice}; @file{practice}
1098 is now your @dfn{working directory}. (@emph{Please note}: Although
1099 the full file name of this directory is
1100 @file{/@var{homedir}/practice}, in our examples we will refer to
1101 this directory as @file{practice}; the @var{homedir} is presumed.)
1102
1103 In general, you should check that the files to be archived exist where
1104 you think they do (in the working directory) by running @command{ls}.
1105 Because you just created the directory and the files and have changed to
1106 that directory, you probably don't need to do that this time.
1107
1108 It is very important to make sure there isn't already a file in the
1109 working directory with the archive name you intend to use (in this case,
1110 @samp{collection.tar}), or that you don't care about its contents.
1111 Whenever you use @samp{create}, @command{tar} will erase the current
1112 contents of the file named by @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) if it exists. @command{tar}
1113 will not tell you if you are about to overwrite an archive unless you
1114 specify an option which does this (@pxref{backup}, for the
1115 information on how to do so). To add files to an existing archive,
1116 you need to use a different option, such as @option{--append} (@option{-r}); see
1117 @ref{append} for information on how to do this.
1118
1119 @node Creating the archive
1120 @subsection Creating the Archive
1121
1122 @xopindex{create, introduced}
1123 To place the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz} into an
1124 archive named @file{collection.tar}, use the following command:
1125
1126 @smallexample
1127 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1128 @end smallexample
1129
1130 The order of the arguments is not very important, @emph{when using long
1131 option forms}. You could also say:
1132
1133 @smallexample
1134 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1135 @end smallexample
1136
1137 @noindent
1138 However, you can see that this order is harder to understand; this is
1139 why we will list the arguments in the order that makes the commands
1140 easiest to understand (and we encourage you to do the same when you use
1141 @command{tar}, to avoid errors).
1142
1143 Note that the sequence
1144 @option{--file=@-collection.tar} is considered to be @emph{one} argument.
1145 If you substituted any other string of characters for
1146 @kbd{collection.tar}, then that string would become the name of the
1147 archive file you create.
1148
1149 The order of the options becomes more important when you begin to use
1150 short forms. With short forms, if you type commands in the wrong order
1151 (even if you type them correctly in all other ways), you may end up with
1152 results you don't expect. For this reason, it is a good idea to get
1153 into the habit of typing options in the order that makes inherent sense.
1154 @xref{short create}, for more information on this.
1155
1156 In this example, you type the command as shown above: @option{--create}
1157 is the operation which creates the new archive
1158 (@file{collection.tar}), and @option{--file} is the option which lets
1159 you give it the name you chose. The files, @file{blues}, @file{folk},
1160 and @file{jazz}, are now members of the archive, @file{collection.tar}
1161 (they are @dfn{file name arguments} to the @option{--create} operation.
1162 @xref{Choosing}, for the detailed discussion on these.) Now that they are
1163 in the archive, they are called @emph{archive members}, not files.
1164 (@pxref{Definitions,members}).
1165
1166 When you create an archive, you @emph{must} specify which files you
1167 want placed in the archive. If you do not specify any archive
1168 members, @GNUTAR{} will complain.
1169
1170 If you now list the contents of the working directory (@command{ls}), you will
1171 find the archive file listed as well as the files you saw previously:
1172
1173 @smallexample
1174 blues folk jazz collection.tar
1175 @end smallexample
1176
1177 @noindent
1178 Creating the archive @samp{collection.tar} did not destroy the copies of
1179 the files in the directory.
1180
1181 Keep in mind that if you don't indicate an operation, @command{tar} will not
1182 run and will prompt you for one. If you don't name any files, @command{tar}
1183 will complain. You must have write access to the working directory,
1184 or else you will not be able to create an archive in that directory.
1185
1186 @emph{Caution}: Do not attempt to use @option{--create} (@option{-c}) to add files to
1187 an existing archive; it will delete the archive and write a new one.
1188 Use @option{--append} (@option{-r}) instead. @xref{append}.
1189
1190 @node create verbose
1191 @subsection Running @option{--create} with @option{--verbose}
1192
1193 @xopindex{create, using with @option{--verbose}}
1194 @xopindex{verbose, using with @option{--create}}
1195 If you include the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option on the command line,
1196 @command{tar} will list the files it is acting on as it is working. In
1197 verbose mode, the @code{create} example above would appear as:
1198
1199 @smallexample
1200 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1201 blues
1202 folk
1203 jazz
1204 @end smallexample
1205
1206 This example is just like the example we showed which did not use
1207 @option{--verbose}, except that @command{tar} generated the remaining
1208 @iftex
1209 lines (note the different font styles).
1210 @end iftex
1211 @ifinfo
1212 lines.
1213 @end ifinfo
1214
1215 In the rest of the examples in this chapter, we will frequently use
1216 @code{verbose} mode so we can show actions or @command{tar} responses that
1217 you would otherwise not see, and which are important for you to
1218 understand.
1219
1220 @node short create
1221 @subsection Short Forms with @samp{create}
1222
1223 As we said before, the @option{--create} (@option{-c}) operation is one of the most
1224 basic uses of @command{tar}, and you will use it countless times.
1225 Eventually, you will probably want to use abbreviated (or ``short'')
1226 forms of options. A full discussion of the three different forms that
1227 options can take appears in @ref{Styles}; for now, here is what the
1228 previous example (including the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option) looks like
1229 using short option forms:
1230
1231 @smallexample
1232 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1233 blues
1234 folk
1235 jazz
1236 @end smallexample
1237
1238 @noindent
1239 As you can see, the system responds the same no matter whether you use
1240 long or short option forms.
1241
1242 @FIXME{i don't like how this is worded:} One difference between using
1243 short and long option forms is that, although the exact placement of
1244 arguments following options is no more specific when using short forms,
1245 it is easier to become confused and make a mistake when using short
1246 forms. For example, suppose you attempted the above example in the
1247 following way:
1248
1249 @smallexample
1250 $ @kbd{tar -cfv collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1251 @end smallexample
1252
1253 @noindent
1254 In this case, @command{tar} will make an archive file called @file{v},
1255 containing the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}, because
1256 the @samp{v} is the closest ``file name'' to the @option{-f} option, and
1257 is thus taken to be the chosen archive file name. @command{tar} will try
1258 to add a file called @file{collection.tar} to the @file{v} archive file;
1259 if the file @file{collection.tar} did not already exist, @command{tar} will
1260 report an error indicating that this file does not exist. If the file
1261 @file{collection.tar} does already exist (e.g., from a previous command
1262 you may have run), then @command{tar} will add this file to the archive.
1263 Because the @option{-v} option did not get registered, @command{tar} will not
1264 run under @samp{verbose} mode, and will not report its progress.
1265
1266 The end result is that you may be quite confused about what happened,
1267 and possibly overwrite a file. To illustrate this further, we will show
1268 you how an example we showed previously would look using short forms.
1269
1270 This example,
1271
1272 @smallexample
1273 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1274 @end smallexample
1275
1276 @noindent
1277 is confusing as it is. When shown using short forms, however, it
1278 becomes much more so:
1279
1280 @smallexample
1281 $ @kbd{tar blues -c folk -f collection.tar jazz}
1282 @end smallexample
1283
1284 @noindent
1285 It would be very easy to put the wrong string of characters
1286 immediately following the @option{-f}, but doing that could sacrifice
1287 valuable data.
1288
1289 For this reason, we recommend that you pay very careful attention to
1290 the order of options and placement of file and archive names,
1291 especially when using short option forms. Not having the option name
1292 written out mnemonically can affect how well you remember which option
1293 does what, and therefore where different names have to be placed.
1294
1295 @node create dir
1296 @subsection Archiving Directories
1297
1298 @cindex Archiving Directories
1299 @cindex Directories, Archiving
1300 You can archive a directory by specifying its directory name as a
1301 file name argument to @command{tar}. The files in the directory will be
1302 archived relative to the working directory, and the directory will be
1303 re-created along with its contents when the archive is extracted.
1304
1305 To archive a directory, first move to its superior directory. If you
1306 have followed the previous instructions in this tutorial, you should
1307 type:
1308
1309 @smallexample
1310 $ @kbd{cd ..}
1311 $
1312 @end smallexample
1313
1314 @noindent
1315 This will put you into the directory which contains @file{practice},
1316 i.e., your home directory. Once in the superior directory, you can
1317 specify the subdirectory, @file{practice}, as a file name argument. To
1318 store @file{practice} in the new archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1319
1320 @smallexample
1321 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1322 @end smallexample
1323
1324 @noindent
1325 @command{tar} should output:
1326
1327 @smallexample
1328 practice/
1329 practice/blues
1330 practice/folk
1331 practice/jazz
1332 practice/collection.tar
1333 @end smallexample
1334
1335 Note that the archive thus created is not in the subdirectory
1336 @file{practice}, but rather in the current working directory---the
1337 directory from which @command{tar} was invoked. Before trying to archive a
1338 directory from its superior directory, you should make sure you have
1339 write access to the superior directory itself, not only the directory
1340 you are trying archive with @command{tar}. For example, you will probably
1341 not be able to store your home directory in an archive by invoking
1342 @command{tar} from the root directory; @xref{absolute}. (Note
1343 also that @file{collection.tar}, the original archive file, has itself
1344 been archived. @command{tar} will accept any file as a file to be
1345 archived, regardless of its content. When @file{music.tar} is
1346 extracted, the archive file @file{collection.tar} will be re-written
1347 into the file system).
1348
1349 If you give @command{tar} a command such as
1350
1351 @smallexample
1352 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=foo.tar .}
1353 @end smallexample
1354
1355 @noindent
1356 @command{tar} will report @samp{tar: ./foo.tar is the archive; not
1357 dumped}. This happens because @command{tar} creates the archive
1358 @file{foo.tar} in the current directory before putting any files into
1359 it. Then, when @command{tar} attempts to add all the files in the
1360 directory @file{.} to the archive, it notices that the file
1361 @file{./foo.tar} is the same as the archive @file{foo.tar}, and skips
1362 it. (It makes no sense to put an archive into itself.) @GNUTAR{}
1363 will continue in this case, and create the archive
1364 normally, except for the exclusion of that one file. (@emph{Please
1365 note:} Other implementations of @command{tar} may not be so clever;
1366 they will enter an infinite loop when this happens, so you should not
1367 depend on this behavior unless you are certain you are running
1368 @GNUTAR{}. In general, it is wise to always place the archive outside
1369 of the directory being dumped.)
1370
1371 @node list
1372 @section How to List Archives
1373
1374 @opindex list
1375 Frequently, you will find yourself wanting to determine exactly what a
1376 particular archive contains. You can use the @option{--list}
1377 (@option{-t}) operation to get the member names as they currently
1378 appear in the archive, as well as various attributes of the files at
1379 the time they were archived. For example, you can examine the archive
1380 @file{collection.tar} that you created in the last section with the
1381 command,
1382
1383 @smallexample
1384 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
1385 @end smallexample
1386
1387 @noindent
1388 The output of @command{tar} would then be:
1389
1390 @smallexample
1391 blues
1392 folk
1393 jazz
1394 @end smallexample
1395
1396 @noindent
1397 The archive @file{bfiles.tar} would list as follows:
1398
1399 @smallexample
1400 ./birds
1401 baboon
1402 ./box
1403 @end smallexample
1404
1405 @noindent
1406 Be sure to use a @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f
1407 @var{archive-name}}) option just as with @option{--create}
1408 (@option{-c}) to specify the name of the archive.
1409
1410 @xopindex{list, using with @option{--verbose}}
1411 @xopindex{verbose, using with @option{--list}}
1412 If you use the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option with
1413 @option{--list}, then @command{tar} will print out a listing
1414 reminiscent of @w{@samp{ls -l}}, showing owner, file size, and so
1415 forth. This output is described in detail in @ref{verbose member listing}.
1416
1417 If you had used @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) mode, the example
1418 above would look like:
1419
1420 @smallexample
1421 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar folk}
1422 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 folk
1423 @end smallexample
1424
1425 @cindex listing member and file names
1426 @anchor{listing member and file names}
1427 It is important to notice that the output of @kbd{tar --list
1428 --verbose} does not necessarily match that produced by @kbd{tar
1429 --create --verbose} while creating the archive. It is because
1430 @GNUTAR{}, unless told explicitly not to do so, removes some directory
1431 prefixes from file names before storing them in the archive
1432 (@xref{absolute}, for more information). In other
1433 words, in verbose mode @GNUTAR{} shows @dfn{file names} when creating
1434 an archive and @dfn{member names} when listing it. Consider this
1435 example:
1436
1437 @smallexample
1438 @group
1439 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file archive /etc/mail}
1440 tar: Removing leading '/' from member names
1441 /etc/mail/
1442 /etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1443 /etc/mail/aliases
1444 $ @kbd{tar --test --file archive}
1445 etc/mail/
1446 etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1447 etc/mail/aliases
1448 @end group
1449 @end smallexample
1450
1451 @opindex show-stored-names
1452 This default behavior can sometimes be inconvenient. You can force
1453 @GNUTAR{} show member names when creating archive by supplying
1454 @option{--show-stored-names} option.
1455
1456 @table @option
1457 @item --show-stored-names
1458 Print member (as opposed to @emph{file}) names when creating the archive.
1459 @end table
1460
1461 @cindex File name arguments, using @option{--list} with
1462 @xopindex{list, using with file name arguments}
1463 You can specify one or more individual member names as arguments when
1464 using @samp{list}. In this case, @command{tar} will only list the
1465 names of members you identify. For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list
1466 --file=afiles.tar apple}} would only print @file{apple}.
1467
1468 Because @command{tar} preserves file names, these must be specified as
1469 they appear in the archive (i.e., relative to the directory from which
1470 the archive was created). Therefore, it is essential when specifying
1471 member names to @command{tar} that you give the exact member names.
1472 For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar birds}} would produce an
1473 error message something like @samp{tar: birds: Not found in archive},
1474 because there is no member named @file{birds}, only one named
1475 @file{./birds}. While the names @file{birds} and @file{./birds} name
1476 the same file, @emph{member} names by default are compared verbatim.
1477
1478 However, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar baboon}} would respond
1479 with @file{baboon}, because this exact member name is in the archive file
1480 @file{bfiles.tar}. If you are not sure of the exact file name,
1481 use @dfn{globbing patterns}, for example:
1482
1483 @smallexample
1484 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar --wildcards '*b*'}
1485 @end smallexample
1486
1487 @noindent
1488 will list all members whose name contains @samp{b}. @xref{wildcards},
1489 for a detailed discussion of globbing patterns and related
1490 @command{tar} command line options.
1491
1492 @menu
1493 * list dir::
1494 @end menu
1495
1496 @node list dir
1497 @unnumberedsubsec Listing the Contents of a Stored Directory
1498
1499 To get information about the contents of an archived directory,
1500 use the directory name as a file name argument in conjunction with
1501 @option{--list} (@option{-t}). To find out file attributes, include the
1502 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option.
1503
1504 For example, to find out about files in the directory @file{practice}, in
1505 the archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1506
1507 @smallexample
1508 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1509 @end smallexample
1510
1511 @command{tar} responds:
1512
1513 @smallexample
1514 drwxrwxrwx myself/user 0 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/
1515 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 42 1990-05-21 13:29 practice/blues
1516 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 practice/folk
1517 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 practice/jazz
1518 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 10240 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/collection.tar
1519 @end smallexample
1520
1521 When you use a directory name as a file name argument, @command{tar} acts on
1522 all the files (including sub-directories) in that directory.
1523
1524 @node extract
1525 @section How to Extract Members from an Archive
1526 @cindex Extraction
1527 @cindex Retrieving files from an archive
1528 @cindex Resurrecting files from an archive
1529
1530 @opindex extract
1531 Creating an archive is only half the job---there is no point in storing
1532 files in an archive if you can't retrieve them. The act of retrieving
1533 members from an archive so they can be used and manipulated as
1534 unarchived files again is called @dfn{extraction}. To extract files
1535 from an archive, use the @option{--extract} (@option{--get} or
1536 @option{-x}) operation. As with @option{--create}, specify the name
1537 of the archive with @option{--file} (@option{-f}) option. Extracting
1538 an archive does not modify the archive in any way; you can extract it
1539 multiple times if you want or need to.
1540
1541 Using @option{--extract}, you can extract an entire archive, or specific
1542 files. The files can be directories containing other files, or not. As
1543 with @option{--create} (@option{-c}) and @option{--list} (@option{-t}), you may use the short or the
1544 long form of the operation without affecting the performance.
1545
1546 @menu
1547 * extracting archives::
1548 * extracting files::
1549 * extract dir::
1550 * extracting untrusted archives::
1551 * failing commands::
1552 @end menu
1553
1554 @node extracting archives
1555 @subsection Extracting an Entire Archive
1556
1557 To extract an entire archive, specify the archive file name only, with
1558 no individual file names as arguments. For example,
1559
1560 @smallexample
1561 $ @kbd{tar -xvf collection.tar}
1562 @end smallexample
1563
1564 @noindent
1565 produces this:
1566
1567 @smallexample
1568 -rw-r--r-- me/user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
1569 -rw-r--r-- me/user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
1570 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
1571 @end smallexample
1572
1573 @node extracting files
1574 @subsection Extracting Specific Files
1575
1576 To extract specific archive members, give their exact member names as
1577 arguments, as printed by @option{--list} (@option{-t}). If you had
1578 mistakenly deleted one of the files you had placed in the archive
1579 @file{collection.tar} earlier (say, @file{blues}), you can extract it
1580 from the archive without changing the archive's structure. Its
1581 contents will be identical to the original file @file{blues} that you
1582 deleted.
1583
1584 First, make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory, and list the
1585 files in the directory. Now, delete the file, @samp{blues}, and list
1586 the files in the directory again.
1587
1588 You can now extract the member @file{blues} from the archive file
1589 @file{collection.tar} like this:
1590
1591 @smallexample
1592 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=collection.tar blues}
1593 @end smallexample
1594
1595 @noindent
1596 If you list the files in the directory again, you will see that the file
1597 @file{blues} has been restored, with its original permissions, data
1598 modification times, and owner.@footnote{This is only accidentally
1599 true, but not in general. Whereas modification times are always
1600 restored, in most cases, one has to be root for restoring the owner,
1601 and use a special option for restoring permissions. Here, it just
1602 happens that the restoring user is also the owner of the archived
1603 members, and that the current @code{umask} is compatible with original
1604 permissions.} (These parameters will be identical to those which
1605 the file had when you originally placed it in the archive; any changes
1606 you may have made before deleting the file from the file system,
1607 however, will @emph{not} have been made to the archive member.) The
1608 archive file, @samp{collection.tar}, is the same as it was before you
1609 extracted @samp{blues}. You can confirm this by running @command{tar} with
1610 @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
1611
1612 Remember that as with other operations, specifying the exact member
1613 name is important. @w{@kbd{tar --extract --file=bfiles.tar birds}}
1614 will fail, because there is no member named @file{birds}. To extract
1615 the member named @file{./birds}, you must specify @w{@kbd{tar
1616 --extract --file=bfiles.tar ./birds}}. If you don't remember the
1617 exact member names, use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) option
1618 (@pxref{list}). You can also extract those members that match a
1619 specific @dfn{globbing pattern}. For example, to extract from
1620 @file{bfiles.tar} all files that begin with @samp{b}, no matter their
1621 directory prefix, you could type:
1622
1623 @smallexample
1624 $ @kbd{tar -x -f bfiles.tar --wildcards --no-anchored 'b*'}
1625 @end smallexample
1626
1627 @noindent
1628 Here, @option{--wildcards} instructs @command{tar} to treat
1629 command line arguments as globbing patterns and @option{--no-anchored}
1630 informs it that the patterns apply to member names after any @samp{/}
1631 delimiter. The use of globbing patterns is discussed in detail in
1632 @xref{wildcards}.
1633
1634 You can extract a file to standard output by combining the above options
1635 with the @option{--to-stdout} (@option{-O}) option (@pxref{Writing to Standard
1636 Output}).
1637
1638 If you give the @option{--verbose} option, then @option{--extract}
1639 will print the names of the archive members as it extracts them.
1640
1641 @node extract dir
1642 @subsection Extracting Files that are Directories
1643
1644 Extracting directories which are members of an archive is similar to
1645 extracting other files. The main difference to be aware of is that if
1646 the extracted directory has the same name as any directory already in
1647 the working directory, then files in the extracted directory will be
1648 placed into the directory of the same name. Likewise, if there are
1649 files in the pre-existing directory with the same names as the members
1650 which you extract, the files from the extracted archive will replace
1651 the files already in the working directory (and possible
1652 subdirectories). This will happen regardless of whether or not the
1653 files in the working directory were more recent than those extracted
1654 (there exist, however, special options that alter this behavior
1655 @pxref{Writing}).
1656
1657 However, if a file was stored with a directory name as part of its file
1658 name, and that directory does not exist under the working directory when
1659 the file is extracted, @command{tar} will create the directory.
1660
1661 We can demonstrate how to use @option{--extract} to extract a directory
1662 file with an example. Change to the @file{practice} directory if you
1663 weren't there, and remove the files @file{folk} and @file{jazz}. Then,
1664 go back to the parent directory and extract the archive
1665 @file{music.tar}. You may either extract the entire archive, or you may
1666 extract only the files you just deleted. To extract the entire archive,
1667 don't give any file names as arguments after the archive name
1668 @file{music.tar}. To extract only the files you deleted, use the
1669 following command:
1670
1671 @smallexample
1672 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1673 practice/folk
1674 practice/jazz
1675 @end smallexample
1676
1677 @noindent
1678 If you were to specify two @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) options, @command{tar}
1679 would have displayed more detail about the extracted files, as shown
1680 in the example below:
1681
1682 @smallexample
1683 $ @kbd{tar -xvvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1684 -rw-r--r-- me/user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 practice/jazz
1685 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 practice/folk
1686 @end smallexample
1687
1688 @noindent
1689 Because you created the directory with @file{practice} as part of the
1690 file names of each of the files by archiving the @file{practice}
1691 directory as @file{practice}, you must give @file{practice} as part
1692 of the file names when you extract those files from the archive.
1693
1694 @node extracting untrusted archives
1695 @subsection Extracting Archives from Untrusted Sources
1696
1697 Extracting files from archives can overwrite files that already exist.
1698 If you receive an archive from an untrusted source, you should make a
1699 new directory and extract into that directory, so that you don't have
1700 to worry about the extraction overwriting one of your existing files.
1701 For example, if @file{untrusted.tar} came from somewhere else on the
1702 Internet, and you don't necessarily trust its contents, you can
1703 extract it as follows:
1704
1705 @smallexample
1706 $ @kbd{mkdir newdir}
1707 $ @kbd{cd newdir}
1708 $ @kbd{tar -xvf ../untrusted.tar}
1709 @end smallexample
1710
1711 It is also a good practice to examine contents of the archive
1712 before extracting it, using @option{--list} (@option{-t}) option, possibly combined
1713 with @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}).
1714
1715 @node failing commands
1716 @subsection Commands That Will Fail
1717
1718 Here are some sample commands you might try which will not work, and why
1719 they won't work.
1720
1721 If you try to use this command,
1722
1723 @smallexample
1724 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar folk jazz}
1725 @end smallexample
1726
1727 @noindent
1728 you will get the following response:
1729
1730 @smallexample
1731 tar: folk: Not found in archive
1732 tar: jazz: Not found in archive
1733 @end smallexample
1734
1735 @noindent
1736 This is because these files were not originally @emph{in} the parent
1737 directory @file{..}, where the archive is located; they were in the
1738 @file{practice} directory, and their file names reflect this:
1739
1740 @smallexample
1741 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
1742 practice/blues
1743 practice/folk
1744 practice/jazz
1745 @end smallexample
1746
1747 @FIXME{make sure the above works when going through the examples in
1748 order...}
1749
1750 @noindent
1751 Likewise, if you try to use this command,
1752
1753 @smallexample
1754 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar folk jazz}
1755 @end smallexample
1756
1757 @noindent
1758 you would get a similar response. Members with those names are not in the
1759 archive. You must use the correct member names, or wildcards, in order
1760 to extract the files from the archive.
1761
1762 If you have forgotten the correct names of the files in the archive,
1763 use @w{@kbd{tar --list --verbose}} to list them correctly.
1764
1765 @FIXME{more examples, here? hag thinks it's a good idea.}
1766
1767 @node going further
1768 @section Going Further Ahead in this Manual
1769 @UNREVISED
1770
1771 @FIXME{need to write up a node here about the things that are going to
1772 be in the rest of the manual.}
1773
1774 @node tar invocation
1775 @chapter Invoking @GNUTAR{}
1776
1777 This chapter is about how one invokes the @GNUTAR{}
1778 command, from the command synopsis (@pxref{Synopsis}). There are
1779 numerous options, and many styles for writing them. One mandatory
1780 option specifies the operation @command{tar} should perform
1781 (@pxref{Operation Summary}), other options are meant to detail how
1782 this operation should be performed (@pxref{Option Summary}).
1783 Non-option arguments are not always interpreted the same way,
1784 depending on what the operation is.
1785
1786 You will find in this chapter everything about option styles and rules for
1787 writing them (@pxref{Styles}). On the other hand, operations and options
1788 are fully described elsewhere, in other chapters. Here, you will find
1789 only synthetic descriptions for operations and options, together with
1790 pointers to other parts of the @command{tar} manual.
1791
1792 Some options are so special they are fully described right in this
1793 chapter. They have the effect of inhibiting the normal operation of
1794 @command{tar} or else, they globally alter the amount of feedback the user
1795 receives about what is going on. These are the @option{--help} and
1796 @option{--version} (@pxref{help}), @option{--verbose} (@pxref{verbose})
1797 and @option{--interactive} options (@pxref{interactive}).
1798
1799 @menu
1800 * Synopsis::
1801 * using tar options::
1802 * Styles::
1803 * All Options:: All @command{tar} Options.
1804 * help:: Where to Get Help.
1805 * defaults:: What are the Default Values.
1806 * verbose:: Checking @command{tar} progress.
1807 * checkpoints:: Checkpoints.
1808 * warnings:: Controlling Warning Messages.
1809 * interactive:: Asking for Confirmation During Operations.
1810 * external:: Running External Commands.
1811 @end menu
1812
1813 @node Synopsis
1814 @section General Synopsis of @command{tar}
1815
1816 The @GNUTAR{} program is invoked as either one of:
1817
1818 @smallexample
1819 @kbd{tar @var{option}@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1820 @kbd{tar @var{letter}@dots{} [@var{argument}]@dots{} [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1821 @end smallexample
1822
1823 The second form is for when old options are being used.
1824
1825 You can use @command{tar} to store files in an archive, to extract them from
1826 an archive, and to do other types of archive manipulation. The primary
1827 argument to @command{tar}, which is called the @dfn{operation}, specifies
1828 which action to take. The other arguments to @command{tar} are either
1829 @dfn{options}, which change the way @command{tar} performs an operation,
1830 or file names or archive members, which specify the files or members
1831 @command{tar} is to act on.
1832
1833 You can actually type in arguments in any order, even if in this manual
1834 the options always precede the other arguments, to make examples easier
1835 to understand. Further, the option stating the main operation mode
1836 (the @command{tar} main command) is usually given first.
1837
1838 Each @var{name} in the synopsis above is interpreted as an archive member
1839 name when the main command is one of @option{--compare}
1840 (@option{--diff}, @option{-d}), @option{--delete}, @option{--extract}
1841 (@option{--get}, @option{-x}), @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or
1842 @option{--update} (@option{-u}). When naming archive members, you
1843 must give the exact name of the member in the archive, as it is
1844 printed by @option{--list}. For @option{--append} (@option{-r}) and
1845 @option{--create} (@option{-c}), these @var{name} arguments specify
1846 the names of either files or directory hierarchies to place in the archive.
1847 These files or hierarchies should already exist in the file system,
1848 prior to the execution of the @command{tar} command.
1849
1850 @command{tar} interprets relative file names as being relative to the
1851 working directory. @command{tar} will make all file names relative
1852 (by removing leading slashes when archiving or restoring files),
1853 unless you specify otherwise (using the @option{--absolute-names}
1854 option). @xref{absolute}, for more information about
1855 @option{--absolute-names}.
1856
1857 If you give the name of a directory as either a file name or a member
1858 name, then @command{tar} acts recursively on all the files and directories
1859 beneath that directory. For example, the name @file{/} identifies all
1860 the files in the file system to @command{tar}.
1861
1862 The distinction between file names and archive member names is especially
1863 important when shell globbing is used, and sometimes a source of confusion
1864 for newcomers. @xref{wildcards}, for more information about globbing.
1865 The problem is that shells may only glob using existing files in the
1866 file system. Only @command{tar} itself may glob on archive members, so when
1867 needed, you must ensure that wildcard characters reach @command{tar} without
1868 being interpreted by the shell first. Using a backslash before @samp{*}
1869 or @samp{?}, or putting the whole argument between quotes, is usually
1870 sufficient for this.
1871
1872 Even if @var{name}s are often specified on the command line, they
1873 can also be read from a text file in the file system, using the
1874 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T @var{file-of-names}}) option.
1875
1876 If you don't use any file name arguments, @option{--append} (@option{-r}),
1877 @option{--delete} and @option{--concatenate} (@option{--catenate},
1878 @option{-A}) will do nothing, while @option{--create} (@option{-c})
1879 will usually yield a diagnostic and inhibit @command{tar} execution.
1880 The other operations of @command{tar} (@option{--list},
1881 @option{--extract}, @option{--compare}, and @option{--update})
1882 will act on the entire contents of the archive.
1883
1884 @anchor{exit status}
1885 @cindex exit status
1886 @cindex return status
1887 Besides successful exits, @GNUTAR{} may fail for
1888 many reasons. Some reasons correspond to bad usage, that is, when the
1889 @command{tar} command line is improperly written. Errors may be
1890 encountered later, while processing the archive or the files. Some
1891 errors are recoverable, in which case the failure is delayed until
1892 @command{tar} has completed all its work. Some errors are such that
1893 it would be not meaningful, or at least risky, to continue processing:
1894 @command{tar} then aborts processing immediately. All abnormal exits,
1895 whether immediate or delayed, should always be clearly diagnosed on
1896 @code{stderr}, after a line stating the nature of the error.
1897
1898 Possible exit codes of @GNUTAR{} are summarized in the following
1899 table:
1900
1901 @table @asis
1902 @item 0
1903 @samp{Successful termination}.
1904
1905 @item 1
1906 @samp{Some files differ}. If tar was invoked with @option{--compare}
1907 (@option{--diff}, @option{-d}) command line option, this means that
1908 some files in the archive differ from their disk counterparts
1909 (@pxref{compare}). If tar was given @option{--create},
1910 @option{--append} or @option{--update} option, this exit code means
1911 that some files were changed while being archived and so the resulting
1912 archive does not contain the exact copy of the file set.
1913
1914 @item 2
1915 @samp{Fatal error}. This means that some fatal, unrecoverable error
1916 occurred.
1917 @end table
1918
1919 If @command{tar} has invoked a subprocess and that subprocess exited with a
1920 nonzero exit code, @command{tar} exits with that code as well.
1921 This can happen, for example, if @command{tar} was given some
1922 compression option (@pxref{gzip}) and the external compressor program
1923 failed. Another example is @command{rmt} failure during backup to the
1924 remote device (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
1925
1926 @node using tar options
1927 @section Using @command{tar} Options
1928
1929 @GNUTAR{} has a total of eight operating modes which
1930 allow you to perform a variety of tasks. You are required to choose
1931 one operating mode each time you employ the @command{tar} program by
1932 specifying one, and only one operation as an argument to the
1933 @command{tar} command (the corresponding options may be found
1934 at @ref{frequent operations} and @ref{Operations}). Depending on
1935 circumstances, you may also wish to customize how the chosen operating
1936 mode behaves. For example, you may wish to change the way the output
1937 looks, or the format of the files that you wish to archive may require
1938 you to do something special in order to make the archive look right.
1939
1940 You can customize and control @command{tar}'s performance by running
1941 @command{tar} with one or more options (such as @option{--verbose}
1942 (@option{-v}), which we used in the tutorial). As we said in the
1943 tutorial, @dfn{options} are arguments to @command{tar} which are (as
1944 their name suggests) optional. Depending on the operating mode, you
1945 may specify one or more options. Different options will have different
1946 effects, but in general they all change details of the operation, such
1947 as archive format, archive name, or level of user interaction. Some
1948 options make sense with all operating modes, while others are
1949 meaningful only with particular modes. You will likely use some
1950 options frequently, while you will only use others infrequently, or
1951 not at all. (A full list of options is available in @pxref{All Options}.)
1952
1953 @vrindex TAR_OPTIONS, environment variable
1954 @anchor{TAR_OPTIONS}
1955 The @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable specifies default options to
1956 be placed in front of any explicit options. For example, if
1957 @code{TAR_OPTIONS} is @samp{-v --unlink-first}, @command{tar} behaves as
1958 if the two options @option{-v} and @option{--unlink-first} had been
1959 specified before any explicit options. Option specifications are
1960 separated by whitespace. A backslash escapes the next character, so it
1961 can be used to specify an option containing whitespace or a backslash.
1962
1963 Note that @command{tar} options are case sensitive. For example, the
1964 options @option{-T} and @option{-t} are different; the first requires an
1965 argument for stating the name of a file providing a list of @var{name}s,
1966 while the second does not require an argument and is another way to
1967 write @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
1968
1969 In addition to the eight operations, there are many options to
1970 @command{tar}, and three different styles for writing both: long (mnemonic)
1971 form, short form, and old style. These styles are discussed below.
1972 Both the options and the operations can be written in any of these three
1973 styles.
1974
1975 @FIXME{menu at end of this node. need to think of an actual outline
1976 for this chapter; probably do that after stuff from chapter 4 is
1977 incorporated.}
1978
1979 @node Styles
1980 @section The Three Option Styles
1981
1982 There are three styles for writing operations and options to the command
1983 line invoking @command{tar}. The different styles were developed at
1984 different times during the history of @command{tar}. These styles will be
1985 presented below, from the most recent to the oldest.
1986
1987 Some options must take an argument@footnote{For example, @option{--file}
1988 (@option{-f}) takes the name of an archive file as an argument. If
1989 you do not supply an archive file name, @command{tar} will use a
1990 default, but this can be confusing; thus, we recommend that you always
1991 supply a specific archive file name.}. Where you @emph{place} the
1992 arguments generally depends on which style of options you choose. We
1993 will detail specific information relevant to each option style in the
1994 sections on the different option styles, below. The differences are
1995 subtle, yet can often be very important; incorrect option placement
1996 can cause you to overwrite a number of important files. We urge you
1997 to note these differences, and only use the option style(s) which
1998 makes the most sense to you until you feel comfortable with the others.
1999
2000 Some options @emph{may} take an argument. Such options may have at
2001 most long and short forms, they do not have old style equivalent. The
2002 rules for specifying an argument for such options are stricter than
2003 those for specifying mandatory arguments. Please, pay special
2004 attention to them.
2005
2006 @menu
2007 * Long Options:: Long Option Style
2008 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
2009 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
2010 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
2011 @end menu
2012
2013 @node Long Options
2014 @subsection Long Option Style
2015
2016 @cindex long options
2017 @cindex options, long style
2018 @cindex options, GNU style
2019 @cindex options, mnemonic names
2020 Each option has at least one @dfn{long} (or @dfn{mnemonic}) name starting with two
2021 dashes in a row, e.g., @option{--list}. The long names are more clear than
2022 their corresponding short or old names. It sometimes happens that a
2023 single long option has many different names which are
2024 synonymous, such as @option{--compare} and @option{--diff}. In addition,
2025 long option names can be given unique abbreviations. For example,
2026 @option{--cre} can be used in place of @option{--create} because there is no
2027 other long option which begins with @samp{cre}. (One way to find
2028 this out is by trying it and seeing what happens; if a particular
2029 abbreviation could represent more than one option, @command{tar} will tell
2030 you that that abbreviation is ambiguous and you'll know that that
2031 abbreviation won't work. You may also choose to run @samp{tar --help}
2032 to see a list of options. Be aware that if you run @command{tar} with a
2033 unique abbreviation for the long name of an option you didn't want to
2034 use, you are stuck; @command{tar} will perform the command as ordered.)
2035
2036 Long options are meant to be obvious and easy to remember, and their
2037 meanings are generally easier to discern than those of their
2038 corresponding short options (see below). For example:
2039
2040 @smallexample
2041 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --blocking-factor=20 --file=/dev/rmt0}
2042 @end smallexample
2043
2044 @noindent
2045 gives a fairly good set of hints about what the command does, even
2046 for those not fully acquainted with @command{tar}.
2047
2048 @cindex arguments to long options
2049 @cindex long options with mandatory arguments
2050 Long options which require arguments take those arguments
2051 immediately following the option name. There are two ways of
2052 specifying a mandatory argument. It can be separated from the
2053 option name either by an equal sign, or by any amount of
2054 white space characters. For example, the @option{--file} option (which
2055 tells the name of the @command{tar} archive) is given a file such as
2056 @file{archive.tar} as argument by using any of the following notations:
2057 @option{--file=archive.tar} or @option{--file archive.tar}.
2058
2059 @cindex optional arguments to long options
2060 @cindex long options with optional arguments
2061 In contrast, optional arguments must always be introduced using
2062 an equal sign. For example, the @option{--backup} option takes
2063 an optional argument specifying backup type. It must be used
2064 as @option{--backup=@var{backup-type}}.
2065
2066 @node Short Options
2067 @subsection Short Option Style
2068
2069 @cindex short options
2070 @cindex options, short style
2071 @cindex options, traditional
2072 Most options also have a @dfn{short option} name. Short options start with
2073 a single dash, and are followed by a single character, e.g., @option{-t}
2074 (which is equivalent to @option{--list}). The forms are absolutely
2075 identical in function; they are interchangeable.
2076
2077 The short option names are faster to type than long option names.
2078
2079 @cindex arguments to short options
2080 @cindex short options with mandatory arguments
2081 Short options which require arguments take their arguments immediately
2082 following the option, usually separated by white space. It is also
2083 possible to stick the argument right after the short option name, using
2084 no intervening space. For example, you might write @w{@option{-f
2085 archive.tar}} or @option{-farchive.tar} instead of using
2086 @option{--file=archive.tar}. Both @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} and
2087 @w{@option{-f @var{archive-name}}} denote the option which indicates a
2088 specific archive, here named @file{archive.tar}.
2089
2090 @cindex optional arguments to short options
2091 @cindex short options with optional arguments
2092 Short options which take optional arguments take their arguments
2093 immediately following the option letter, @emph{without any intervening
2094 white space characters}.
2095
2096 Short options' letters may be clumped together, but you are not
2097 required to do this (as compared to old options; see below). When
2098 short options are clumped as a set, use one (single) dash for them
2099 all, e.g., @w{@samp{@command{tar} -cvf}}. Only the last option in
2100 such a set is allowed to have an argument@footnote{Clustering many
2101 options, the last of which has an argument, is a rather opaque way to
2102 write options. Some wonder if @acronym{GNU} @code{getopt} should not
2103 even be made helpful enough for considering such usages as invalid.}.
2104
2105 When the options are separated, the argument for each option which requires
2106 an argument directly follows that option, as is usual for Unix programs.
2107 For example:
2108
2109 @smallexample
2110 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -b 20 -f /dev/rmt0}
2111 @end smallexample
2112
2113 If you reorder short options' locations, be sure to move any arguments
2114 that belong to them. If you do not move the arguments properly, you may
2115 end up overwriting files.
2116
2117 @node Old Options
2118 @subsection Old Option Style
2119 @cindex options, old style
2120 @cindex old option style
2121 @cindex option syntax, traditional
2122
2123 As far as we know, all @command{tar} programs, @acronym{GNU} and
2124 non-@acronym{GNU}, support @dfn{old options}: that is, if the first
2125 argument does not start with @samp{-}, it is assumed to specify option
2126 letters. @GNUTAR{} supports old options not only for historical
2127 reasons, but also because many people are used to them. If the first
2128 argument does not start with a dash, you are announcing the old option
2129 style instead of the short option style; old options are decoded
2130 differently.
2131
2132 Like short options, old options are single letters. However, old options
2133 must be written together as a single clumped set, without spaces separating
2134 them or dashes preceding them. This set
2135 of letters must be the first to appear on the command line, after the
2136 @command{tar} program name and some white space; old options cannot appear
2137 anywhere else. The letter of an old option is exactly the same letter as
2138 the corresponding short option. For example, the old option @samp{t} is
2139 the same as the short option @option{-t}, and consequently, the same as the
2140 long option @option{--list}. So for example, the command @w{@samp{tar
2141 cv}} specifies the option @option{-v} in addition to the operation @option{-c}.
2142
2143 @cindex arguments to old options
2144 @cindex old options with mandatory arguments
2145 When options that need arguments are given together with the command,
2146 all the associated arguments follow, in the same order as the options.
2147 Thus, the example given previously could also be written in the old
2148 style as follows:
2149
2150 @smallexample
2151 $ @kbd{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}
2152 @end smallexample
2153
2154 @noindent
2155 Here, @samp{20} is the argument of @option{-b} and @samp{/dev/rmt0} is
2156 the argument of @option{-f}.
2157
2158 The old style syntax can make it difficult to match
2159 option letters with their corresponding arguments, and is often
2160 confusing. In the command @w{@samp{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}}, for example,
2161 @samp{20} is the argument for @option{-b}, @samp{/dev/rmt0} is the
2162 argument for @option{-f}, and @option{-v} does not have a corresponding
2163 argument. Even using short options like in @w{@samp{tar -c -v -b 20 -f
2164 /dev/rmt0}} is clearer, putting all arguments next to the option they
2165 pertain to.
2166
2167 If you want to reorder the letters in the old option argument, be
2168 sure to reorder any corresponding argument appropriately.
2169
2170 This old way of writing @command{tar} options can surprise even experienced
2171 users. For example, the two commands:
2172
2173 @smallexample
2174 @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2175 @kbd{tar -cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2176 @end smallexample
2177
2178 @noindent
2179 are quite different. The first example uses @file{archive.tar.gz} as
2180 the value for option @samp{f} and recognizes the option @samp{z}. The
2181 second example, however, uses @file{z} as the value for option
2182 @samp{f} --- probably not what was intended.
2183
2184 This second example could be corrected in many ways, among which the
2185 following are equivalent:
2186
2187 @smallexample
2188 @kbd{tar -czf archive.tar.gz file}
2189 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2190 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2191 @end smallexample
2192
2193 @node Mixing
2194 @subsection Mixing Option Styles
2195
2196 @cindex options, mixing different styles
2197 All three styles may be intermixed in a single @command{tar} command,
2198 so long as the rules for each style are fully
2199 respected@footnote{Before @GNUTAR{} version 1.11.6,
2200 a bug prevented intermixing old style options with long options in
2201 some cases.}. Old style options and either of the modern styles of
2202 options may be mixed within a single @command{tar} command. However,
2203 old style options must be introduced as the first arguments only,
2204 following the rule for old options (old options must appear directly
2205 after the @command{tar} command and some white space). Modern options
2206 may be given only after all arguments to the old options have been
2207 collected. If this rule is not respected, a modern option might be
2208 falsely interpreted as the value of the argument to one of the old
2209 style options.
2210
2211 For example, all the following commands are wholly equivalent, and
2212 illustrate the many combinations and orderings of option styles.
2213
2214 @smallexample
2215 @kbd{tar --create --file=archive.tar}
2216 @kbd{tar --create -f archive.tar}
2217 @kbd{tar --create -farchive.tar}
2218 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar --create}
2219 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar -c}
2220 @kbd{tar -c --file=archive.tar}
2221 @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar}
2222 @kbd{tar -c -farchive.tar}
2223 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar}
2224 @kbd{tar -cfarchive.tar}
2225 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar --create}
2226 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar -c}
2227 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar --create}
2228 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar -c}
2229 @kbd{tar c --file=archive.tar}
2230 @kbd{tar c -f archive.tar}
2231 @kbd{tar c -farchive.tar}
2232 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar}
2233 @kbd{tar f archive.tar --create}
2234 @kbd{tar f archive.tar -c}
2235 @kbd{tar fc archive.tar}
2236 @end smallexample
2237
2238 On the other hand, the following commands are @emph{not} equivalent to
2239 the previous set:
2240
2241 @smallexample
2242 @kbd{tar -f -c archive.tar}
2243 @kbd{tar -fc archive.tar}
2244 @kbd{tar -fcarchive.tar}
2245 @kbd{tar -farchive.tarc}
2246 @kbd{tar cfarchive.tar}
2247 @end smallexample
2248
2249 @noindent
2250 These last examples mean something completely different from what the
2251 user intended (judging based on the example in the previous set which
2252 uses long options, whose intent is therefore very clear). The first
2253 four specify that the @command{tar} archive would be a file named
2254 @option{-c}, @samp{c}, @samp{carchive.tar} or @samp{archive.tarc},
2255 respectively. The first two examples also specify a single non-option,
2256 @var{name} argument having the value @samp{archive.tar}. The last
2257 example contains only old style option letters (repeating option
2258 @samp{c} twice), not all of which are meaningful (eg., @samp{.},
2259 @samp{h}, or @samp{i}), with no argument value.
2260 @FIXME{not sure i liked
2261 the first sentence of this paragraph..}
2262
2263 @node All Options
2264 @section All @command{tar} Options
2265
2266 The coming manual sections contain an alphabetical listing of all
2267 @command{tar} operations and options, with brief descriptions and
2268 cross-references to more in-depth explanations in the body of the manual.
2269 They also contain an alphabetically arranged table of the short option
2270 forms with their corresponding long option. You can use this table as
2271 a reference for deciphering @command{tar} commands in scripts.
2272
2273 @menu
2274 * Operation Summary::
2275 * Option Summary::
2276 * Short Option Summary::
2277 @end menu
2278
2279 @node Operation Summary
2280 @subsection Operations
2281
2282 @table @option
2283
2284 @opsummary{append}
2285 @item --append
2286 @itemx -r
2287
2288 Appends files to the end of the archive. @xref{append}.
2289
2290 @opsummary{catenate}
2291 @item --catenate
2292 @itemx -A
2293
2294 Same as @option{--concatenate}. @xref{concatenate}.
2295
2296 @opsummary{compare}
2297 @item --compare
2298 @itemx -d
2299
2300 Compares archive members with their counterparts in the file
2301 system, and reports differences in file size, mode, owner,
2302 modification date and contents. @xref{compare}.
2303
2304 @opsummary{concatenate}
2305 @item --concatenate
2306 @itemx -A
2307
2308 Appends other @command{tar} archives to the end of the archive.
2309 @xref{concatenate}.
2310
2311 @opsummary{create}
2312 @item --create
2313 @itemx -c
2314
2315 Creates a new @command{tar} archive. @xref{create}.
2316
2317 @opsummary{delete}
2318 @item --delete
2319
2320 Deletes members from the archive. Don't try this on an archive on a
2321 tape! @xref{delete}.
2322
2323 @opsummary{diff}
2324 @item --diff
2325 @itemx -d
2326
2327 Same @option{--compare}. @xref{compare}.
2328
2329 @opsummary{extract}
2330 @item --extract
2331 @itemx -x
2332
2333 Extracts members from the archive into the file system. @xref{extract}.
2334
2335 @opsummary{get}
2336 @item --get
2337 @itemx -x
2338
2339 Same as @option{--extract}. @xref{extract}.
2340
2341 @opsummary{list}
2342 @item --list
2343 @itemx -t
2344
2345 Lists the members in an archive. @xref{list}.
2346
2347 @opsummary{update}
2348 @item --update
2349 @itemx -u
2350
2351 Adds files to the end of the archive, but only if they are newer than
2352 their counterparts already in the archive, or if they do not already
2353 exist in the archive. @xref{update}.
2354
2355 @end table
2356
2357 @node Option Summary
2358 @subsection @command{tar} Options
2359
2360 @table @option
2361
2362 @opsummary{absolute-names}
2363 @item --absolute-names
2364 @itemx -P
2365
2366 Normally when creating an archive, @command{tar} strips an initial
2367 @samp{/} from member names, and when extracting from an archive @command{tar}
2368 treats names specially if they have initial @samp{/} or internal
2369 @samp{..}. This option disables that behavior. @xref{absolute}.
2370
2371 @opsummary{after-date}
2372 @item --after-date
2373
2374 (See @option{--newer}, @pxref{after})
2375
2376 @opsummary{anchored}
2377 @item --anchored
2378 A pattern must match an initial subsequence of the name's components.
2379 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2380
2381 @opsummary{atime-preserve}
2382 @item --atime-preserve
2383 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
2384 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
2385
2386 Attempt to preserve the access time of files when reading them. This
2387 option currently is effective only on files that you own, unless you
2388 have superuser privileges.
2389
2390 @option{--atime-preserve=replace} remembers the access time of a file
2391 before reading it, and then restores the access time afterwards. This
2392 may cause problems if other programs are reading the file at the same
2393 time, as the times of their accesses will be lost. On most platforms
2394 restoring the access time also requires @command{tar} to restore the
2395 data modification time too, so this option may also cause problems if
2396 other programs are writing the file at the same time (@command{tar} attempts
2397 to detect this situation, but cannot do so reliably due to race
2398 conditions). Worse, on most platforms restoring the access time also
2399 updates the status change time, which means that this option is
2400 incompatible with incremental backups.
2401
2402 @option{--atime-preserve=system} avoids changing time stamps on files,
2403 without interfering with time stamp updates
2404 caused by other programs, so it works better with incremental backups.
2405 However, it requires a special @code{O_NOATIME} option from the
2406 underlying operating and file system implementation, and it also requires
2407 that searching directories does not update their access times. As of
2408 this writing (November 2005) this works only with Linux, and only with
2409 Linux kernels 2.6.8 and later. Worse, there is currently no reliable
2410 way to know whether this feature actually works. Sometimes
2411 @command{tar} knows that it does not work, and if you use
2412 @option{--atime-preserve=system} then @command{tar} complains and
2413 exits right away. But other times @command{tar} might think that the
2414 option works when it actually does not.
2415
2416 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
2417 @option{--atime-preserve=replace}, but this may change in the future
2418 as support for @option{--atime-preserve=system} improves.
2419
2420 If your operating or file system does not support
2421 @option{--atime-preserve=@-system}, you might be able to preserve access
2422 times reliably by using the @command{mount} command. For example,
2423 you can mount the file system read-only, or access the file system via
2424 a read-only loopback mount, or use the @samp{noatime} mount option
2425 available on some systems. However, mounting typically requires
2426 superuser privileges and can be a pain to manage.
2427
2428 @opsummary{auto-compress}
2429 @item --auto-compress
2430 @itemx -a
2431
2432 During a @option{--create} operation, enables automatic compressed
2433 format recognition based on the archive suffix. The effect of this
2434 option is cancelled by @option{--no-auto-compress}. @xref{gzip}.
2435
2436 @opsummary{backup}
2437 @item --backup=@var{backup-type}
2438
2439 Rather than deleting files from the file system, @command{tar} will
2440 back them up using simple or numbered backups, depending upon
2441 @var{backup-type}. @xref{backup}.
2442
2443 @opsummary{block-number}
2444 @item --block-number
2445 @itemx -R
2446
2447 With this option present, @command{tar} prints error messages for read errors
2448 with the block number in the archive file. @xref{block-number}.
2449
2450 @opsummary{blocking-factor}
2451 @item --blocking-factor=@var{blocking}
2452 @itemx -b @var{blocking}
2453
2454 Sets the blocking factor @command{tar} uses to @var{blocking} x 512 bytes per
2455 record. @xref{Blocking Factor}.
2456
2457 @opsummary{bzip2}
2458 @item --bzip2
2459 @itemx -j
2460
2461 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2462 @code{bzip2}. @xref{gzip}.
2463
2464 @opsummary{check-device}
2465 @item --check-device
2466 Check device numbers when creating a list of modified files for
2467 incremental archiving. This is the default. @xref{device numbers},
2468 for a detailed description.
2469
2470 @opsummary{checkpoint}
2471 @item --checkpoint[=@var{number}]
2472
2473 This option directs @command{tar} to print periodic checkpoint
2474 messages as it reads through the archive. It is intended for when you
2475 want a visual indication that @command{tar} is still running, but
2476 don't want to see @option{--verbose} output. You can also instruct
2477 @command{tar} to execute a list of actions on each checkpoint, see
2478 @option{--checkpoint-action} below. For a detailed description, see
2479 @ref{checkpoints}.
2480
2481 @opsummary{checkpoint-action}
2482 @item --checkpoint-action=@var{action}
2483 Instruct @command{tar} to execute an action upon hitting a
2484 breakpoint. Here we give only a brief outline. @xref{checkpoints},
2485 for a complete description.
2486
2487 The @var{action} argument can be one of the following:
2488
2489 @table @asis
2490 @item bell
2491 Produce an audible bell on the console.
2492
2493 @item dot
2494 @itemx .
2495 Print a single dot on the standard listing stream.
2496
2497 @item echo
2498 Display a textual message on the standard error, with the status and
2499 number of the checkpoint. This is the default.
2500
2501 @item echo=@var{string}
2502 Display @var{string} on the standard error. Before output, the string
2503 is subject to meta-character expansion.
2504
2505 @item exec=@var{command}
2506 Execute the given @var{command}.
2507
2508 @item sleep=@var{time}
2509 Wait for @var{time} seconds.
2510
2511 @item ttyout=@var{string}
2512 Output @var{string} on the current console (@file{/dev/tty}).
2513 @end table
2514
2515 Several @option{--checkpoint-action} options can be specified. The
2516 supplied actions will be executed in order of their appearance in the
2517 command line.
2518
2519 Using @option{--checkpoint-action} without @option{--checkpoint}
2520 assumes default checkpoint frequency of one checkpoint per 10 records.
2521
2522 @opsummary{check-links}
2523 @item --check-links
2524 @itemx -l
2525 If this option was given, @command{tar} will check the number of links
2526 dumped for each processed file. If this number does not match the
2527 total number of hard links for the file, a warning message will be
2528 output @footnote{Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} as a
2529 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. The current semantics, which
2530 complies to UNIX98, was introduced with version
2531 1.15.91. @xref{Changes}, for more information.}.
2532
2533 @xref{hard links}.
2534
2535 @opsummary{compress}
2536 @opsummary{uncompress}
2537 @item --compress
2538 @itemx --uncompress
2539 @itemx -Z
2540
2541 @command{tar} will use the @command{compress} program when reading or
2542 writing the archive. This allows you to directly act on archives
2543 while saving space. @xref{gzip}.
2544
2545 @opsummary{confirmation}
2546 @item --confirmation
2547
2548 (See @option{--interactive}.) @xref{interactive}.
2549
2550 @opsummary{delay-directory-restore}
2551 @item --delay-directory-restore
2552
2553 Delay setting modification times and permissions of extracted
2554 directories until the end of extraction. @xref{Directory Modification Times and Permissions}.
2555
2556 @opsummary{dereference}
2557 @item --dereference
2558 @itemx -h
2559
2560 When reading or writing a file to be archived, @command{tar} accesses
2561 the file that a symbolic link points to, rather than the symlink
2562 itself. @xref{dereference}.
2563
2564 @opsummary{directory}
2565 @item --directory=@var{dir}
2566 @itemx -C @var{dir}
2567
2568 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will change its current directory
2569 to @var{dir} before performing any operations. When this option is used
2570 during archive creation, it is order sensitive. @xref{directory}.
2571
2572 @opsummary{exclude}
2573 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
2574
2575 When performing operations, @command{tar} will skip files that match
2576 @var{pattern}. @xref{exclude}.
2577
2578 @opsummary{exclude-backups}
2579 @item --exclude-backups
2580 Exclude backup and lock files. @xref{exclude,, exclude-backups}.
2581
2582 @opsummary{exclude-from}
2583 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
2584 @itemx -X @var{file}
2585
2586 Similar to @option{--exclude}, except @command{tar} will use the list of
2587 patterns in the file @var{file}. @xref{exclude}.
2588
2589 @opsummary{exclude-caches}
2590 @item --exclude-caches
2591
2592 Exclude from dump any directory containing a valid cache directory
2593 tag file, but still dump the directory node and the tag file itself.
2594
2595 @xref{exclude,, exclude-caches}.
2596
2597 @opsummary{exclude-caches-under}
2598 @item --exclude-caches-under
2599
2600 Exclude from dump any directory containing a valid cache directory
2601 tag file, but still dump the directory node itself.
2602
2603 @xref{exclude}.
2604
2605 @opsummary{exclude-caches-all}
2606 @item --exclude-caches-all
2607
2608 Exclude from dump any directory containing a valid cache directory
2609 tag file. @xref{exclude}.
2610
2611 @opsummary{exclude-ignore}
2612 @item --exclude-ignore=@var{file}
2613 Before dumping a directory, @command{tar} checks if it contains
2614 @var{file}. If so, exclusion patterns are read from this file.
2615 The patterns affect only the directory itself. @xref{exclude}.
2616
2617 @opsummary{exclude-ignore-recursive}
2618 @item --exclude-ignore-recursive=@var{file}
2619 Before dumping a directory, @command{tar} checks if it contains
2620 @var{file}. If so, exclusion patterns are read from this file.
2621 The patterns affect the directory and all itssubdirectories.
2622 @xref{exclude}.
2623
2624 @opsummary{exclude-tag}
2625 @item --exclude-tag=@var{file}
2626
2627 Exclude from dump any directory containing file named @var{file}, but
2628 dump the directory node and @var{file} itself. @xref{exclude,, exclude-tag}.
2629
2630 @opsummary{exclude-tag-under}
2631 @item --exclude-tag-under=@var{file}
2632
2633 Exclude from dump the contents of any directory containing file
2634 named @var{file}, but dump the directory node itself. @xref{exclude,,
2635 exclude-tag-under}.
2636
2637 @opsummary{exclude-tag-all}
2638 @item --exclude-tag-all=@var{file}
2639
2640 Exclude from dump any directory containing file named @var{file}.
2641 @xref{exclude,,exclude-tag-all}.
2642
2643 @opsummary{exclude-vcs}
2644 @item --exclude-vcs
2645
2646 Exclude from dump directories and files, that are internal for some
2647 widely used version control systems.
2648
2649 @xref{exclude-vcs}.
2650
2651 @opsummary{exclude-vcs-ignores}
2652 @item --exclude-vcs-ignores
2653 Exclude files that match patterns read from VCS-specific ignore
2654 files. Supported files are: @file{.cvsignore}, @file{.gitignore},
2655 @file{.bzrignore}, and @file{.hgignore}. The semantics of each file
2656 is the same as for the corresponding VCS, e.g. patterns read from
2657 @file{.gitignore} affect the directory and all its subdirectories.
2658 @xref{exclude-vcs-ignores}.
2659
2660 @opsummary{file}
2661 @item --file=@var{archive}
2662 @itemx -f @var{archive}
2663
2664 @command{tar} will use the file @var{archive} as the @command{tar} archive it
2665 performs operations on, rather than @command{tar}'s compilation dependent
2666 default. @xref{file tutorial}.
2667
2668 @opsummary{files-from}
2669 @item --files-from=@var{file}
2670 @itemx -T @var{file}
2671
2672 @command{tar} will use the contents of @var{file} as a list of archive members
2673 or files to operate on, in addition to those specified on the
2674 command-line. @xref{files}.
2675
2676 @opsummary{force-local}
2677 @item --force-local
2678
2679 Forces @command{tar} to interpret the file name given to @option{--file}
2680 as a local file, even if it looks like a remote tape drive name.
2681 @xref{local and remote archives}.
2682
2683 @opsummary{format}
2684 @item --format=@var{format}
2685 @itemx -H @var{format}
2686
2687 Selects output archive format. @var{Format} may be one of the
2688 following:
2689
2690 @table @samp
2691 @item v7
2692 Creates an archive that is compatible with Unix V7 @command{tar}.
2693
2694 @item oldgnu
2695 Creates an archive that is compatible with GNU @command{tar} version
2696 1.12 or earlier.
2697
2698 @item gnu
2699 Creates archive in GNU tar 1.13 format. Basically it is the same as
2700 @samp{oldgnu} with the only difference in the way it handles long
2701 numeric fields.
2702
2703 @item ustar
2704 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} compatible archive.
2705
2706 @item posix
2707 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-2001 archive}.
2708
2709 @end table
2710
2711 @xref{Formats}, for a detailed discussion of these formats.
2712
2713 @opsummary{full-time}
2714 @item --full-time
2715 This option instructs @command{tar} to print file times to their full
2716 resolution. Usually this means 1-second resolution, but that depends
2717 on the underlying file system. The @option{--full-time} option takes
2718 effect only when detailed output (verbosity level 2 or higher) has
2719 been requested using the @option{--verbose} option, e.g., when listing
2720 or extracting archives:
2721
2722 @smallexample
2723 $ @kbd{tar -t -v --full-time -f archive.tar}
2724 @end smallexample
2725
2726 @noindent
2727 or, when creating an archive:
2728
2729 @smallexample
2730 $ @kbd{tar -c -vv --full-time -f archive.tar .}
2731 @end smallexample
2732
2733 Notice, thar when creating the archive you need to specify
2734 @option{--verbose} twice to get a detailed output (@pxref{verbose
2735 tutorial}).
2736
2737 @opsummary{group}
2738 @item --group=@var{group}
2739
2740 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group @acronym{ID} of @var{group},
2741 rather than the group from the source file. @var{group} can specify a
2742 symbolic name, or a numeric @acronym{ID}, or both as
2743 @var{name}:@var{id}. @xref{override}.
2744
2745 Also see the comments for the @option{--owner=@var{user}} option.
2746
2747 @opsummary{gzip}
2748 @opsummary{gunzip}
2749 @opsummary{ungzip}
2750 @item --gzip
2751 @itemx --gunzip
2752 @itemx --ungzip
2753 @itemx -z
2754
2755 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2756 @command{gzip}, allowing @command{tar} to directly operate on several
2757 kinds of compressed archives transparently. @xref{gzip}.
2758
2759 @opsummary{hard-dereference}
2760 @item --hard-dereference
2761 When creating an archive, dereference hard links and store the files
2762 they refer to, instead of creating usual hard link members.
2763
2764 @xref{hard links}.
2765
2766 @opsummary{help}
2767 @item --help
2768 @itemx -?
2769
2770 @command{tar} will print out a short message summarizing the operations and
2771 options to @command{tar} and exit. @xref{help}.
2772
2773 @opsummary{ignore-case}
2774 @item --ignore-case
2775 Ignore case when matching member or file names with
2776 patterns. @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2777
2778 @opsummary{ignore-command-error}
2779 @item --ignore-command-error
2780 Ignore exit codes of subprocesses. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2781
2782 @opsummary{ignore-failed-read}
2783 @item --ignore-failed-read
2784
2785 Do not exit unsuccessfully merely because an unreadable file was encountered.
2786 @xref{Ignore Failed Read}.
2787
2788 @opsummary{ignore-zeros}
2789 @item --ignore-zeros
2790 @itemx -i
2791
2792 With this option, @command{tar} will ignore zeroed blocks in the
2793 archive, which normally signals EOF. @xref{Reading}.
2794
2795 @opsummary{incremental}
2796 @item --incremental
2797 @itemx -G
2798
2799 Informs @command{tar} that it is working with an old
2800 @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup archive. It is intended
2801 primarily for backwards compatibility only. @xref{Incremental Dumps},
2802 for a detailed discussion of incremental archives.
2803
2804 @opsummary{index-file}
2805 @item --index-file=@var{file}
2806
2807 Send verbose output to @var{file} instead of to standard output.
2808
2809 @opsummary{info-script}
2810 @opsummary{new-volume-script}
2811 @item --info-script=@var{command}
2812 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{command}
2813 @itemx -F @var{command}
2814
2815 When @command{tar} is performing multi-tape backups, @var{command} is run
2816 at the end of each tape. If it exits with nonzero status,
2817 @command{tar} fails immediately. @xref{info-script}, for a detailed
2818 discussion of this feature.
2819
2820 @opsummary{interactive}
2821 @item --interactive
2822 @itemx --confirmation
2823 @itemx -w
2824
2825 Specifies that @command{tar} should ask the user for confirmation before
2826 performing potentially destructive options, such as overwriting files.
2827 @xref{interactive}.
2828
2829 @opsummary{--keep-directory-symlink}
2830 @item --keep-directory-symlink
2831
2832 This option changes the behavior of tar when it encounters a symlink
2833 with the same name as the directory that it is about to extract. By
2834 default, in this case tar would first remove the symlink and then
2835 proceed extracting the directory.
2836
2837 The @option{--keep-directory-symlink} option disables this behavior
2838 and instructs tar to follow symlinks to directories when extracting
2839 from the archive.
2840
2841 It is mainly intended to provide compatibility with the Slackware
2842 installation scripts.
2843
2844 @opsummary{keep-newer-files}
2845 @item --keep-newer-files
2846
2847 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive copies
2848 when extracting files from an archive.
2849
2850 @opsummary{keep-old-files}
2851 @item --keep-old-files
2852 @itemx -k
2853
2854 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an
2855 archive. Return error if such files exist. See also
2856 @ref{--skip-old-files}.
2857
2858 @xref{Keep Old Files}.
2859
2860 @opsummary{label}
2861 @item --label=@var{name}
2862 @itemx -V @var{name}
2863
2864 When creating an archive, instructs @command{tar} to write @var{name}
2865 as a name record in the archive. When extracting or listing archives,
2866 @command{tar} will only operate on archives that have a label matching
2867 the pattern specified in @var{name}. @xref{Tape Files}.
2868
2869 @opsummary{level}
2870 @item --level=@var{n}
2871 Force incremental backup of level @var{n}. As of @GNUTAR version
2872 @value{VERSION}, the option @option{--level=0} truncates the snapshot
2873 file, thereby forcing the level 0 dump. Other values of @var{n} are
2874 effectively ignored. @xref{--level=0}, for details and examples.
2875
2876 The use of this option is valid only in conjunction with the
2877 @option{--listed-incremental} option. @xref{Incremental Dumps},
2878 for a detailed description.
2879
2880 @opsummary{listed-incremental}
2881 @item --listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}
2882 @itemx -g @var{snapshot-file}
2883
2884 During a @option{--create} operation, specifies that the archive that
2885 @command{tar} creates is a new @acronym{GNU}-format incremental
2886 backup, using @var{snapshot-file} to determine which files to backup.
2887 With other operations, informs @command{tar} that the archive is in
2888 incremental format. @xref{Incremental Dumps}.
2889
2890 @opsummary{lzip}
2891 @item --lzip
2892
2893 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2894 @command{lzip}. @xref{gzip}.
2895
2896 @opsummary{lzma}
2897 @item --lzma
2898
2899 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2900 @command{lzma}. @xref{gzip}.
2901
2902 @item --lzop
2903
2904 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2905 @command{lzop}. @xref{gzip}.
2906
2907 @opsummary{mode}
2908 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
2909
2910 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
2911 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
2912 from the files. @var{permissions} can be specified either as an octal
2913 number or as symbolic permissions, like with
2914 @command{chmod}. @xref{override}.
2915
2916 @opsummary{mtime}
2917 @item --mtime=@var{date}
2918
2919 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use @var{date} as
2920 the modification time of members when creating archives, instead of
2921 their actual modification times. The value of @var{date} can be
2922 either a textual date representation (@pxref{Date input formats}) or a
2923 name of the existing file, starting with @samp{/} or @samp{.}. In the
2924 latter case, the modification time of that file is used. @xref{override}.
2925
2926 @opsummary{multi-volume}
2927 @item --multi-volume
2928 @itemx -M
2929
2930 Informs @command{tar} that it should create or otherwise operate on a
2931 multi-volume @command{tar} archive. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}.
2932
2933 @opsummary{new-volume-script}
2934 @item --new-volume-script
2935
2936 (see @option{--info-script})
2937
2938 @opsummary{newer}
2939 @item --newer=@var{date}
2940 @itemx --after-date=@var{date}
2941 @itemx -N
2942
2943 When creating an archive, @command{tar} will only add files that have changed
2944 since @var{date}. If @var{date} begins with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it
2945 is taken to be the name of a file whose data modification time specifies
2946 the date. @xref{after}.
2947
2948 @opsummary{newer-mtime}
2949 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
2950
2951 Like @option{--newer}, but add only files whose
2952 contents have changed (as opposed to just @option{--newer}, which will
2953 also back up files for which any status information has
2954 changed). @xref{after}.
2955
2956 @opsummary{no-anchored}
2957 @item --no-anchored
2958 An exclude pattern can match any subsequence of the name's components.
2959 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2960
2961 @opsummary{no-auto-compress}
2962 @item --no-auto-compress
2963
2964 Disables automatic compressed format recognition based on the archive
2965 suffix. @xref{--auto-compress}. @xref{gzip}.
2966
2967 @opsummary{no-check-device}
2968 @item --no-check-device
2969 Do not check device numbers when creating a list of modified files
2970 for incremental archiving. @xref{device numbers}, for
2971 a detailed description.
2972
2973 @opsummary{no-delay-directory-restore}
2974 @item --no-delay-directory-restore
2975
2976 Modification times and permissions of extracted
2977 directories are set when all files from this directory have been
2978 extracted. This is the default.
2979 @xref{Directory Modification Times and Permissions}.
2980
2981 @opsummary{no-ignore-case}
2982 @item --no-ignore-case
2983 Use case-sensitive matching.
2984 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2985
2986 @opsummary{no-ignore-command-error}
2987 @item --no-ignore-command-error
2988 Print warnings about subprocesses that terminated with a nonzero exit
2989 code. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2990
2991 @opsummary{no-null}
2992 @item --no-null
2993
2994 If the @option{--null} option was given previously, this option
2995 cancels its effect, so that any following @option{--files-from}
2996 options will expect their file lists to be newline-terminated.
2997
2998 @opsummary{no-overwrite-dir}
2999 @item --no-overwrite-dir
3000
3001 Preserve metadata of existing directories when extracting files
3002 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
3003
3004 @opsummary{no-quote-chars}
3005 @item --no-quote-chars=@var{string}
3006 Remove characters listed in @var{string} from the list of quoted
3007 characters set by the previous @option{--quote-chars} option
3008 (@pxref{quoting styles}).
3009
3010 @opsummary{no-recursion}
3011 @item --no-recursion
3012
3013 With this option, @command{tar} will not recurse into directories.
3014 @xref{recurse}.
3015
3016 @opsummary{no-same-owner}
3017 @item --no-same-owner
3018 @itemx -o
3019
3020 When extracting an archive, do not attempt to preserve the owner
3021 specified in the @command{tar} archive. This the default behavior
3022 for ordinary users.
3023
3024 @opsummary{no-same-permissions}
3025 @item --no-same-permissions
3026
3027 When extracting an archive, subtract the user's umask from files from
3028 the permissions specified in the archive. This is the default behavior
3029 for ordinary users.
3030
3031 @opsummary{no-seek}
3032 @item --no-seek
3033
3034 The archive media does not support seeks to arbitrary
3035 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
3036 the archive can be seeked or not. Use this option to disable this
3037 mechanism.
3038
3039 @opsummary{no-unquote}
3040 @item --no-unquote
3041 Treat all input file or member names literally, do not interpret
3042 escape sequences. @xref{input name quoting}.
3043
3044 @opsummary{no-wildcards}
3045 @item --no-wildcards
3046 Do not use wildcards.
3047 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3048
3049 @opsummary{no-wildcards-match-slash}
3050 @item --no-wildcards-match-slash
3051 Wildcards do not match @samp{/}.
3052 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3053
3054 @opsummary{null}
3055 @item --null
3056
3057 When @command{tar} is using the @option{--files-from} option, this option
3058 instructs @command{tar} to expect file names terminated with @acronym{NUL}, so
3059 @command{tar} can correctly work with file names that contain newlines.
3060 @xref{nul}.
3061
3062 @opsummary{numeric-owner}
3063 @item --numeric-owner
3064
3065 This option will notify @command{tar} that it should use numeric user
3066 and group IDs when creating a @command{tar} file, rather than names.
3067 @xref{Attributes}.
3068
3069 @item -o
3070 The function of this option depends on the action @command{tar} is
3071 performing. When extracting files, @option{-o} is a synonym for
3072 @option{--no-same-owner}, i.e., it prevents @command{tar} from
3073 restoring ownership of files being extracted.
3074
3075 When creating an archive, it is a synonym for
3076 @option{--old-archive}. This behavior is for compatibility
3077 with previous versions of @GNUTAR{}, and will be
3078 removed in future releases.
3079
3080 @xref{Changes}, for more information.
3081
3082 @opsummary{occurrence}
3083 @item --occurrence[=@var{number}]
3084
3085 This option can be used in conjunction with one of the subcommands
3086 @option{--delete}, @option{--diff}, @option{--extract} or
3087 @option{--list} when a list of files is given either on the command
3088 line or via @option{-T} option.
3089
3090 This option instructs @command{tar} to process only the @var{number}th
3091 occurrence of each named file. @var{Number} defaults to 1, so
3092
3093 @smallexample
3094 tar -x -f archive.tar --occurrence filename
3095 @end smallexample
3096
3097 @noindent
3098 will extract the first occurrence of the member @file{filename} from @file{archive.tar}
3099 and will terminate without scanning to the end of the archive.
3100
3101 @opsummary{old-archive}
3102 @item --old-archive
3103 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
3104
3105 @opsummary{one-file-system}
3106 @item --one-file-system
3107 Used when creating an archive. Prevents @command{tar} from recursing into
3108 directories that are on different file systems from the current
3109 directory.
3110
3111 @opsummary{one-top-level}
3112 @item --one-top-level[=@var{dir}]
3113 Tells @command{tar} to create a new directory beneath the extraction directory
3114 (or the one passed to @option{-C}) and use it to guard against
3115 tarbombs. In the absence of @var{dir} argument, the name of the new directory
3116 will be equal to the base name of the archive (file name minus the
3117 archive suffix, if recognized). Any member names that do not begin
3118 with that directory name (after
3119 transformations from @option{--transform} and
3120 @option{--strip-components}) will be prefixed with it. Recognized
3121 file name suffixes are @samp{.tar}, and any compression suffixes
3122 recognizable by @xref{--auto-compress}.
3123
3124 @opsummary{overwrite}
3125 @item --overwrite
3126
3127 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
3128 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
3129
3130 @opsummary{overwrite-dir}
3131 @item --overwrite-dir
3132
3133 Overwrite the metadata of existing directories when extracting files
3134 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
3135
3136 @opsummary{owner}
3137 @item --owner=@var{user}
3138
3139 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
3140 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
3141 file. @var{user} can specify a symbolic name, or a numeric
3142 @acronym{ID}, or both as @var{name}:@var{id}.
3143 @xref{override}.
3144
3145 This option does not affect extraction from archives.
3146
3147 @opsummary{pax-option}
3148 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
3149 This option enables creation of the archive in @acronym{POSIX.1-2001}
3150 format (@pxref{posix}) and modifies the way @command{tar} handles the
3151 extended header keywords. @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
3152 list of keyword options. @xref{PAX keywords}, for a detailed
3153 discussion.
3154
3155 @opsummary{portability}
3156 @item --portability
3157 @itemx --old-archive
3158 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
3159
3160 @opsummary{posix}
3161 @item --posix
3162 Same as @option{--format=posix}.
3163
3164 @opsummary{preserve}
3165 @item --preserve
3166
3167 Synonymous with specifying both @option{--preserve-permissions} and
3168 @option{--same-order}. @xref{Setting Access Permissions}.
3169
3170 @opsummary{preserve-order}
3171 @item --preserve-order
3172
3173 (See @option{--same-order}; @pxref{Reading}.)
3174
3175 @opsummary{preserve-permissions}
3176 @opsummary{same-permissions}
3177 @item --preserve-permissions
3178 @itemx --same-permissions
3179 @itemx -p
3180
3181 When @command{tar} is extracting an archive, it normally subtracts the
3182 users' umask from the permissions specified in the archive and uses
3183 that number as the permissions to create the destination file.
3184 Specifying this option instructs @command{tar} that it should use the
3185 permissions directly from the archive. @xref{Setting Access Permissions}.
3186
3187 @opsummary{quote-chars}
3188 @item --quote-chars=@var{string}
3189 Always quote characters from @var{string}, even if the selected
3190 quoting style would not quote them (@pxref{quoting styles}).
3191
3192 @opsummary{quoting-style}
3193 @item --quoting-style=@var{style}
3194 Set quoting style to use when printing member and file names
3195 (@pxref{quoting styles}). Valid @var{style} values are:
3196 @code{literal}, @code{shell}, @code{shell-always}, @code{c},
3197 @code{escape}, @code{locale}, and @code{clocale}. Default quoting
3198 style is @code{escape}, unless overridden while configuring the
3199 package.
3200
3201 @opsummary{read-full-records}
3202 @item --read-full-records
3203 @itemx -B
3204
3205 Specifies that @command{tar} should reblock its input, for reading
3206 from pipes on systems with buggy implementations. @xref{Reading}.
3207
3208 @opsummary{record-size}
3209 @item --record-size=@var{size}[@var{suf}]
3210
3211 Instructs @command{tar} to use @var{size} bytes per record when accessing the
3212 archive. The argument can be suffixed with a @dfn{size suffix}, e.g.
3213 @option{--record-size=10K} for 10 Kilobytes. @xref{size-suffixes},
3214 for a list of valid suffixes. @xref{Blocking Factor}, for a detailed
3215 description of this option.
3216
3217 @opsummary{recursion}
3218 @item --recursion
3219
3220 With this option, @command{tar} recurses into directories (default).
3221 @xref{recurse}.
3222
3223 @opsummary{recursive-unlink}
3224 @item --recursive-unlink
3225
3226 Remove existing
3227 directory hierarchies before extracting directories of the same name
3228 from the archive. @xref{Recursive Unlink}.
3229
3230 @opsummary{remove-files}
3231 @item --remove-files
3232
3233 Directs @command{tar} to remove the source file from the file system after
3234 appending it to an archive. @xref{remove files}.
3235
3236 @opsummary{restrict}
3237 @item --restrict
3238
3239 Disable use of some potentially harmful @command{tar} options.
3240 Currently this option disables shell invocation from multi-volume menu
3241 (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}).
3242
3243 @opsummary{rmt-command}
3244 @item --rmt-command=@var{cmd}
3245
3246 Notifies @command{tar} that it should use @var{cmd} instead of
3247 the default @file{/usr/libexec/rmt} (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
3248
3249 @opsummary{rsh-command}
3250 @item --rsh-command=@var{cmd}
3251
3252 Notifies @command{tar} that is should use @var{cmd} to communicate with remote
3253 devices. @xref{Device}.
3254
3255 @opsummary{same-order}
3256 @item --same-order
3257 @itemx --preserve-order
3258 @itemx -s
3259
3260 This option is an optimization for @command{tar} when running on machines with
3261 small amounts of memory. It informs @command{tar} that the list of file
3262 arguments has already been sorted to match the order of files in the
3263 archive. @xref{Reading}.
3264
3265 @opsummary{same-owner}
3266 @item --same-owner
3267
3268 When extracting an archive, @command{tar} will attempt to preserve the owner
3269 specified in the @command{tar} archive with this option present.
3270 This is the default behavior for the superuser; this option has an
3271 effect only for ordinary users. @xref{Attributes}.
3272
3273 @opsummary{same-permissions}
3274 @item --same-permissions
3275
3276 (See @option{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Setting Access Permissions}.)
3277
3278 @opsummary{seek}
3279 @item --seek
3280 @itemx -n
3281
3282 Assume that the archive media supports seeks to arbitrary
3283 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
3284 the archive can be seeked or not. This option is intended for use
3285 in cases when such recognition fails. It takes effect only if the
3286 archive is open for reading (e.g. with @option{--list} or
3287 @option{--extract} options).
3288
3289 @opsummary{show-defaults}
3290 @item --show-defaults
3291
3292 Displays the default options used by @command{tar} and exits
3293 successfully. This option is intended for use in shell scripts.
3294 Here is an example of what you can see using this option:
3295
3296 @smallexample
3297 $ @kbd{tar --show-defaults}
3298 --format=gnu -f- -b20 --quoting-style=escape
3299 --rmt-command=/usr/libexec/rmt --rsh-command=/usr/bin/rsh
3300 @end smallexample
3301
3302 @noindent
3303 Notice, that this option outputs only one line. The example output
3304 above has been split to fit page boundaries. @xref{defaults}.
3305
3306 @opsummary{show-omitted-dirs}
3307 @item --show-omitted-dirs
3308
3309 Instructs @command{tar} to mention the directories it is skipping when
3310 operating on a @command{tar} archive. @xref{show-omitted-dirs}.
3311
3312 @opsummary{show-snapshot-field-ranges}
3313 @item --show-snapshot-field-ranges
3314
3315 Displays the range of values allowed by this version of @command{tar}
3316 for each field in the snapshot file, then exits successfully.
3317 @xref{Snapshot Files}.
3318
3319 @opsummary{show-transformed-names}
3320 @opsummary{show-stored-names}
3321 @item --show-transformed-names
3322 @itemx --show-stored-names
3323
3324 Display file or member names after applying any transformations
3325 (@pxref{transform}). In particular, when used in conjunction with one of
3326 the archive creation operations it instructs @command{tar} to list the
3327 member names stored in the archive, as opposed to the actual file
3328 names. @xref{listing member and file names}.
3329
3330 @opsummary{skip-old-files}
3331 @item --skip-old-files
3332
3333 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an
3334 archive. @xref{Keep Old Files}.
3335
3336 This option differs from @option{--keep-old-files} in that it does not
3337 treat such files as an error, instead it just silently avoids
3338 overwriting them.
3339
3340 The @option{--warning=existing-file} option can be used together with
3341 this option to produce warning messages about existing old files
3342 (@pxref{warnings}).
3343
3344 @opsummary{sort}
3345 @item --sort=@var{order}
3346 Specify the directory sorting order when reading directories.
3347 @var{Order} may be one of the following:
3348
3349 @table @samp
3350 @item none
3351 No directory sorting is performed. This is the default.
3352
3353 @item name
3354 Sort the directory entries on name. The operating system may deliver
3355 directory entries in a more or less random order, and sorting them
3356 makes archive creation reproducible.
3357
3358 @item inode
3359 Sort the directory entries on inode number. Sorting directories on
3360 inode number may reduce the amount of disk seek operations when
3361 creating an archive for some file systems.
3362
3363 @end table
3364
3365 @opsummary{sparse}
3366 @item --sparse
3367 @itemx -S
3368
3369 Invokes a @acronym{GNU} extension when adding files to an archive that handles
3370 sparse files efficiently. @xref{sparse}.
3371
3372 @opsummary{sparse-version}
3373 @item --sparse-version=@var{version}
3374
3375 Specifies the @dfn{format version} to use when archiving sparse
3376 files. Implies @option{--sparse}. @xref{sparse}. For the description
3377 of the supported sparse formats, @xref{Sparse Formats}.
3378
3379 @opsummary{starting-file}
3380 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
3381 @itemx -K @var{name}
3382
3383 This option affects extraction only; @command{tar} will skip extracting
3384 files in the archive until it finds one that matches @var{name}.
3385 @xref{Scarce}.
3386
3387 @opsummary{strip-components}
3388 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
3389 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
3390 extraction. For example, if archive @file{archive.tar} contained
3391 @file{/some/file/name}, then running
3392
3393 @smallexample
3394 tar --extract --file archive.tar --strip-components=2
3395 @end smallexample
3396
3397 @noindent
3398 would extract this file to file @file{name}.
3399
3400 @opsummary{suffix}
3401 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
3402
3403 Alters the suffix @command{tar} uses when backing up files from the default
3404 @samp{~}. @xref{backup}.
3405
3406 @opsummary{tape-length}
3407 @item --tape-length=@var{num}[@var{suf}]
3408 @itemx -L @var{num}[@var{suf}]
3409
3410 Specifies the length of tapes that @command{tar} is writing as being
3411 @w{@var{num} x 1024} bytes long. If optional @var{suf} is given, it
3412 specifies a multiplicative factor to be used instead of 1024. For
3413 example, @samp{-L2M} means 2 megabytes. @xref{size-suffixes}, for a
3414 list of allowed suffixes. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}, for a detailed
3415 discussion of this option.
3416
3417 @opsummary{test-label}
3418 @item --test-label
3419
3420 Reads the volume label. If an argument is specified, test whether it
3421 matches the volume label. @xref{--test-label option}.
3422
3423 @opsummary{to-command}
3424 @item --to-command=@var{command}
3425
3426 During extraction @command{tar} will pipe extracted files to the
3427 standard input of @var{command}. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
3428
3429 @opsummary{to-stdout}
3430 @item --to-stdout
3431 @itemx -O
3432
3433 During extraction, @command{tar} will extract files to stdout rather
3434 than to the file system. @xref{Writing to Standard Output}.
3435
3436 @opsummary{totals}
3437 @item --totals[=@var{signo}]
3438
3439 Displays the total number of bytes transferred when processing an
3440 archive. If an argument is given, these data are displayed on
3441 request, when signal @var{signo} is delivered to @command{tar}.
3442 @xref{totals}.
3443
3444 @opsummary{touch}
3445 @item --touch
3446 @itemx -m
3447
3448 Sets the data modification time of extracted files to the extraction time,
3449 rather than the data modification time stored in the archive.
3450 @xref{Data Modification Times}.
3451
3452 @opsummary{transform}
3453 @opsummary{xform}
3454 @item --transform=@var{sed-expr}
3455 @itemx --xform=@var{sed-expr}
3456 Transform file or member names using @command{sed} replacement expression
3457 @var{sed-expr}. For example,
3458
3459 @smallexample
3460 $ @kbd{tar cf archive.tar --transform 's,^\./,usr/,' .}
3461 @end smallexample
3462
3463 @noindent
3464 will add to @file{archive} files from the current working directory,
3465 replacing initial @samp{./} prefix with @samp{usr/}. For the detailed
3466 discussion, @xref{transform}.
3467
3468 To see transformed member names in verbose listings, use
3469 @option{--show-transformed-names} option
3470 (@pxref{show-transformed-names}).
3471
3472 @opsummary{uncompress}
3473 @item --uncompress
3474
3475 (See @option{--compress}, @pxref{gzip})
3476
3477 @opsummary{ungzip}
3478 @item --ungzip
3479
3480 (See @option{--gzip}, @pxref{gzip})
3481
3482 @opsummary{unlink-first}
3483 @item --unlink-first
3484 @itemx -U
3485
3486 Directs @command{tar} to remove the corresponding file from the file
3487 system before extracting it from the archive. @xref{Unlink First}.
3488
3489 @opsummary{unquote}
3490 @item --unquote
3491 Enable unquoting input file or member names (default). @xref{input
3492 name quoting}.
3493
3494 @opsummary{use-compress-program}
3495 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
3496 @itemx -I=@var{prog}
3497
3498 Instructs @command{tar} to access the archive through @var{prog}, which is
3499 presumed to be a compression program of some sort. @xref{gzip}.
3500
3501 @opsummary{utc}
3502 @item --utc
3503
3504 Display file modification dates in @acronym{UTC}. This option implies
3505 @option{--verbose}.
3506
3507 @opsummary{verbose}
3508 @item --verbose
3509 @itemx -v
3510
3511 Specifies that @command{tar} should be more verbose about the
3512 operations it is performing. This option can be specified multiple
3513 times for some operations to increase the amount of information displayed.
3514 @xref{verbose}.
3515
3516 @opsummary{verify}
3517 @item --verify
3518 @itemx -W
3519
3520 Verifies that the archive was correctly written when creating an
3521 archive. @xref{verify}.
3522
3523 @opsummary{version}
3524 @item --version
3525
3526 Print information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
3527 status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
3528 @xref{help}.
3529
3530 @opsummary{volno-file}
3531 @item --volno-file=@var{file}
3532
3533 Used in conjunction with @option{--multi-volume}. @command{tar} will
3534 keep track of which volume of a multi-volume archive it is working in
3535 @var{file}. @xref{volno-file}.
3536
3537 @opsummary{warning}
3538 @item --warning=@var{keyword}
3539
3540 Enable or disable warning messages identified by @var{keyword}. The
3541 messages are suppressed if @var{keyword} is prefixed with @samp{no-}.
3542 @xref{warnings}.
3543
3544 @opsummary{wildcards}
3545 @item --wildcards
3546 Use wildcards when matching member names with patterns.
3547 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3548
3549 @opsummary{wildcards-match-slash}
3550 @item --wildcards-match-slash
3551 Wildcards match @samp{/}.
3552 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3553
3554 @opsummary{xz}
3555 @item --xz
3556 @itemx -J
3557 Use @command{xz} for compressing or decompressing the archives. @xref{gzip}.
3558
3559 @end table
3560
3561 @node Short Option Summary
3562 @subsection Short Options Cross Reference
3563
3564 Here is an alphabetized list of all of the short option forms, matching
3565 them with the equivalent long option.
3566
3567 @multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.80
3568 @headitem Short Option @tab Reference
3569
3570 @item -A @tab @ref{--concatenate}.
3571
3572 @item -B @tab @ref{--read-full-records}.
3573
3574 @item -C @tab @ref{--directory}.
3575
3576 @item -F @tab @ref{--info-script}.
3577
3578 @item -G @tab @ref{--incremental}.
3579
3580 @item -J @tab @ref{--xz}.
3581
3582 @item -K @tab @ref{--starting-file}.
3583
3584 @item -L @tab @ref{--tape-length}.
3585
3586 @item -M @tab @ref{--multi-volume}.
3587
3588 @item -N @tab @ref{--newer}.
3589
3590 @item -O @tab @ref{--to-stdout}.
3591
3592 @item -P @tab @ref{--absolute-names}.
3593
3594 @item -R @tab @ref{--block-number}.
3595
3596 @item -S @tab @ref{--sparse}.
3597
3598 @item -T @tab @ref{--files-from}.
3599
3600 @item -U @tab @ref{--unlink-first}.
3601
3602 @item -V @tab @ref{--label}.
3603
3604 @item -W @tab @ref{--verify}.
3605
3606 @item -X @tab @ref{--exclude-from}.
3607
3608 @item -Z @tab @ref{--compress}.
3609
3610 @item -b @tab @ref{--blocking-factor}.
3611
3612 @item -c @tab @ref{--create}.
3613
3614 @item -d @tab @ref{--compare}.
3615
3616 @item -f @tab @ref{--file}.
3617
3618 @item -g @tab @ref{--listed-incremental}.
3619
3620 @item -h @tab @ref{--dereference}.
3621
3622 @item -i @tab @ref{--ignore-zeros}.
3623
3624 @item -j @tab @ref{--bzip2}.
3625
3626 @item -k @tab @ref{--keep-old-files}.
3627
3628 @item -l @tab @ref{--check-links}.
3629
3630 @item -m @tab @ref{--touch}.
3631
3632 @item -o @tab When creating, @ref{--no-same-owner}, when extracting ---
3633 @ref{--portability}.
3634
3635 The latter usage is deprecated. It is retained for compatibility with
3636 the earlier versions of @GNUTAR{}. In future releases
3637 @option{-o} will be equivalent to @option{--no-same-owner} only.
3638
3639 @item -p @tab @ref{--preserve-permissions}.
3640
3641 @item -r @tab @ref{--append}.
3642
3643 @item -s @tab @ref{--same-order}.
3644
3645 @item -t @tab @ref{--list}.
3646
3647 @item -u @tab @ref{--update}.
3648
3649 @item -v @tab @ref{--verbose}.
3650
3651 @item -w @tab @ref{--interactive}.
3652
3653 @item -x @tab @ref{--extract}.
3654
3655 @item -z @tab @ref{--gzip}.
3656
3657 @end multitable
3658
3659 @node help
3660 @section @GNUTAR{} documentation
3661
3662 @cindex Getting program version number
3663 @opindex version
3664 @cindex Version of the @command{tar} program
3665 Being careful, the first thing is really checking that you are using
3666 @GNUTAR{}, indeed. The @option{--version} option
3667 causes @command{tar} to print information about its name, version,
3668 origin and legal status, all on standard output, and then exit
3669 successfully. For example, @w{@samp{tar --version}} might print:
3670
3671 @smallexample
3672 tar (GNU tar) @value{VERSION}
3673 Copyright (C) 2013-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3674 License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.
3675 This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
3676 There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
3677
3678 Written by John Gilmore and Jay Fenlason.
3679 @end smallexample
3680
3681 @noindent
3682 The first occurrence of @samp{tar} in the result above is the program
3683 name in the package (for example, @command{rmt} is another program),
3684 while the second occurrence of @samp{tar} is the name of the package
3685 itself, containing possibly many programs. The package is currently
3686 named @samp{tar}, after the name of the main program it
3687 contains@footnote{There are plans to merge the @command{cpio} and
3688 @command{tar} packages into a single one which would be called
3689 @code{paxutils}. So, who knows if, one of this days, the
3690 @option{--version} would not output @w{@samp{tar (@acronym{GNU}
3691 paxutils) 3.2}}.}.
3692
3693 @cindex Obtaining help
3694 @cindex Listing all @command{tar} options
3695 @xopindex{help, introduction}
3696 Another thing you might want to do is checking the spelling or meaning
3697 of some particular @command{tar} option, without resorting to this
3698 manual, for once you have carefully read it. @GNUTAR{}
3699 has a short help feature, triggerable through the
3700 @option{--help} option. By using this option, @command{tar} will
3701 print a usage message listing all available options on standard
3702 output, then exit successfully, without doing anything else and
3703 ignoring all other options. Even if this is only a brief summary, it
3704 may be several screens long. So, if you are not using some kind of
3705 scrollable window, you might prefer to use something like:
3706
3707 @smallexample
3708 $ @kbd{tar --help | less}
3709 @end smallexample
3710
3711 @noindent
3712 presuming, here, that you like using @command{less} for a pager. Other
3713 popular pagers are @command{more} and @command{pg}. If you know about some
3714 @var{keyword} which interests you and do not want to read all the
3715 @option{--help} output, another common idiom is doing:
3716
3717 @smallexample
3718 tar --help | grep @var{keyword}
3719 @end smallexample
3720
3721 @noindent
3722 for getting only the pertinent lines. Notice, however, that some
3723 @command{tar} options have long description lines and the above
3724 command will list only the first of them.
3725
3726 The exact look of the option summary displayed by @kbd{tar --help} is
3727 configurable. @xref{Configuring Help Summary}, for a detailed description.
3728
3729 @opindex usage
3730 If you only wish to check the spelling of an option, running @kbd{tar
3731 --usage} may be a better choice. This will display a terse list of
3732 @command{tar} options without accompanying explanations.
3733
3734 The short help output is quite succinct, and you might have to get
3735 back to the full documentation for precise points. If you are reading
3736 this paragraph, you already have the @command{tar} manual in some
3737 form. This manual is available in a variety of forms from
3738 @url{http://www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual}. It may be printed out of the @GNUTAR{}
3739 distribution, provided you have @TeX{} already installed somewhere,
3740 and a laser printer around. Just configure the distribution, execute
3741 the command @w{@samp{make dvi}}, then print @file{doc/tar.dvi} the
3742 usual way (contact your local guru to know how). If @GNUTAR{}
3743 has been conveniently installed at your place, this
3744 manual is also available in interactive, hypertextual form as an Info
3745 file. Just call @w{@samp{info tar}} or, if you do not have the
3746 @command{info} program handy, use the Info reader provided within
3747 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, calling @samp{tar} from the main Info menu.
3748
3749 There is currently no @code{man} page for @GNUTAR{}.
3750 If you observe such a @code{man} page on the system you are running,
3751 either it does not belong to @GNUTAR{}, or it has not
3752 been produced by @acronym{GNU}. Some package maintainers convert
3753 @kbd{tar --help} output to a man page, using @command{help2man}. In
3754 any case, please bear in mind that the authoritative source of
3755 information about @GNUTAR{} is this Texinfo documentation.
3756
3757 @node defaults
3758 @section Obtaining @GNUTAR{} default values
3759
3760 @opindex show-defaults
3761 @GNUTAR{} has some predefined defaults that are used when you do not
3762 explicitly specify another values. To obtain a list of such
3763 defaults, use @option{--show-defaults} option. This will output the
3764 values in the form of @command{tar} command line options:
3765
3766 @smallexample
3767 @group
3768 $ @kbd{tar --show-defaults}
3769 --format=gnu -f- -b20 --quoting-style=escape
3770 --rmt-command=/etc/rmt --rsh-command=/usr/bin/rsh
3771 @end group
3772 @end smallexample
3773
3774 @noindent
3775 Notice, that this option outputs only one line. The example output above
3776 has been split to fit page boundaries.
3777
3778 @noindent
3779 The above output shows that this version of @GNUTAR{} defaults to
3780 using @samp{gnu} archive format (@pxref{Formats}), it uses standard
3781 output as the archive, if no @option{--file} option has been given
3782 (@pxref{file tutorial}), the default blocking factor is 20
3783 (@pxref{Blocking Factor}). It also shows the default locations where
3784 @command{tar} will look for @command{rmt} and @command{rsh} binaries.
3785
3786 @node verbose
3787 @section Checking @command{tar} progress
3788
3789 Typically, @command{tar} performs most operations without reporting any
3790 information to the user except error messages. When using @command{tar}
3791 with many options, particularly ones with complicated or
3792 difficult-to-predict behavior, it is possible to make serious mistakes.
3793 @command{tar} provides several options that make observing @command{tar}
3794 easier. These options cause @command{tar} to print information as it
3795 progresses in its job, and you might want to use them just for being
3796 more careful about what is going on, or merely for entertaining
3797 yourself. If you have encountered a problem when operating on an
3798 archive, however, you may need more information than just an error
3799 message in order to solve the problem. The following options can be
3800 helpful diagnostic tools.
3801
3802 @cindex Verbose operation
3803 @opindex verbose
3804 Normally, the @option{--list} (@option{-t}) command to list an archive
3805 prints just the file names (one per line) and the other commands are
3806 silent. When used with most operations, the @option{--verbose}
3807 (@option{-v}) option causes @command{tar} to print the name of each
3808 file or archive member as it is processed. This and the other options
3809 which make @command{tar} print status information can be useful in
3810 monitoring @command{tar}.
3811
3812 With @option{--create} or @option{--extract}, @option{--verbose} used
3813 once just prints the names of the files or members as they are processed.
3814 Using it twice causes @command{tar} to print a longer listing
3815 (@xref{verbose member listing}, for the description) for each member.
3816 Since @option{--list} already prints the names of the members,
3817 @option{--verbose} used once with @option{--list} causes @command{tar}
3818 to print an @samp{ls -l} type listing of the files in the archive.
3819 The following examples both extract members with long list output:
3820
3821 @smallexample
3822 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=archive.tar --verbose --verbose}
3823 $ @kbd{tar xvvf archive.tar}
3824 @end smallexample
3825
3826 Verbose output appears on the standard output except when an archive is
3827 being written to the standard output, as with @samp{tar --create
3828 --file=- --verbose} (@samp{tar cvf -}, or even @samp{tar cv}---if the
3829 installer let standard output be the default archive). In that case
3830 @command{tar} writes verbose output to the standard error stream.
3831
3832 If @option{--index-file=@var{file}} is specified, @command{tar} sends
3833 verbose output to @var{file} rather than to standard output or standard
3834 error.
3835
3836 @anchor{totals}
3837 @cindex Obtaining total status information
3838 @opindex totals
3839 The @option{--totals} option causes @command{tar} to print on the
3840 standard error the total amount of bytes transferred when processing
3841 an archive. When creating or appending to an archive, this option
3842 prints the number of bytes written to the archive and the average
3843 speed at which they have been written, e.g.:
3844
3845 @smallexample
3846 @group
3847 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --totals /home}
3848 Total bytes written: 7924664320 (7.4GiB, 85MiB/s)
3849 @end group
3850 @end smallexample
3851
3852 When reading an archive, this option displays the number of bytes
3853 read:
3854
3855 @smallexample
3856 @group
3857 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar --totals}
3858 Total bytes read: 7924664320 (7.4GiB, 95MiB/s)
3859 @end group
3860 @end smallexample
3861
3862 Finally, when deleting from an archive, the @option{--totals} option
3863 displays both numbers plus number of bytes removed from the archive:
3864
3865 @smallexample
3866 @group
3867 $ @kbd{tar --delete -f foo.tar --totals --wildcards '*~'}
3868 Total bytes read: 9543680 (9.2MiB, 201MiB/s)
3869 Total bytes written: 3829760 (3.7MiB, 81MiB/s)
3870 Total bytes deleted: 1474048
3871 @end group
3872 @end smallexample
3873
3874 You can also obtain this information on request. When
3875 @option{--totals} is used with an argument, this argument is
3876 interpreted as a symbolic name of a signal, upon delivery of which the
3877 statistics is to be printed:
3878
3879 @table @option
3880 @item --totals=@var{signo}
3881 Print statistics upon delivery of signal @var{signo}. Valid arguments
3882 are: @code{SIGHUP}, @code{SIGQUIT}, @code{SIGINT}, @code{SIGUSR1} and
3883 @code{SIGUSR2}. Shortened names without @samp{SIG} prefix are also
3884 accepted.
3885 @end table
3886
3887 Both forms of @option{--totals} option can be used simultaneously.
3888 Thus, @kbd{tar -x --totals --totals=USR1} instructs @command{tar} to
3889 extract all members from its default archive and print statistics
3890 after finishing the extraction, as well as when receiving signal
3891 @code{SIGUSR1}.
3892
3893 @anchor{Progress information}
3894 @cindex Progress information
3895 The @option{--checkpoint} option prints an occasional message
3896 as @command{tar} reads or writes the archive. It is designed for
3897 those who don't need the more detailed (and voluminous) output of
3898 @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}), but do want visual confirmation
3899 that @command{tar} is actually making forward progress. By default it
3900 prints a message each 10 records read or written. This can be changed
3901 by giving it a numeric argument after an equal sign:
3902
3903 @smallexample
3904 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000} /var
3905 tar: Write checkpoint 1000
3906 tar: Write checkpoint 2000
3907 tar: Write checkpoint 3000
3908 @end smallexample
3909
3910 This example shows the default checkpoint message used by
3911 @command{tar}. If you place a dot immediately after the equal
3912 sign, it will print a @samp{.} at each checkpoint@footnote{This is
3913 actually a shortcut for @option{--checkpoint=@var{n}
3914 --checkpoint-action=dot}. @xref{checkpoints, dot}.}. For example:
3915
3916 @smallexample
3917 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=.1000} /var
3918 ...
3919 @end smallexample
3920
3921 The @option{--checkpoint} option provides a flexible mechanism for
3922 executing arbitrary actions upon hitting checkpoints, see the next
3923 section (@pxref{checkpoints}), for more information on it.
3924
3925 @opindex show-omitted-dirs
3926 @anchor{show-omitted-dirs}
3927 The @option{--show-omitted-dirs} option, when reading an archive---with
3928 @option{--list} or @option{--extract}, for example---causes a message
3929 to be printed for each directory in the archive which is skipped.
3930 This happens regardless of the reason for skipping: the directory might
3931 not have been named on the command line (implicitly or explicitly),
3932 it might be excluded by the use of the
3933 @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} option, or some other reason.
3934
3935 @opindex block-number
3936 @cindex Block number where error occurred
3937 @anchor{block-number}
3938 If @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}) is used, @command{tar} prints, along with
3939 every message it would normally produce, the block number within the
3940 archive where the message was triggered. Also, supplementary messages
3941 are triggered when reading blocks full of NULs, or when hitting end of
3942 file on the archive. As of now, if the archive is properly terminated
3943 with a NUL block, the reading of the file may stop before end of file
3944 is met, so the position of end of file will not usually show when
3945 @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}) is used. Note that @GNUTAR{}
3946 drains the archive before exiting when reading the
3947 archive from a pipe.
3948
3949 @cindex Error message, block number of
3950 This option is especially useful when reading damaged archives, since
3951 it helps pinpoint the damaged sections. It can also be used with
3952 @option{--list} (@option{-t}) when listing a file-system backup tape, allowing you to
3953 choose among several backup tapes when retrieving a file later, in
3954 favor of the tape where the file appears earliest (closest to the
3955 front of the tape). @xref{backup}.
3956
3957 @node checkpoints
3958 @section Checkpoints
3959 @cindex checkpoints, defined
3960 @opindex checkpoint
3961 @opindex checkpoint-action
3962
3963 A @dfn{checkpoint} is a moment of time before writing @var{n}th record to
3964 the archive (a @dfn{write checkpoint}), or before reading @var{n}th record
3965 from the archive (a @dfn{read checkpoint}). Checkpoints allow to
3966 periodically execute arbitrary actions.
3967
3968 The checkpoint facility is enabled using the following option:
3969
3970 @table @option
3971 @xopindex{checkpoint, defined}
3972 @item --checkpoint[=@var{n}]
3973 Schedule checkpoints before writing or reading each @var{n}th record.
3974 The default value for @var{n} is 10.
3975 @end table
3976
3977 A list of arbitrary @dfn{actions} can be executed at each checkpoint.
3978 These actions include: pausing, displaying textual messages, and
3979 executing arbitrary external programs. Actions are defined using
3980 the @option{--checkpoint-action} option.
3981
3982 @table @option
3983 @xopindex{checkpoint-action, defined}
3984 @item --checkpoint-action=@var{action}
3985 Execute an @var{action} at each checkpoint.
3986 @end table
3987
3988 @cindex @code{echo}, checkpoint action
3989 The simplest value of @var{action} is @samp{echo}. It instructs
3990 @command{tar} to display the default message on the standard error
3991 stream upon arriving at each checkpoint. The default message is (in
3992 @acronym{POSIX} locale) @samp{Write checkpoint @var{n}}, for write
3993 checkpoints, and @samp{Read checkpoint @var{n}}, for read checkpoints.
3994 Here, @var{n} represents ordinal number of the checkpoint.
3995
3996 In another locales, translated versions of this message are used.
3997
3998 This is the default action, so running:
3999
4000 @smallexample
4001 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=echo} /var
4002 @end smallexample
4003
4004 @noindent
4005 is equivalent to:
4006
4007 @smallexample
4008 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000} /var
4009 @end smallexample
4010
4011 The @samp{echo} action also allows to supply a customized message.
4012 You do so by placing an equals sign and the message right after it,
4013 e.g.:
4014
4015 @smallexample
4016 --checkpoint-action="echo=Hit %s checkpoint #%u"
4017 @end smallexample
4018
4019 The @samp{%s} and @samp{%u} in the above example are
4020 @dfn{format specifiers}. The @samp{%s} specifier is replaced with
4021 the @dfn{type} of the checkpoint: @samp{write} or
4022 @samp{read} (or a corresponding translated version in locales other
4023 than @acronym{POSIX}). The @samp{%u} specifier is replaced with
4024 the ordinal number of the checkpoint. Thus, the above example could
4025 produce the following output when used with the @option{--create}
4026 option:
4027
4028 @smallexample
4029 tar: Hit write checkpoint #10
4030 tar: Hit write checkpoint #20
4031 tar: Hit write checkpoint #30
4032 @end smallexample
4033
4034 The complete list of available format specifiers follows. Some of
4035 them can take optional arguments. These arguments, if given, are
4036 supplied in curly braces between the percent sign and the specifier
4037 letter.
4038
4039 @table @samp
4040 @item %s
4041 Print type of the checkpoint (@samp{write} or @samp{read}).
4042
4043 @item %u
4044 Print number of the checkpoint.
4045
4046 @item %@{r,w,d@}T
4047 Print number of bytes transferred so far and approximate transfer
4048 speed. Optional arguments supply prefixes to be used before number
4049 of bytes read, written and deleted, correspondingly. If absent,
4050 they default to @samp{R}. @samp{W}, @samp{D}. Any or all of them can
4051 be omitted, so, that e.g. @samp{%@{@}T} means to print corresponding
4052 statistics without any prefixes. Any surplus arguments, if present,
4053 are silently ignored.
4054
4055 @example
4056 $ @kbd{tar --delete -f f.tar --checkpoint-action=echo="#%u: %T" main.c}
4057 tar: #1: R: 0 (0B, 0B/s),W: 0 (0B, 0B/s),D: 0
4058 tar: #2: R: 10240 (10KiB, 19MiB/s),W: 0 (0B, 0B/s),D: 10240
4059 @end example
4060
4061 @noindent
4062 See also the @samp{totals} action, described below.
4063
4064 @item %@{@var{fmt}@}t
4065 Output current local time using @var{fmt} as format for @command{strftime}
4066 (@pxref{strftime, strftime,,strftime(3), strftime(3) man page}). The
4067 @samp{@{@var{fmt}@}} part is optional. If not present, the default
4068 format is @samp{%c}, i.e. the preferred date and time representation
4069 for the current locale.
4070
4071 @item %@{@var{n}@}*
4072 Pad output with spaces to the @var{n}th column. If the
4073 @samp{@{@var{n}@}} part is omitted, the current screen width
4074 is assumed.
4075
4076 @item %c
4077 This is a shortcut for @samp{%@{%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S@}t: %ds, %@{read,wrote@}T%*\r},
4078 intended mainly for use with @samp{ttyout} action (see below).
4079 @end table
4080
4081 Aside from format expansion, the message string is subject to
4082 @dfn{unquoting}, during which the backslash @dfn{escape sequences} are
4083 replaced with their corresponding @acronym{ASCII} characters
4084 (@pxref{escape sequences}). E.g. the following action will produce an
4085 audible bell and the message described above at each checkpoint:
4086
4087 @smallexample
4088 --checkpoint-action='echo=\aHit %s checkpoint #%u'
4089 @end smallexample
4090
4091 @cindex @code{bell}, checkpoint action
4092 There is also a special action which produces an audible signal:
4093 @samp{bell}. It is not equivalent to @samp{echo='\a'}, because
4094 @samp{bell} sends the bell directly to the console (@file{/dev/tty}),
4095 whereas @samp{echo='\a'} sends it to the standard error.
4096
4097 @cindex @code{ttyout}, checkpoint action
4098 The @samp{ttyout=@var{string}} action outputs @var{string} to
4099 @file{/dev/tty}, so it can be used even if the standard output is
4100 redirected elsewhere. The @var{string} is subject to the same
4101 modifications as with @samp{echo} action. In contrast to the latter,
4102 @samp{ttyout} does not prepend @command{tar} executable name to the
4103 string, nor does it output a newline after it. For example, the
4104 following action will print the checkpoint message at the same screen
4105 line, overwriting any previous message:
4106
4107 @smallexample
4108 --checkpoint-action="ttyout=Hit %s checkpoint #%u%*\r"
4109 @end smallexample
4110
4111 @noindent
4112 Notice the use of @samp{%*} specifier to clear out any eventual
4113 remains of the prior output line. As as more complex example,
4114 consider this:
4115
4116 @smallexample
4117 --checkpoint-action=ttyout='%@{%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S@}t (%d sec): #%u, %T%*\r'
4118 @end smallexample
4119
4120 @noindent
4121 This prints the current local time, number of seconds expired since
4122 tar was started, the checkpoint ordinal number, transferred bytes and
4123 average computed I/O speed.
4124
4125 @cindex @code{dot}, checkpoint action
4126 Another available checkpoint action is @samp{dot} (or @samp{.}). It
4127 instructs @command{tar} to print a single dot on the standard listing
4128 stream, e.g.:
4129
4130 @smallexample
4131 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=dot} /var
4132 ...
4133 @end smallexample
4134
4135 For compatibility with previous @GNUTAR{} versions, this action can
4136 be abbreviated by placing a dot in front of the checkpoint frequency,
4137 as shown in the previous section.
4138
4139 @cindex @code{totals}, checkpoint action
4140 The @samp{totals} action prints the total number of bytes transferred
4141 so far. The format of the data is the same as for the
4142 @option{--totals} option (@pxref{totals}). See also @samp{%T} format
4143 specifier of the @samp{echo} or @samp{ttyout} action.
4144
4145 @cindex @code{sleep}, checkpoint action
4146 Yet another action, @samp{sleep}, pauses @command{tar} for a specified
4147 amount of seconds. The following example will stop for 30 seconds at each
4148 checkpoint:
4149
4150 @smallexample
4151 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=sleep=30}
4152 @end smallexample
4153
4154 @anchor{checkpoint exec}
4155 @cindex @code{exec}, checkpoint action
4156 Finally, the @code{exec} action executes a given external command.
4157 For example:
4158
4159 @smallexample
4160 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=exec=/sbin/cpoint}
4161 @end smallexample
4162
4163 The supplied command can be any valid command invocation, with or
4164 without additional command line arguments. If it does contain
4165 arguments, don't forget to quote it to prevent it from being split by
4166 the shell. @xref{external, Running External Commands}, for more detail.
4167
4168 The command gets a copy of @command{tar}'s environment plus the
4169 following variables:
4170
4171 @table @env
4172 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, checkpoint script environment
4173 @item TAR_VERSION
4174 @GNUTAR{} version number.
4175
4176 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, checkpoint script environment
4177 @item TAR_ARCHIVE
4178 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
4179
4180 @vrindex TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR, checkpoint script environment
4181 @item TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR
4182 Current blocking factor (@pxref{Blocking}).
4183
4184 @vrindex TAR_CHECKPOINT, checkpoint script environment
4185 @item TAR_CHECKPOINT
4186 Number of the checkpoint.
4187
4188 @vrindex TAR_SUBCOMMAND, checkpoint script environment
4189 @item TAR_SUBCOMMAND
4190 A short option describing the operation @command{tar} is executing.
4191 @xref{Operations}, for a complete list of subcommand options.
4192
4193 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, checkpoint script environment
4194 @item TAR_FORMAT
4195 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
4196 list of archive format names.
4197 @end table
4198
4199 These environment variables can also be passed as arguments to the
4200 command, provided that they are properly escaped, for example:
4201
4202 @smallexample
4203 @kbd{tar -c -f arc.tar \
4204 --checkpoint-action='exec=/sbin/cpoint $TAR_FILENAME'}
4205 @end smallexample
4206
4207 @noindent
4208 Notice single quotes to prevent variable names from being expanded by
4209 the shell when invoking @command{tar}.
4210
4211 Any number of actions can be defined, by supplying several
4212 @option{--checkpoint-action} options in the command line. For
4213 example, the command below displays two messages, pauses
4214 execution for 30 seconds and executes the @file{/sbin/cpoint} script:
4215
4216 @example
4217 @group
4218 $ @kbd{tar -c -f arc.tar \
4219 --checkpoint-action='\aecho=Hit %s checkpoint #%u' \
4220 --checkpoint-action='echo=Sleeping for 30 seconds' \
4221 --checkpoint-action='sleep=30' \
4222 --checkpoint-action='exec=/sbin/cpoint'}
4223 @end group
4224 @end example
4225
4226 This example also illustrates the fact that
4227 @option{--checkpoint-action} can be used without
4228 @option{--checkpoint}. In this case, the default checkpoint frequency
4229 (at each 10th record) is assumed.
4230
4231 @node warnings
4232 @section Controlling Warning Messages
4233
4234 Sometimes, while performing the requested task, @GNUTAR{} notices
4235 some conditions that are not exactly errors, but which the user
4236 should be aware of. When this happens, @command{tar} issues a
4237 @dfn{warning message} describing the condition. Warning messages
4238 are output to the standard error and they do not affect the exit
4239 code of @command{tar} command.
4240
4241 @xopindex{warning, explained}
4242 @GNUTAR{} allows the user to suppress some or all of its warning
4243 messages:
4244
4245 @table @option
4246 @item --warning=@var{keyword}
4247 Control display of the warning messages identified by @var{keyword}.
4248 If @var{keyword} starts with the prefix @samp{no-}, such messages are
4249 suppressed. Otherwise, they are enabled.
4250
4251 Multiple @option{--warning} messages accumulate.
4252
4253 The tables below list allowed values for @var{keyword} along with the
4254 warning messages they control.
4255 @end table
4256
4257 @subheading Keywords controlling @command{tar} operation
4258 @table @asis
4259 @kwindex all
4260 @item all
4261 Enable all warning messages. This is the default.
4262 @kwindex none
4263 @item none
4264 Disable all warning messages.
4265 @kwindex filename-with-nuls
4266 @cindex @samp{file name read contains nul character}, warning message
4267 @item filename-with-nuls
4268 @samp{%s: file name read contains nul character}
4269 @kwindex alone-zero-block
4270 @cindex @samp{A lone zero block at}, warning message
4271 @item alone-zero-block
4272 @samp{A lone zero block at %s}
4273 @end table
4274
4275 @subheading Keywords applicable for @command{tar --create}
4276 @table @asis
4277 @kwindex cachedir
4278 @cindex @samp{contains a cache directory tag}, warning message
4279 @item cachedir
4280 @samp{%s: contains a cache directory tag %s; %s}
4281 @kwindex file-shrank
4282 @cindex @samp{File shrank by %s bytes}, warning message
4283 @item file-shrank
4284 @samp{%s: File shrank by %s bytes; padding with zeros}
4285 @kwindex xdev
4286 @cindex @samp{file is on a different filesystem}, warning message
4287 @item xdev
4288 @samp{%s: file is on a different filesystem; not dumped}
4289 @kwindex file-ignored
4290 @cindex @samp{Unknown file type; file ignored}, warning message
4291 @cindex @samp{socket ignored}, warning message
4292 @cindex @samp{door ignored}, warning message
4293 @item file-ignored
4294 @samp{%s: Unknown file type; file ignored}
4295 @*@samp{%s: socket ignored}
4296 @*@samp{%s: door ignored}
4297 @kwindex file-unchanged
4298 @cindex @samp{file is unchanged; not dumped}, warning message
4299 @item file-unchanged
4300 @samp{%s: file is unchanged; not dumped}
4301 @kwindex ignore-archive
4302 @cindex @samp{file is the archive; not dumped}, warning message
4303 @kwindex ignore-archive
4304 @cindex @samp{file is the archive; not dumped}, warning message
4305 @item ignore-archive
4306 @samp{%s: file is the archive; not dumped}
4307 @kwindex file-removed
4308 @cindex @samp{File removed before we read it}, warning message
4309 @item file-removed
4310 @samp{%s: File removed before we read it}
4311 @kwindex file-changed
4312 @cindex @samp{file changed as we read it}, warning message
4313 @item file-changed
4314 @samp{%s: file changed as we read it}
4315 @end table
4316
4317 @subheading Keywords applicable for @command{tar --extract}
4318 @table @asis
4319 @kwindex timestamp
4320 @cindex @samp{implausibly old time stamp %s}, warning message
4321 @cindex @samp{time stamp %s is %s s in the future}, warning message
4322 @item timestamp
4323 @samp{%s: implausibly old time stamp %s}
4324 @*@samp{%s: time stamp %s is %s s in the future}
4325 @kwindex contiguous-cast
4326 @cindex @samp{Extracting contiguous files as regular files}, warning message
4327 @item contiguous-cast
4328 @samp{Extracting contiguous files as regular files}
4329 @kwindex symlink-cast
4330 @cindex @samp{Attempting extraction of symbolic links as hard links}, warning message
4331 @item symlink-cast
4332 @samp{Attempting extraction of symbolic links as hard links}
4333 @kwindex unknown-cast
4334 @cindex @samp{Unknown file type '%c', extracted as normal file}, warning message
4335 @item unknown-cast
4336 @samp{%s: Unknown file type '%c', extracted as normal file}
4337 @kwindex ignore-newer
4338 @cindex @samp{Current %s is newer or same age}, warning message
4339 @item ignore-newer
4340 @samp{Current %s is newer or same age}
4341 @kwindex unknown-keyword
4342 @cindex @samp{Ignoring unknown extended header keyword '%s'}, warning message
4343 @item unknown-keyword
4344 @samp{Ignoring unknown extended header keyword '%s'}
4345 @kwindex decompress-program
4346 @item decompress-program
4347 Controls verbose description of failures occurring when trying to run
4348 alternative decompressor programs (@pxref{alternative decompression
4349 programs}). This warning is disabled by default (unless
4350 @option{--verbose} is used). A common example of what you can get
4351 when using this warning is:
4352
4353 @smallexample
4354 $ @kbd{tar --warning=decompress-program -x -f archive.Z}
4355 tar (child): cannot run compress: No such file or directory
4356 tar (child): trying gzip
4357 @end smallexample
4358
4359 This means that @command{tar} first tried to decompress
4360 @file{archive.Z} using @command{compress}, and, when that
4361 failed, switched to @command{gzip}.
4362 @kwindex record-size
4363 @cindex @samp{Record size = %lu blocks}, warning message
4364 @item record-size
4365 @samp{Record size = %lu blocks}
4366 @end table
4367
4368 @subheading Keywords controlling incremental extraction:
4369 @table @asis
4370 @kwindex rename-directory
4371 @cindex @samp{%s: Directory has been renamed from %s}, warning message
4372 @cindex @samp{%s: Directory has been renamed}, warning message
4373 @item rename-directory
4374 @samp{%s: Directory has been renamed from %s}
4375 @*@samp{%s: Directory has been renamed}
4376 @kwindex new-directory
4377 @cindex @samp{%s: Directory is new}, warning message
4378 @item new-directory
4379 @samp{%s: Directory is new}
4380 @kwindex xdev
4381 @cindex @samp{%s: directory is on a different device: not purging}, warning message
4382 @item xdev
4383 @samp{%s: directory is on a different device: not purging}
4384 @kwindex bad-dumpdir
4385 @cindex @samp{Malformed dumpdir: 'X' never used}, warning message
4386 @item bad-dumpdir
4387 @samp{Malformed dumpdir: 'X' never used}
4388 @end table
4389
4390 @node interactive
4391 @section Asking for Confirmation During Operations
4392 @cindex Interactive operation
4393
4394 Typically, @command{tar} carries out a command without stopping for
4395 further instructions. In some situations however, you may want to
4396 exclude some files and archive members from the operation (for instance
4397 if disk or storage space is tight). You can do this by excluding
4398 certain files automatically (@pxref{Choosing}), or by performing
4399 an operation interactively, using the @option{--interactive} (@option{-w}) option.
4400 @command{tar} also accepts @option{--confirmation} for this option.
4401
4402 @opindex interactive
4403 When the @option{--interactive} (@option{-w}) option is specified, before
4404 reading, writing, or deleting files, @command{tar} first prints a message
4405 for each such file, telling what operation it intends to take, then asks
4406 for confirmation on the terminal. The actions which require
4407 confirmation include adding a file to the archive, extracting a file
4408 from the archive, deleting a file from the archive, and deleting a file
4409 from disk. To confirm the action, you must type a line of input
4410 beginning with @samp{y}. If your input line begins with anything other
4411 than @samp{y}, @command{tar} skips that file.
4412
4413 If @command{tar} is reading the archive from the standard input,
4414 @command{tar} opens the file @file{/dev/tty} to support the interactive
4415 communications.
4416
4417 Verbose output is normally sent to standard output, separate from
4418 other error messages. However, if the archive is produced directly
4419 on standard output, then verbose output is mixed with errors on
4420 @code{stderr}. Producing the archive on standard output may be used
4421 as a way to avoid using disk space, when the archive is soon to be
4422 consumed by another process reading it, say. Some people felt the need
4423 of producing an archive on stdout, still willing to segregate between
4424 verbose output and error output. A possible approach would be using a
4425 named pipe to receive the archive, and having the consumer process to
4426 read from that named pipe. This has the advantage of letting standard
4427 output free to receive verbose output, all separate from errors.
4428
4429 @node external
4430 @section Running External Commands
4431
4432 Certain @GNUTAR{} operations imply running external commands that you
4433 supply on the command line. One of such operations is checkpointing,
4434 described above (@pxref{checkpoint exec}). Another example of this
4435 feature is the @option{-I} option, which allows you to supply the
4436 program to use for compressing or decompressing the archive
4437 (@pxref{use-compress-program}).
4438
4439 Whenever such operation is requested, @command{tar} first splits the
4440 supplied command into words much like the shell does. It then treats
4441 the first word as the name of the program or the shell script to execute
4442 and the rest of words as its command line arguments. The program,
4443 unless given as an absolute file name, is searched in the shell's
4444 @env{PATH}.
4445
4446 Any additional information is normally supplied to external commands
4447 in environment variables, specific to each particular operation. For
4448 example, the @option{--checkpoint-action=exec} option, defines the
4449 @env{TAR_ARCHIVE} variable to the name of the archive being worked
4450 upon. You can, should the need be, use these variables in the
4451 command line of the external command. For example:
4452
4453 @smallexample
4454 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar \
4455 --checkpoint=exec='printf "%04d in %32s\r" $TAR_CHECKPOINT $TAR_ARCHIVE'}
4456 @end smallexample
4457
4458 @noindent
4459 This command prints for each checkpoint its number and the name of the
4460 archive, using the same output line on the screen.
4461
4462 Notice the use of single quotes to prevent variable names from being
4463 expanded by the shell when invoking @command{tar}.
4464
4465 @node operations
4466 @chapter @GNUTAR{} Operations
4467
4468 @menu
4469 * Basic tar::
4470 * Advanced tar::
4471 * create options::
4472 * extract options::
4473 * backup::
4474 * Applications::
4475 * looking ahead::
4476 @end menu
4477
4478 @node Basic tar
4479 @section Basic @GNUTAR{} Operations
4480
4481 The basic @command{tar} operations, @option{--create} (@option{-c}),
4482 @option{--list} (@option{-t}) and @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
4483 @option{-x}), are currently presented and described in the tutorial
4484 chapter of this manual. This section provides some complementary notes
4485 for these operations.
4486
4487 @table @option
4488 @xopindex{create, complementary notes}
4489 @item --create
4490 @itemx -c
4491
4492 Creating an empty archive would have some kind of elegance. One can
4493 initialize an empty archive and later use @option{--append}
4494 (@option{-r}) for adding all members. Some applications would not
4495 welcome making an exception in the way of adding the first archive
4496 member. On the other hand, many people reported that it is
4497 dangerously too easy for @command{tar} to destroy a magnetic tape with
4498 an empty archive@footnote{This is well described in @cite{Unix-haters
4499 Handbook}, by Simson Garfinkel, Daniel Weise & Steven Strassmann, IDG
4500 Books, ISBN 1-56884-203-1.}. The two most common errors are:
4501
4502 @enumerate
4503 @item
4504 Mistakingly using @code{create} instead of @code{extract}, when the
4505 intent was to extract the full contents of an archive. This error
4506 is likely: keys @kbd{c} and @kbd{x} are right next to each other on
4507 the QWERTY keyboard. Instead of being unpacked, the archive then
4508 gets wholly destroyed. When users speak about @dfn{exploding} an
4509 archive, they usually mean something else :-).
4510
4511 @item
4512 Forgetting the argument to @code{file}, when the intent was to create
4513 an archive with a single file in it. This error is likely because a
4514 tired user can easily add the @kbd{f} key to the cluster of option
4515 letters, by the mere force of habit, without realizing the full
4516 consequence of doing so. The usual consequence is that the single
4517 file, which was meant to be saved, is rather destroyed.
4518 @end enumerate
4519
4520 So, recognizing the likelihood and the catastrophic nature of these
4521 errors, @GNUTAR{} now takes some distance from elegance, and
4522 cowardly refuses to create an archive when @option{--create} option is
4523 given, there are no arguments besides options, and
4524 @option{--files-from} (@option{-T}) option is @emph{not} used. To get
4525 around the cautiousness of @GNUTAR{} and nevertheless create an
4526 archive with nothing in it, one may still use, as the value for the
4527 @option{--files-from} option, a file with no names in it, as shown in
4528 the following commands:
4529
4530 @smallexample
4531 @kbd{tar --create --file=empty-archive.tar --files-from=/dev/null}
4532 @kbd{tar -cf empty-archive.tar -T /dev/null}
4533 @end smallexample
4534
4535 @xopindex{extract, complementary notes}
4536 @item --extract
4537 @itemx --get
4538 @itemx -x
4539
4540 A socket is stored, within a @GNUTAR{} archive, as a pipe.
4541
4542 @item @option{--list} (@option{-t})
4543
4544 @GNUTAR{} now shows dates as @samp{1996-08-30},
4545 while it used to show them as @samp{Aug 30 1996}. Preferably,
4546 people should get used to ISO 8601 dates. Local American dates should
4547 be made available again with full date localization support, once
4548 ready. In the meantime, programs not being localizable for dates
4549 should prefer international dates, that's really the way to go.
4550
4551 Look up @url{http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/@/~mgk25/@/iso-time.html} if you
4552 are curious, it contains a detailed explanation of the ISO 8601 standard.
4553
4554 @end table
4555
4556 @node Advanced tar
4557 @section Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
4558
4559 Now that you have learned the basics of using @GNUTAR{}, you may want
4560 to learn about further ways in which @command{tar} can help you.
4561
4562 This chapter presents five, more advanced operations which you probably
4563 won't use on a daily basis, but which serve more specialized functions.
4564 We also explain the different styles of options and why you might want
4565 to use one or another, or a combination of them in your @command{tar}
4566 commands. Additionally, this chapter includes options which allow you to
4567 define the output from @command{tar} more carefully, and provide help and
4568 error correction in special circumstances.
4569
4570 @FIXME{check this after the chapter is actually revised to make sure
4571 it still introduces the info in the chapter correctly : ).}
4572
4573 @menu
4574 * Operations::
4575 * append::
4576 * update::
4577 * concatenate::
4578 * delete::
4579 * compare::
4580 @end menu
4581
4582 @node Operations
4583 @subsection The Five Advanced @command{tar} Operations
4584
4585 @cindex basic operations
4586 In the last chapter, you learned about the first three operations to
4587 @command{tar}. This chapter presents the remaining five operations to
4588 @command{tar}: @option{--append}, @option{--update}, @option{--concatenate},
4589 @option{--delete}, and @option{--compare}.
4590
4591 You are not likely to use these operations as frequently as those
4592 covered in the last chapter; however, since they perform specialized
4593 functions, they are quite useful when you do need to use them. We
4594 will give examples using the same directory and files that you created
4595 in the last chapter. As you may recall, the directory is called
4596 @file{practice}, the files are @samp{jazz}, @samp{blues}, @samp{folk},
4597 and the two archive files you created are
4598 @samp{collection.tar} and @samp{music.tar}.
4599
4600 We will also use the archive files @samp{afiles.tar} and
4601 @samp{bfiles.tar}. The archive @samp{afiles.tar} contains the members @samp{apple},
4602 @samp{angst}, and @samp{aspic}; @samp{bfiles.tar} contains the members
4603 @samp{./birds}, @samp{baboon}, and @samp{./box}.
4604
4605 Unless we state otherwise, all practicing you do and examples you follow
4606 in this chapter will take place in the @file{practice} directory that
4607 you created in the previous chapter; see @ref{prepare for examples}.
4608 (Below in this section, we will remind you of the state of the examples
4609 where the last chapter left them.)
4610
4611 The five operations that we will cover in this chapter are:
4612
4613 @table @option
4614 @item --append
4615 @itemx -r
4616 Add new entries to an archive that already exists.
4617 @item --update
4618 @itemx -u
4619 Add more recent copies of archive members to the end of an archive, if
4620 they exist.
4621 @item --concatenate
4622 @itemx --catenate
4623 @itemx -A
4624 Add one or more pre-existing archives to the end of another archive.
4625 @item --delete
4626 Delete items from an archive (does not work on tapes).
4627 @item --compare
4628 @itemx --diff
4629 @itemx -d
4630 Compare archive members to their counterparts in the file system.
4631 @end table
4632
4633 @node append
4634 @subsection How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
4635
4636 @cindex appending files to existing archive
4637 @opindex append
4638 If you want to add files to an existing archive, you don't need to
4639 create a new archive; you can use @option{--append} (@option{-r}).
4640 The archive must already exist in order to use @option{--append}. (A
4641 related operation is the @option{--update} operation; you can use this
4642 to add newer versions of archive members to an existing archive. To learn how to
4643 do this with @option{--update}, @pxref{update}.)
4644
4645 If you use @option{--append} to add a file that has the same name as an
4646 archive member to an archive containing that archive member, then the
4647 old member is not deleted. What does happen, however, is somewhat
4648 complex. @command{tar} @emph{allows} you to have infinite number of files
4649 with the same name. Some operations treat these same-named members no
4650 differently than any other set of archive members: for example, if you
4651 view an archive with @option{--list} (@option{-t}), you will see all
4652 of those members listed, with their data modification times, owners, etc.
4653
4654 Other operations don't deal with these members as perfectly as you might
4655 prefer; if you were to use @option{--extract} to extract the archive,
4656 only the most recently added copy of a member with the same name as
4657 other members would end up in the working directory. This is because
4658 @option{--extract} extracts an archive in the order the members appeared
4659 in the archive; the most recently archived members will be extracted
4660 last. Additionally, an extracted member will @emph{replace} a file of
4661 the same name which existed in the directory already, and @command{tar}
4662 will not prompt you about this@footnote{Unless you give it
4663 @option{--keep-old-files} (or @option{--skip-old-files}) option, or
4664 the disk copy is newer than the one in the archive and you invoke
4665 @command{tar} with @option{--keep-newer-files} option.}. Thus, only
4666 the most recently archived member will end up being extracted, as it
4667 will replace the one extracted before it, and so on.
4668
4669 @cindex extracting @var{n}th copy of the file
4670 @xopindex{occurrence, described}
4671 There exists a special option that allows you to get around this
4672 behavior and extract (or list) only a particular copy of the file.
4673 This is @option{--occurrence} option. If you run @command{tar} with
4674 this option, it will extract only the first copy of the file. You
4675 may also give this option an argument specifying the number of
4676 copy to be extracted. Thus, for example if the archive
4677 @file{archive.tar} contained three copies of file @file{myfile}, then
4678 the command
4679
4680 @smallexample
4681 tar --extract --file archive.tar --occurrence=2 myfile
4682 @end smallexample
4683
4684 @noindent
4685 would extract only the second copy. @xref{Option
4686 Summary,---occurrence}, for the description of @option{--occurrence}
4687 option.
4688
4689 @FIXME{ hag -- you might want to incorporate some of the above into the
4690 MMwtSN node; not sure. i didn't know how to make it simpler...
4691
4692 There are a few ways to get around this. Xref to Multiple Members
4693 with the Same Name, maybe.}
4694
4695 @cindex Members, replacing with other members
4696 @cindex Replacing members with other members
4697 @xopindex{delete, using before --append}
4698 If you want to replace an archive member, use @option{--delete} to
4699 delete the member you want to remove from the archive, and then use
4700 @option{--append} to add the member you want to be in the archive. Note
4701 that you can not change the order of the archive; the most recently
4702 added member will still appear last. In this sense, you cannot truly
4703 ``replace'' one member with another. (Replacing one member with another
4704 will not work on certain types of media, such as tapes; see @ref{delete}
4705 and @ref{Media}, for more information.)
4706
4707 @menu
4708 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
4709 * multiple::
4710 @end menu
4711
4712 @node appending files
4713 @subsubsection Appending Files to an Archive
4714 @cindex Adding files to an Archive
4715 @cindex Appending files to an Archive
4716 @cindex Archives, Appending files to
4717 @opindex append
4718
4719 The simplest way to add a file to an already existing archive is the
4720 @option{--append} (@option{-r}) operation, which writes specified
4721 files into the archive whether or not they are already among the
4722 archived files.
4723
4724 When you use @option{--append}, you @emph{must} specify file name
4725 arguments, as there is no default. If you specify a file that already
4726 exists in the archive, another copy of the file will be added to the
4727 end of the archive. As with other operations, the member names of the
4728 newly added files will be exactly the same as their names given on the
4729 command line. The @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option will print
4730 out the names of the files as they are written into the archive.
4731
4732 @option{--append} cannot be performed on some tape drives, unfortunately,
4733 due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use. The archive
4734 must be a valid @command{tar} archive, or else the results of using this
4735 operation will be unpredictable. @xref{Media}.
4736
4737 To demonstrate using @option{--append} to add a file to an archive,
4738 create a file called @file{rock} in the @file{practice} directory.
4739 Make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory. Then, run the
4740 following @command{tar} command to add @file{rock} to
4741 @file{collection.tar}:
4742
4743 @smallexample
4744 $ @kbd{tar --append --file=collection.tar rock}
4745 @end smallexample
4746
4747 @noindent
4748 If you now use the @option{--list} (@option{-t}) operation, you will see that
4749 @file{rock} has been added to the archive:
4750
4751 @smallexample
4752 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4753 -rw-r--r-- me/user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
4754 -rw-r--r-- me/user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4755 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4756 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
4757 @end smallexample
4758
4759 @node multiple
4760 @subsubsection Multiple Members with the Same Name
4761 @cindex members, multiple
4762 @cindex multiple members
4763
4764 You can use @option{--append} (@option{-r}) to add copies of files
4765 which have been updated since the archive was created. (However, we
4766 do not recommend doing this since there is another @command{tar}
4767 option called @option{--update}; @xref{update}, for more information.
4768 We describe this use of @option{--append} here for the sake of
4769 completeness.) When you extract the archive, the older version will
4770 be effectively lost. This works because files are extracted from an
4771 archive in the order in which they were archived. Thus, when the
4772 archive is extracted, a file archived later in time will replace a
4773 file of the same name which was archived earlier, even though the
4774 older version of the file will remain in the archive unless you delete
4775 all versions of the file.
4776
4777 Supposing you change the file @file{blues} and then append the changed
4778 version to @file{collection.tar}. As you saw above, the original
4779 @file{blues} is in the archive @file{collection.tar}. If you change the
4780 file and append the new version of the file to the archive, there will
4781 be two copies in the archive. When you extract the archive, the older
4782 version of the file will be extracted first, and then replaced by the
4783 newer version when it is extracted.
4784
4785 You can append the new, changed copy of the file @file{blues} to the
4786 archive in this way:
4787
4788 @smallexample
4789 $ @kbd{tar --append --verbose --file=collection.tar blues}
4790 blues
4791 @end smallexample
4792
4793 @noindent
4794 Because you specified the @option{--verbose} option, @command{tar} has
4795 printed the name of the file being appended as it was acted on. Now
4796 list the contents of the archive:
4797
4798 @smallexample
4799 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar}
4800 -rw-r--r-- me/user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
4801 -rw-r--r-- me/user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4802 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4803 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
4804 -rw-r--r-- me/user 58 1996-10-24 18:30 blues
4805 @end smallexample
4806
4807 @noindent
4808 The newest version of @file{blues} is now at the end of the archive
4809 (note the different creation dates and file sizes). If you extract
4810 the archive, the older version of the file @file{blues} will be
4811 replaced by the newer version. You can confirm this by extracting
4812 the archive and running @samp{ls} on the directory.
4813
4814 If you wish to extract the first occurrence of the file @file{blues}
4815 from the archive, use @option{--occurrence} option, as shown in
4816 the following example:
4817
4818 @smallexample
4819 $ @kbd{tar --extract -vv --occurrence --file=collection.tar blues}
4820 -rw-r--r-- me/user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4821 @end smallexample
4822
4823 @xref{Writing}, for more information on @option{--extract} and
4824 see @ref{Option Summary, --occurrence}, for a description of
4825 @option{--occurrence} option.
4826
4827 @node update
4828 @subsection Updating an Archive
4829 @cindex Updating an archive
4830 @opindex update
4831
4832 In the previous section, you learned how to use @option{--append} to
4833 add a file to an existing archive. A related operation is
4834 @option{--update} (@option{-u}). The @option{--update} operation
4835 updates a @command{tar} archive by comparing the date of the specified
4836 archive members against the date of the file with the same name. If
4837 the file has been modified more recently than the archive member, then
4838 the newer version of the file is added to the archive (as with
4839 @option{--append}).
4840
4841 Unfortunately, you cannot use @option{--update} with magnetic tape drives.
4842 The operation will fail.
4843
4844 @FIXME{other examples of media on which --update will fail? need to ask
4845 charles and/or mib/thomas/dave shevett..}
4846
4847 Both @option{--update} and @option{--append} work by adding to the end
4848 of the archive. When you extract a file from the archive, only the
4849 version stored last will wind up in the file system, unless you use
4850 the @option{--backup} option. @xref{multiple}, for a detailed discussion.
4851
4852 @menu
4853 * how to update::
4854 @end menu
4855
4856 @node how to update
4857 @subsubsection How to Update an Archive Using @option{--update}
4858 @opindex update
4859
4860 You must use file name arguments with the @option{--update}
4861 (@option{-u}) operation. If you don't specify any files,
4862 @command{tar} won't act on any files and won't tell you that it didn't
4863 do anything (which may end up confusing you).
4864
4865 @c note: the above parenthetical added because in fact, this
4866 @c behavior just confused the author. :-)
4867
4868 To see the @option{--update} option at work, create a new file,
4869 @file{classical}, in your practice directory, and some extra text to the
4870 file @file{blues}, using any text editor. Then invoke @command{tar} with
4871 the @samp{update} operation and the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v})
4872 option specified, using the names of all the files in the @file{practice}
4873 directory as file name arguments:
4874
4875 @smallexample
4876 $ @kbd{tar --update -v -f collection.tar blues folk rock classical}
4877 blues
4878 classical
4879 $
4880 @end smallexample
4881
4882 @noindent
4883 Because we have specified verbose mode, @command{tar} prints out the names
4884 of the files it is working on, which in this case are the names of the
4885 files that needed to be updated. If you run @samp{tar --list} and look
4886 at the archive, you will see @file{blues} and @file{classical} at its
4887 end. There will be a total of two versions of the member @samp{blues};
4888 the one at the end will be newer and larger, since you added text before
4889 updating it.
4890
4891 The reason @command{tar} does not overwrite the older file when updating
4892 it is because writing to the middle of a section of tape is a difficult
4893 process. Tapes are not designed to go backward. @xref{Media}, for more
4894 information about tapes.
4895
4896 @option{--update} (@option{-u}) is not suitable for performing backups for two
4897 reasons: it does not change directory content entries, and it
4898 lengthens the archive every time it is used. The @GNUTAR{}
4899 options intended specifically for backups are more
4900 efficient. If you need to run backups, please consult @ref{Backups}.
4901
4902 @node concatenate
4903 @subsection Combining Archives with @option{--concatenate}
4904
4905 @cindex Adding archives to an archive
4906 @cindex Concatenating Archives
4907 @opindex concatenate
4908 @opindex catenate
4909 @c @cindex @option{-A} described
4910 Sometimes it may be convenient to add a second archive onto the end of
4911 an archive rather than adding individual files to the archive. To add
4912 one or more archives to the end of another archive, you should use the
4913 @option{--concatenate} (@option{--catenate}, @option{-A}) operation.
4914
4915 To use @option{--concatenate}, give the first archive with
4916 @option{--file} option and name the rest of archives to be
4917 concatenated on the command line. The members, and their member
4918 names, will be copied verbatim from those archives to the first
4919 one@footnote{This can cause multiple members to have the same name. For
4920 information on how this affects reading the archive, see @ref{multiple}.}.
4921 The new, concatenated archive will be called by the same name as the
4922 one given with the @option{--file} option. As usual, if you omit
4923 @option{--file}, @command{tar} will use the value of the environment
4924 variable @env{TAPE}, or, if this has not been set, the default archive name.
4925
4926 @FIXME{There is no way to specify a new name...}
4927
4928 To demonstrate how @option{--concatenate} works, create two small archives
4929 called @file{bluesrock.tar} and @file{folkjazz.tar}, using the relevant
4930 files from @file{practice}:
4931
4932 @smallexample
4933 $ @kbd{tar -cvf bluesrock.tar blues rock}
4934 blues
4935 rock
4936 $ @kbd{tar -cvf folkjazz.tar folk jazz}
4937 folk
4938 jazz
4939 @end smallexample
4940
4941 @noindent
4942 If you like, You can run @samp{tar --list} to make sure the archives
4943 contain what they are supposed to:
4944
4945 @smallexample
4946 $ @kbd{tar -tvf bluesrock.tar}
4947 -rw-r--r-- melissa/user 105 1997-01-21 19:42 blues
4948 -rw-r--r-- melissa/user 33 1997-01-20 15:34 rock
4949 $ @kbd{tar -tvf jazzfolk.tar}
4950 -rw-r--r-- melissa/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4951 -rw-r--r-- melissa/user 65 1997-01-30 14:15 jazz
4952 @end smallexample
4953
4954 We can concatenate these two archives with @command{tar}:
4955
4956 @smallexample
4957 $ @kbd{cd ..}
4958 $ @kbd{tar --concatenate --file=bluesrock.tar jazzfolk.tar}
4959 @end smallexample
4960
4961 If you now list the contents of the @file{bluesrock.tar}, you will see
4962 that now it also contains the archive members of @file{jazzfolk.tar}:
4963
4964 @smallexample
4965 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bluesrock.tar}
4966 blues
4967 rock
4968 folk
4969 jazz
4970 @end smallexample
4971
4972 When you use @option{--concatenate}, the source and target archives must
4973 already exist and must have been created using compatible format
4974 parameters. Notice, that @command{tar} does not check whether the
4975 archives it concatenates have compatible formats, it does not
4976 even check if the files are really tar archives.
4977
4978 Like @option{--append} (@option{-r}), this operation cannot be performed on some
4979 tape drives, due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.
4980
4981 @cindex @code{concatenate} vs @command{cat}
4982 @cindex @command{cat} vs @code{concatenate}
4983 It may seem more intuitive to you to want or try to use @command{cat} to
4984 concatenate two archives instead of using the @option{--concatenate}
4985 operation; after all, @command{cat} is the utility for combining files.
4986
4987 However, @command{tar} archives incorporate an end-of-file marker which
4988 must be removed if the concatenated archives are to be read properly as
4989 one archive. @option{--concatenate} removes the end-of-archive marker
4990 from the target archive before each new archive is appended. If you use
4991 @command{cat} to combine the archives, the result will not be a valid
4992 @command{tar} format archive. If you need to retrieve files from an
4993 archive that was added to using the @command{cat} utility, use the
4994 @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option. @xref{Ignore Zeros}, for further
4995 information on dealing with archives improperly combined using the
4996 @command{cat} shell utility.
4997
4998 @node delete
4999 @subsection Removing Archive Members Using @option{--delete}
5000 @cindex Deleting files from an archive
5001 @cindex Removing files from an archive
5002
5003 @opindex delete
5004 You can remove members from an archive by using the @option{--delete}
5005 option. Specify the name of the archive with @option{--file}
5006 (@option{-f}) and then specify the names of the members to be deleted;
5007 if you list no member names, nothing will be deleted. The
5008 @option{--verbose} option will cause @command{tar} to print the names
5009 of the members as they are deleted. As with @option{--extract}, you
5010 must give the exact member names when using @samp{tar --delete}.
5011 @option{--delete} will remove all versions of the named file from the
5012 archive. The @option{--delete} operation can run very slowly.
5013
5014 Unlike other operations, @option{--delete} has no short form.
5015
5016 @cindex Tapes, using @option{--delete} and
5017 @cindex Deleting from tape archives
5018 This operation will rewrite the archive. You can only use
5019 @option{--delete} on an archive if the archive device allows you to
5020 write to any point on the media, such as a disk; because of this, it
5021 does not work on magnetic tapes. Do not try to delete an archive member
5022 from a magnetic tape; the action will not succeed, and you will be
5023 likely to scramble the archive and damage your tape. There is no safe
5024 way (except by completely re-writing the archive) to delete files from
5025 most kinds of magnetic tape. @xref{Media}.
5026
5027 To delete all versions of the file @file{blues} from the archive
5028 @file{collection.tar} in the @file{practice} directory, make sure you
5029 are in that directory, and then,
5030
5031 @smallexample
5032 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
5033 blues
5034 folk
5035 jazz
5036 rock
5037 $ @kbd{tar --delete --file=collection.tar blues}
5038 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
5039 folk
5040 jazz
5041 rock
5042 @end smallexample
5043
5044 @FIXME{Check if the above listing is actually produced after running
5045 all the examples on collection.tar.}
5046
5047 The @option{--delete} option has been reported to work properly when
5048 @command{tar} acts as a filter from @code{stdin} to @code{stdout}.
5049
5050 @node compare
5051 @subsection Comparing Archive Members with the File System
5052 @cindex Verifying the currency of an archive
5053
5054 @opindex compare
5055 The @option{--compare} (@option{-d}), or @option{--diff} operation compares
5056 specified archive members against files with the same names, and then
5057 reports differences in file size, mode, owner, modification date and
5058 contents. You should @emph{only} specify archive member names, not file
5059 names. If you do not name any members, then @command{tar} will compare the
5060 entire archive. If a file is represented in the archive but does not
5061 exist in the file system, @command{tar} reports a difference.
5062
5063 You have to specify the record size of the archive when modifying an
5064 archive with a non-default record size.
5065
5066 @command{tar} ignores files in the file system that do not have
5067 corresponding members in the archive.
5068
5069 The following example compares the archive members @file{rock},
5070 @file{blues} and @file{funk} in the archive @file{bluesrock.tar} with
5071 files of the same name in the file system. (Note that there is no file,
5072 @file{funk}; @command{tar} will report an error message.)
5073
5074 @smallexample
5075 $ @kbd{tar --compare --file=bluesrock.tar rock blues funk}
5076 rock
5077 blues
5078 tar: funk not found in archive
5079 @end smallexample
5080
5081 The spirit behind the @option{--compare} (@option{--diff},
5082 @option{-d}) option is to check whether the archive represents the
5083 current state of files on disk, more than validating the integrity of
5084 the archive media. For this latter goal, see @ref{verify}.
5085
5086 @node create options
5087 @section Options Used by @option{--create}
5088
5089 @xopindex{create, additional options}
5090 The previous chapter described the basics of how to use
5091 @option{--create} (@option{-c}) to create an archive from a set of files.
5092 @xref{create}. This section described advanced options to be used with
5093 @option{--create}.
5094
5095 @menu
5096 * override:: Overriding File Metadata.
5097 * Ignore Failed Read::
5098 @end menu
5099
5100 @node override
5101 @subsection Overriding File Metadata
5102
5103 As described above, a @command{tar} archive keeps, for each member it contains,
5104 its @dfn{metadata}, such as modification time, mode and ownership of
5105 the file. @GNUTAR{} allows to replace these data with other values
5106 when adding files to the archive. The options described in this
5107 section affect creation of archives of any type. For POSIX archives,
5108 see also @ref{PAX keywords}, for additional ways of controlling
5109 metadata, stored in the archive.
5110
5111 @table @option
5112 @opindex mode
5113 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
5114
5115 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
5116 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
5117 from the files. @var{permissions} can be specified either as an octal
5118 number or as symbolic permissions, like with
5119 @command{chmod} (@xref{File permissions, Permissions, File
5120 permissions, fileutils, @acronym{GNU} file utilities}. This reference
5121 also has useful information for those not being overly familiar with
5122 the UNIX permission system). Using latter syntax allows for
5123 more flexibility. For example, the value @samp{a+rw} adds read and write
5124 permissions for everybody, while retaining executable bits on directories
5125 or on any other file already marked as executable:
5126
5127 @smallexample
5128 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --mode='a+rw' .}
5129 @end smallexample
5130
5131 @item --mtime=@var{date}
5132 @opindex mtime
5133
5134 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use @var{date} as
5135 the modification time of members when creating archives, instead of
5136 their actual modification times. The argument @var{date} can be
5137 either a textual date representation in almost arbitrary format
5138 (@pxref{Date input formats}) or a name of an existing file, starting
5139 with @samp{/} or @samp{.}. In the latter case, the modification time
5140 of that file will be used.
5141
5142 The following example will set the modification date to 00:00:00,
5143 January 1, 1970:
5144
5145 @smallexample
5146 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --mtime='1970-01-01' .}
5147 @end smallexample
5148
5149 @noindent
5150 When used with @option{--verbose} (@pxref{verbose tutorial}) @GNUTAR{}
5151 will try to convert the specified date back to its textual
5152 representation and compare it with the one given with
5153 @option{--mtime} options. If the two dates differ, @command{tar} will
5154 print a warning saying what date it will use. This is to help user
5155 ensure he is using the right date.
5156
5157 For example:
5158
5159 @smallexample
5160 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -v --mtime=yesterday .}
5161 tar: Option --mtime: Treating date 'yesterday' as 2006-06-20
5162 13:06:29.152478
5163 @dots{}
5164 @end smallexample
5165
5166 @item --owner=@var{user}
5167 @opindex owner
5168
5169 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
5170 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
5171 file.
5172
5173 If @var{user} contains a colon, it is taken to be of the form
5174 @var{name}:@var{id} where a nonempty @var{name} specifies the user
5175 name and a nonempty @var{id} specifies the decimal numeric user
5176 @acronym{ID}. If @var{user} does not contain a colon, it is taken to
5177 be a user number if it is one or more decimal digits; otherwise it is
5178 taken to be a user name.
5179
5180 If a name is given but no number, the number is inferred from the
5181 current host's user database if possible, and the file's user number
5182 is used otherwise. If a number is given but no name, the name is
5183 inferred from the number if possible, and an empty name is used
5184 otherwise. If both name and number are given, the user database is
5185 not consulted, and the name and number need not be valid on the
5186 current host.
5187
5188 There is no value indicating a missing number, and @samp{0} usually means
5189 @code{root}. Some people like to force @samp{0} as the value to offer in
5190 their distributions for the owner of files, because the @code{root} user is
5191 anonymous anyway, so that might as well be the owner of anonymous
5192 archives. For example:
5193
5194 @smallexample
5195 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --owner=0 .}
5196 @end smallexample
5197
5198 @noindent
5199 or:
5200
5201 @smallexample
5202 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --owner=root .}
5203 @end smallexample
5204
5205 @item --group=@var{group}
5206 @opindex group
5207
5208 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group @acronym{ID} of @var{group},
5209 rather than the group from the source file. As with @option{--owner},
5210 the argument @var{group} can be an existing group symbolic name, or a
5211 decimal numeric group @acronym{ID}, or @var{name}:@var{id}.
5212 @end table
5213
5214 @node Ignore Failed Read
5215 @subsection Ignore Fail Read
5216
5217 @table @option
5218 @item --ignore-failed-read
5219 @opindex ignore-failed-read
5220 Do not exit with nonzero on unreadable files or directories.
5221 @end table
5222
5223 @node extract options
5224 @section Options Used by @option{--extract}
5225 @cindex options for use with @option{--extract}
5226
5227 @xopindex{extract, additional options}
5228 The previous chapter showed how to use @option{--extract} to extract
5229 an archive into the file system. Various options cause @command{tar} to
5230 extract more information than just file contents, such as the owner,
5231 the permissions, the modification date, and so forth. This section
5232 presents options to be used with @option{--extract} when certain special
5233 considerations arise. You may review the information presented in
5234 @ref{extract} for more basic information about the
5235 @option{--extract} operation.
5236
5237 @menu
5238 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
5239 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
5240 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
5241 @end menu
5242
5243 @node Reading
5244 @subsection Options to Help Read Archives
5245 @cindex Options when reading archives
5246
5247 @cindex Reading incomplete records
5248 @cindex Records, incomplete
5249 @opindex read-full-records
5250 Normally, @command{tar} will request data in full record increments from
5251 an archive storage device. If the device cannot return a full record,
5252 @command{tar} will report an error. However, some devices do not always
5253 return full records, or do not require the last record of an archive to
5254 be padded out to the next record boundary. To keep reading until you
5255 obtain a full record, or to accept an incomplete record if it contains
5256 an end-of-archive marker, specify the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option
5257 in conjunction with the @option{--extract} or @option{--list} operations.
5258 @xref{Blocking}.
5259
5260 The @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option is turned on by default when
5261 @command{tar} reads an archive from standard input, or from a remote
5262 machine. This is because on @acronym{BSD} Unix systems, attempting to read a
5263 pipe returns however much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is
5264 less than was requested. If this option were not enabled, @command{tar}
5265 would fail as soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
5266
5267 If you're not sure of the blocking factor of an archive, you can
5268 read the archive by specifying @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) and
5269 @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
5270 @var{512-size}}), using a blocking factor larger than what the archive
5271 uses. This lets you avoid having to determine the blocking factor
5272 of an archive. @xref{Blocking Factor}.
5273
5274 @menu
5275 * read full records::
5276 * Ignore Zeros::
5277 @end menu
5278
5279 @node read full records
5280 @unnumberedsubsubsec Reading Full Records
5281
5282 @FIXME{need sentence or so of intro here}
5283
5284 @table @option
5285 @opindex read-full-records
5286 @item --read-full-records
5287 @item -B
5288 Use in conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
5289 @option{-x}) to read an archive which contains incomplete records, or
5290 one which has a blocking factor less than the one specified.
5291 @end table
5292
5293 @node Ignore Zeros
5294 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignoring Blocks of Zeros
5295
5296 @cindex End-of-archive blocks, ignoring
5297 @cindex Ignoring end-of-archive blocks
5298 @opindex ignore-zeros
5299 Normally, @command{tar} stops reading when it encounters a block of zeros
5300 between file entries (which usually indicates the end of the archive).
5301 @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) allows @command{tar} to
5302 completely read an archive which contains a block of zeros before the
5303 end (i.e., a damaged archive, or one that was created by concatenating
5304 several archives together).
5305
5306 The @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option is turned off by default because many
5307 versions of @command{tar} write garbage after the end-of-archive entry,
5308 since that part of the media is never supposed to be read. @GNUTAR{}
5309 does not write after the end of an archive, but seeks to
5310 maintain compatibility among archiving utilities.
5311
5312 @table @option
5313 @item --ignore-zeros
5314 @itemx -i
5315 To ignore blocks of zeros (i.e., end-of-archive entries) which may be
5316 encountered while reading an archive. Use in conjunction with
5317 @option{--extract} or @option{--list}.
5318 @end table
5319
5320 @node Writing
5321 @subsection Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
5322 @UNREVISED
5323
5324 @FIXME{Introductory paragraph}
5325
5326 @menu
5327 * Dealing with Old Files::
5328 * Overwrite Old Files::
5329 * Keep Old Files::
5330 * Keep Newer Files::
5331 * Unlink First::
5332 * Recursive Unlink::
5333 * Data Modification Times::
5334 * Setting Access Permissions::
5335 * Directory Modification Times and Permissions::
5336 * Writing to Standard Output::
5337 * Writing to an External Program::
5338 * remove files::
5339 @end menu
5340
5341 @node Dealing with Old Files
5342 @unnumberedsubsubsec Options Controlling the Overwriting of Existing Files
5343
5344 @xopindex{overwrite-dir, introduced}
5345 When extracting files, if @command{tar} discovers that the extracted
5346 file already exists, it normally replaces the file by removing it before
5347 extracting it, to prevent confusion in the presence of hard or symbolic
5348 links. (If the existing file is a symbolic link, it is removed, not
5349 followed.) However, if a directory cannot be removed because it is
5350 nonempty, @command{tar} normally overwrites its metadata (ownership,
5351 permission, etc.). The @option{--overwrite-dir} option enables this
5352 default behavior. To be more cautious and preserve the metadata of
5353 such a directory, use the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option.
5354
5355 @cindex Overwriting old files, prevention
5356 @xopindex{keep-old-files, introduced}
5357 To be even more cautious and prevent existing files from being replaced, use
5358 the @option{--keep-old-files} (@option{-k}) option. It causes
5359 @command{tar} to refuse to replace or update a file that already
5360 exists, i.e., a file with the same name as an archive member prevents
5361 extraction of that archive member. Instead, it reports an error. For
5362 example:
5363
5364 @example
5365 $ @kbd{ls}
5366 blues
5367 $ @kbd{tar -x -k -f archive.tar}
5368 tar: blues: Cannot open: File exists
5369 tar: Exiting with failure status due to previous errors
5370 @end example
5371
5372 @xopindex{skip-old-files, introduced}
5373 If you wish to preserve old files untouched, but don't want
5374 @command{tar} to treat them as errors, use the
5375 @option{--skip-old-files} option. This option causes @command{tar} to
5376 silently skip extracting over existing files.
5377
5378 @xopindex{overwrite, introduced}
5379 To be more aggressive about altering existing files, use the
5380 @option{--overwrite} option. It causes @command{tar} to overwrite
5381 existing files and to follow existing symbolic links when extracting.
5382
5383 @cindex Protecting old files
5384 Some people argue that @GNUTAR{} should not hesitate
5385 to overwrite files with other files when extracting. When extracting
5386 a @command{tar} archive, they expect to see a faithful copy of the
5387 state of the file system when the archive was created. It is debatable
5388 that this would always be a proper behavior. For example, suppose one
5389 has an archive in which @file{usr/local} is a link to
5390 @file{usr/local2}. Since then, maybe the site removed the link and
5391 renamed the whole hierarchy from @file{/usr/local2} to
5392 @file{/usr/local}. Such things happen all the time. I guess it would
5393 not be welcome at all that @GNUTAR{} removes the
5394 whole hierarchy just to make room for the link to be reinstated
5395 (unless it @emph{also} simultaneously restores the full
5396 @file{/usr/local2}, of course!) @GNUTAR{} is indeed
5397 able to remove a whole hierarchy to reestablish a symbolic link, for
5398 example, but @emph{only if} @option{--recursive-unlink} is specified
5399 to allow this behavior. In any case, single files are silently
5400 removed.
5401
5402 @xopindex{unlink-first, introduced}
5403 Finally, the @option{--unlink-first} (@option{-U}) option can improve performance in
5404 some cases by causing @command{tar} to remove files unconditionally
5405 before extracting them.
5406
5407 @node Overwrite Old Files
5408 @unnumberedsubsubsec Overwrite Old Files
5409
5410 @table @option
5411 @opindex overwrite
5412 @item --overwrite
5413 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
5414 from an archive.
5415
5416 This causes @command{tar} to write extracted files into the file system without
5417 regard to the files already on the system; i.e., files with the same
5418 names as archive members are overwritten when the archive is extracted.
5419 It also causes @command{tar} to extract the ownership, permissions,
5420 and time stamps onto any preexisting files or directories.
5421 If the name of a corresponding file name is a symbolic link, the file
5422 pointed to by the symbolic link will be overwritten instead of the
5423 symbolic link itself (if this is possible). Moreover, special devices,
5424 empty directories and even symbolic links are automatically removed if
5425 they are in the way of extraction.
5426
5427 Be careful when using the @option{--overwrite} option, particularly when
5428 combined with the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option, as this combination
5429 can change the contents, ownership or permissions of any file on your
5430 system. Also, many systems do not take kindly to overwriting files that
5431 are currently being executed.
5432
5433 @opindex overwrite-dir
5434 @item --overwrite-dir
5435 Overwrite the metadata of directories when extracting files from an
5436 archive, but remove other files before extracting.
5437 @end table
5438
5439 @node Keep Old Files
5440 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Old Files
5441
5442 @GNUTAR{} provides two options to control its actions in a situation
5443 when it is about to extract a file which already exists on disk.
5444
5445 @table @option
5446 @opindex keep-old-files
5447 @item --keep-old-files
5448 @itemx -k
5449 Do not replace existing files from archive. When such a file is
5450 encountered, @command{tar} issues an error message. Upon end of
5451 extraction, @command{tar} exits with code 2 (@pxref{exit status}).
5452
5453 @item --skip-old-files
5454 Do not replace existing files from archive, but do not treat that
5455 as error. Such files are silently skipped and do not affect
5456 @command{tar} exit status.
5457
5458 Additional verbosity can be obtained using @option{--warning=existing-file}
5459 together with that option (@pxref{warnings}).
5460 @end table
5461
5462 @node Keep Newer Files
5463 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Newer Files
5464
5465 @table @option
5466 @opindex keep-newer-files
5467 @item --keep-newer-files
5468 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive
5469 copies. This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
5470 @end table
5471
5472 @node Unlink First
5473 @unnumberedsubsubsec Unlink First
5474
5475 @table @option
5476 @opindex unlink-first
5477 @item --unlink-first
5478 @itemx -U
5479 Remove files before extracting over them.
5480 This can make @command{tar} run a bit faster if you know in advance
5481 that the extracted files all need to be removed. Normally this option
5482 slows @command{tar} down slightly, so it is disabled by default.
5483 @end table
5484
5485 @node Recursive Unlink
5486 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Unlink
5487
5488 @table @option
5489 @opindex recursive-unlink
5490 @item --recursive-unlink
5491 When this option is specified, try removing files and directory hierarchies
5492 before extracting over them. @emph{This is a dangerous option!}
5493 @end table
5494
5495 If you specify the @option{--recursive-unlink} option,
5496 @command{tar} removes @emph{anything} that keeps you from extracting a file
5497 as far as current permissions will allow it. This could include removal
5498 of the contents of a full directory hierarchy.
5499
5500 @node Data Modification Times
5501 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Data Modification Times
5502
5503 @cindex Data modification times of extracted files
5504 @cindex Modification times of extracted files
5505 Normally, @command{tar} sets the data modification times of extracted
5506 files to the corresponding times recorded for the files in the archive, but
5507 limits the permissions of extracted files by the current @code{umask}
5508 setting.
5509
5510 To set the data modification times of extracted files to the time when
5511 the files were extracted, use the @option{--touch} (@option{-m}) option in
5512 conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5513
5514 @table @option
5515 @opindex touch
5516 @item --touch
5517 @itemx -m
5518 Sets the data modification time of extracted archive members to the time
5519 they were extracted, not the time recorded for them in the archive.
5520 Use in conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5521 @end table
5522
5523 @node Setting Access Permissions
5524 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Access Permissions
5525
5526 @cindex Permissions of extracted files
5527 @cindex Modes of extracted files
5528 To set the modes (access permissions) of extracted files to those
5529 recorded for those files in the archive, use @option{--same-permissions}
5530 in conjunction with the @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
5531 @option{-x}) operation.
5532
5533 @table @option
5534 @opindex preserve-permissions
5535 @opindex same-permissions
5536 @item --preserve-permissions
5537 @itemx --same-permissions
5538 @c @itemx --ignore-umask
5539 @itemx -p
5540 Set modes of extracted archive members to those recorded in the
5541 archive, instead of current umask settings. Use in conjunction with
5542 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5543 @end table
5544
5545 @node Directory Modification Times and Permissions
5546 @unnumberedsubsubsec Directory Modification Times and Permissions
5547
5548 After successfully extracting a file member, @GNUTAR{} normally
5549 restores its permissions and modification times, as described in the
5550 previous sections. This cannot be done for directories, because
5551 after extracting a directory @command{tar} will almost certainly
5552 extract files into that directory and this will cause the directory
5553 modification time to be updated. Moreover, restoring that directory
5554 permissions may not permit file creation within it. Thus, restoring
5555 directory permissions and modification times must be delayed at least
5556 until all files have been extracted into that directory. @GNUTAR{}
5557 restores directories using the following approach.
5558
5559 The extracted directories are created with the mode specified in the
5560 archive, as modified by the umask of the user, which gives sufficient
5561 permissions to allow file creation. The meta-information about the
5562 directory is recorded in the temporary list of directories. When
5563 preparing to extract next archive member, @GNUTAR{} checks if the
5564 directory prefix of this file contains the remembered directory. If
5565 it does not, the program assumes that all files have been extracted
5566 into that directory, restores its modification time and permissions
5567 and removes its entry from the internal list. This approach allows
5568 to correctly restore directory meta-information in the majority of
5569 cases, while keeping memory requirements sufficiently small. It is
5570 based on the fact, that most @command{tar} archives use the predefined
5571 order of members: first the directory, then all the files and
5572 subdirectories in that directory.
5573
5574 However, this is not always true. The most important exception are
5575 incremental archives (@pxref{Incremental Dumps}). The member order in
5576 an incremental archive is reversed: first all directory members are
5577 stored, followed by other (non-directory) members. So, when extracting
5578 from incremental archives, @GNUTAR{} alters the above procedure. It
5579 remembers all restored directories, and restores their meta-data
5580 only after the entire archive has been processed. Notice, that you do
5581 not need to specify any special options for that, as @GNUTAR{}
5582 automatically detects archives in incremental format.
5583
5584 There may be cases, when such processing is required for normal archives
5585 too. Consider the following example:
5586
5587 @smallexample
5588 @group
5589 $ @kbd{tar --no-recursion -cvf archive \
5590 foo foo/file1 bar bar/file foo/file2}
5591 foo/
5592 foo/file1
5593 bar/
5594 bar/file
5595 foo/file2
5596 @end group
5597 @end smallexample
5598
5599 During the normal operation, after encountering @file{bar}
5600 @GNUTAR{} will assume that all files from the directory @file{foo}
5601 were already extracted and will therefore restore its timestamp and
5602 permission bits. However, after extracting @file{foo/file2} the
5603 directory timestamp will be offset again.
5604
5605 To correctly restore directory meta-information in such cases, use
5606 the @option{--delay-directory-restore} command line option:
5607
5608 @table @option
5609 @opindex delay-directory-restore
5610 @item --delay-directory-restore
5611 Delays restoring of the modification times and permissions of extracted
5612 directories until the end of extraction. This way, correct
5613 meta-information is restored even if the archive has unusual member
5614 ordering.
5615
5616 @opindex no-delay-directory-restore
5617 @item --no-delay-directory-restore
5618 Cancel the effect of the previous @option{--delay-directory-restore}.
5619 Use this option if you have used @option{--delay-directory-restore} in
5620 @env{TAR_OPTIONS} variable (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}) and wish to
5621 temporarily disable it.
5622 @end table
5623
5624 @node Writing to Standard Output
5625 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to Standard Output
5626
5627 @cindex Writing extracted files to standard output
5628 @cindex Standard output, writing extracted files to
5629 To write the extracted files to the standard output, instead of
5630 creating the files on the file system, use @option{--to-stdout} (@option{-O}) in
5631 conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}). This option is useful if you are
5632 extracting files to send them through a pipe, and do not need to
5633 preserve them in the file system. If you extract multiple members,
5634 they appear on standard output concatenated, in the order they are
5635 found in the archive.
5636
5637 @table @option
5638 @opindex to-stdout
5639 @item --to-stdout
5640 @itemx -O
5641 Writes files to the standard output. Use only in conjunction with
5642 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}). When this option is
5643 used, instead of creating the files specified, @command{tar} writes
5644 the contents of the files extracted to its standard output. This may
5645 be useful if you are only extracting the files in order to send them
5646 through a pipe. This option is meaningless with @option{--list}
5647 (@option{-t}).
5648 @end table
5649
5650 This can be useful, for example, if you have a tar archive containing
5651 a big file and don't want to store the file on disk before processing
5652 it. You can use a command like this:
5653
5654 @smallexample
5655 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile | process
5656 @end smallexample
5657
5658 or even like this if you want to process the concatenation of the files:
5659
5660 @smallexample
5661 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile1 bigfile2 | process
5662 @end smallexample
5663
5664 However, @option{--to-command} may be more convenient for use with
5665 multiple files. See the next section.
5666
5667 @node Writing to an External Program
5668 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to an External Program
5669
5670 You can instruct @command{tar} to send the contents of each extracted
5671 file to the standard input of an external program:
5672
5673 @table @option
5674 @opindex to-command
5675 @item --to-command=@var{command}
5676 Extract files and pipe their contents to the standard input of
5677 @var{command}. When this option is used, instead of creating the
5678 files specified, @command{tar} invokes @var{command} and pipes the
5679 contents of the files to its standard output. The @var{command} may
5680 contain command line arguments (see @ref{external, Running External Commands},
5681 for more detail).
5682
5683 Notice, that @var{command} is executed once for each regular file
5684 extracted. Non-regular files (directories, etc.) are ignored when this
5685 option is used.
5686 @end table
5687
5688 The command can obtain the information about the file it processes
5689 from the following environment variables:
5690
5691 @table @env
5692 @vrindex TAR_FILETYPE, to-command environment
5693 @item TAR_FILETYPE
5694 Type of the file. It is a single letter with the following meaning:
5695
5696 @multitable @columnfractions 0.10 0.90
5697 @item f @tab Regular file
5698 @item d @tab Directory
5699 @item l @tab Symbolic link
5700 @item h @tab Hard link
5701 @item b @tab Block device
5702 @item c @tab Character device
5703 @end multitable
5704
5705 Currently only regular files are supported.
5706
5707 @vrindex TAR_MODE, to-command environment
5708 @item TAR_MODE
5709 File mode, an octal number.
5710
5711 @vrindex TAR_FILENAME, to-command environment
5712 @item TAR_FILENAME
5713 The name of the file.
5714
5715 @vrindex TAR_REALNAME, to-command environment
5716 @item TAR_REALNAME
5717 Name of the file as stored in the archive.
5718
5719 @vrindex TAR_UNAME, to-command environment
5720 @item TAR_UNAME
5721 Name of the file owner.
5722
5723 @vrindex TAR_GNAME, to-command environment
5724 @item TAR_GNAME
5725 Name of the file owner group.
5726
5727 @vrindex TAR_ATIME, to-command environment
5728 @item TAR_ATIME
5729 Time of last access. It is a decimal number, representing seconds
5730 since the Epoch. If the archive provides times with nanosecond
5731 precision, the nanoseconds are appended to the timestamp after a
5732 decimal point.
5733
5734 @vrindex TAR_MTIME, to-command environment
5735 @item TAR_MTIME
5736 Time of last modification.
5737
5738 @vrindex TAR_CTIME, to-command environment
5739 @item TAR_CTIME
5740 Time of last status change.
5741
5742 @vrindex TAR_SIZE, to-command environment
5743 @item TAR_SIZE
5744 Size of the file.
5745
5746 @vrindex TAR_UID, to-command environment
5747 @item TAR_UID
5748 UID of the file owner.
5749
5750 @vrindex TAR_GID, to-command environment
5751 @item TAR_GID
5752 GID of the file owner.
5753 @end table
5754
5755 Additionally, the following variables contain information about
5756 tar mode and the archive being processed:
5757
5758 @table @env
5759 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, to-command environment
5760 @item TAR_VERSION
5761 @GNUTAR{} version number.
5762
5763 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, to-command environment
5764 @item TAR_ARCHIVE
5765 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
5766
5767 @vrindex TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR, to-command environment
5768 @item TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR
5769 Current blocking factor (@pxref{Blocking}).
5770
5771 @vrindex TAR_VOLUME, to-command environment
5772 @item TAR_VOLUME
5773 Ordinal number of the volume @command{tar} is processing.
5774
5775 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, to-command environment
5776 @item TAR_FORMAT
5777 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
5778 list of archive format names.
5779 @end table
5780
5781 These variables are defined prior to executing the command, so you can
5782 pass them as arguments, if you prefer. For example, if the command
5783 @var{proc} takes the member name and size as its arguments, then you
5784 could do:
5785
5786 @smallexample
5787 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar \
5788 --to-command='proc $TAR_FILENAME $TAR_SIZE'}
5789 @end smallexample
5790
5791 @noindent
5792 Notice single quotes to prevent variable names from being expanded by
5793 the shell when invoking @command{tar}.
5794
5795 If @var{command} exits with a non-0 status, @command{tar} will print
5796 an error message similar to the following:
5797
5798 @smallexample
5799 tar: 2345: Child returned status 1
5800 @end smallexample
5801
5802 Here, @samp{2345} is the PID of the finished process.
5803
5804 If this behavior is not wanted, use @option{--ignore-command-error}:
5805
5806 @table @option
5807 @opindex ignore-command-error
5808 @item --ignore-command-error
5809 Ignore exit codes of subprocesses. Notice that if the program
5810 exits on signal or otherwise terminates abnormally, the error message
5811 will be printed even if this option is used.
5812
5813 @opindex no-ignore-command-error
5814 @item --no-ignore-command-error
5815 Cancel the effect of any previous @option{--ignore-command-error}
5816 option. This option is useful if you have set
5817 @option{--ignore-command-error} in @env{TAR_OPTIONS}
5818 (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}) and wish to temporarily cancel it.
5819 @end table
5820
5821 @node remove files
5822 @unnumberedsubsubsec Removing Files
5823
5824 @FIXME{The section is too terse. Something more to add? An example,
5825 maybe?}
5826
5827 @table @option
5828 @opindex remove-files
5829 @item --remove-files
5830 Remove files after adding them to the archive.
5831 @end table
5832
5833 @node Scarce
5834 @subsection Coping with Scarce Resources
5835 @UNREVISED
5836
5837 @cindex Small memory
5838 @cindex Running out of space
5839
5840 @menu
5841 * Starting File::
5842 * Same Order::
5843 @end menu
5844
5845 @node Starting File
5846 @unnumberedsubsubsec Starting File
5847
5848 @table @option
5849 @opindex starting-file
5850 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
5851 @itemx -K @var{name}
5852 Starts an operation in the middle of an archive. Use in conjunction
5853 with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}) or @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
5854 @end table
5855
5856 @cindex Middle of the archive, starting in the
5857 If a previous attempt to extract files failed due to lack of disk
5858 space, you can use @option{--starting-file=@var{name}} (@option{-K
5859 @var{name}}) to start extracting only after member @var{name} of the
5860 archive. This assumes, of course, that there is now free space, or
5861 that you are now extracting into a different file system. (You could
5862 also choose to suspend @command{tar}, remove unnecessary files from
5863 the file system, and then resume the same @command{tar} operation.
5864 In this case, @option{--starting-file} is not necessary.) See also
5865 @ref{interactive}, and @ref{exclude}.
5866
5867 @node Same Order
5868 @unnumberedsubsubsec Same Order
5869
5870 @table @option
5871 @cindex Large lists of file names on small machines
5872 @opindex same-order
5873 @opindex preserve-order
5874 @item --same-order
5875 @itemx --preserve-order
5876 @itemx -s
5877 To process large lists of file names on machines with small amounts of
5878 memory. Use in conjunction with @option{--compare} (@option{--diff},
5879 @option{-d}), @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or @option{--extract}
5880 (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5881 @end table
5882
5883 The @option{--same-order} (@option{--preserve-order}, @option{-s}) option tells @command{tar} that the list of file
5884 names to be listed or extracted is sorted in the same order as the
5885 files in the archive. This allows a large list of names to be used,
5886 even on a small machine that would not otherwise be able to hold all
5887 the names in memory at the same time. Such a sorted list can easily be
5888 created by running @samp{tar -t} on the archive and editing its output.
5889
5890 This option is probably never needed on modern computer systems.
5891
5892 @node backup
5893 @section Backup options
5894
5895 @cindex backup options
5896
5897 @GNUTAR{} offers options for making backups of files
5898 before writing new versions. These options control the details of
5899 these backups. They may apply to the archive itself before it is
5900 created or rewritten, as well as individual extracted members. Other
5901 @acronym{GNU} programs (@command{cp}, @command{install}, @command{ln},
5902 and @command{mv}, for example) offer similar options.
5903
5904 Backup options may prove unexpectedly useful when extracting archives
5905 containing many members having identical name, or when extracting archives
5906 on systems having file name limitations, making different members appear
5907 as having similar names through the side-effect of name truncation.
5908 @FIXME{This is true only if we have a good scheme for truncated backup names,
5909 which I'm not sure at all: I suspect work is needed in this area.}
5910 When any existing file is backed up before being overwritten by extraction,
5911 then clashing files are automatically be renamed to be unique, and the
5912 true name is kept for only the last file of a series of clashing files.
5913 By using verbose mode, users may track exactly what happens.
5914
5915 At the detail level, some decisions are still experimental, and may
5916 change in the future, we are waiting comments from our users. So, please
5917 do not learn to depend blindly on the details of the backup features.
5918 For example, currently, directories themselves are never renamed through
5919 using these options, so, extracting a file over a directory still has
5920 good chances to fail. Also, backup options apply to created archives,
5921 not only to extracted members. For created archives, backups will not
5922 be attempted when the archive is a block or character device, or when it
5923 refers to a remote file.
5924
5925 For the sake of simplicity and efficiency, backups are made by renaming old
5926 files prior to creation or extraction, and not by copying. The original
5927 name is restored if the file creation fails. If a failure occurs after a
5928 partial extraction of a file, both the backup and the partially extracted
5929 file are kept.
5930
5931 @table @samp
5932 @item --backup[=@var{method}]
5933 @opindex backup
5934 @vindex VERSION_CONTROL
5935 @cindex backups
5936 Back up files that are about to be overwritten or removed.
5937 Without this option, the original versions are destroyed.
5938
5939 Use @var{method} to determine the type of backups made.
5940 If @var{method} is not specified, use the value of the @env{VERSION_CONTROL}
5941 environment variable. And if @env{VERSION_CONTROL} is not set,
5942 use the @samp{existing} method.
5943
5944 @vindex version-control @r{Emacs variable}
5945 This option corresponds to the Emacs variable @samp{version-control};
5946 the same values for @var{method} are accepted as in Emacs. This option
5947 also allows more descriptive names. The valid @var{method}s are:
5948
5949 @table @samp
5950 @item t
5951 @itemx numbered
5952 @cindex numbered @r{backup method}
5953 Always make numbered backups.
5954
5955 @item nil
5956 @itemx existing
5957 @cindex existing @r{backup method}
5958 Make numbered backups of files that already have them, simple backups
5959 of the others.
5960
5961 @item never
5962 @itemx simple
5963 @cindex simple @r{backup method}
5964 Always make simple backups.
5965
5966 @end table
5967
5968 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
5969 @opindex suffix
5970 @cindex backup suffix
5971 @vindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
5972 Append @var{suffix} to each backup file made with @option{--backup}. If this
5973 option is not specified, the value of the @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}
5974 environment variable is used. And if @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX} is not
5975 set, the default is @samp{~}, just as in Emacs.
5976
5977 @end table
5978
5979 @node Applications
5980 @section Notable @command{tar} Usages
5981 @UNREVISED
5982
5983 @FIXME{Using Unix file linking capability to recreate directory
5984 structures---linking files into one subdirectory and then
5985 @command{tar}ring that directory.}
5986
5987 @FIXME{Nice hairy example using absolute-names, newer, etc.}
5988
5989 @findex uuencode
5990 You can easily use archive files to transport a group of files from
5991 one system to another: put all relevant files into an archive on one
5992 computer system, transfer the archive to another system, and extract
5993 the contents there. The basic transfer medium might be magnetic tape,
5994 Internet FTP, or even electronic mail (though you must encode the
5995 archive with @command{uuencode} in order to transport it properly by
5996 mail). Both machines do not have to use the same operating system, as
5997 long as they both support the @command{tar} program.
5998
5999 For example, here is how you might copy a directory's contents from
6000 one disk to another, while preserving the dates, modes, owners and
6001 link-structure of all the files therein. In this case, the transfer
6002 medium is a @dfn{pipe}:
6003
6004 @smallexample
6005 $ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar -cf - .) | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
6006 @end smallexample
6007
6008 @noindent
6009 You can avoid subshells by using @option{-C} option:
6010
6011 @smallexample
6012 $ @kbd{tar -C sourcedir -cf - . | tar -C targetdir -xf -}
6013 @end smallexample
6014
6015 @noindent
6016 The command also works using long option forms:
6017
6018 @smallexample
6019 @group
6020 $ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar --create --file=- . ) \
6021 | (cd targetdir; tar --extract --file=-)}
6022 @end group
6023 @end smallexample
6024
6025 @noindent
6026 or
6027
6028 @smallexample
6029 @group
6030 $ @kbd{tar --directory sourcedir --create --file=- . \
6031 | tar --directory targetdir --extract --file=-}
6032 @end group
6033 @end smallexample
6034
6035 @noindent
6036 This is one of the easiest methods to transfer a @command{tar} archive.
6037
6038 @node looking ahead
6039 @section Looking Ahead: The Rest of this Manual
6040
6041 You have now seen how to use all eight of the operations available to
6042 @command{tar}, and a number of the possible options. The next chapter
6043 explains how to choose and change file and archive names, how to use
6044 files to store names of other files which you can then call as
6045 arguments to @command{tar} (this can help you save time if you expect to
6046 archive the same list of files a number of times), and so forth.
6047 @FIXME{in case it's not obvious, i'm making this up in some sense
6048 based on my limited memory of what the next chapter *really* does. i
6049 just wanted to flesh out this final section a little bit so i'd
6050 remember to stick it in here. :-)}
6051
6052 If there are too many files to conveniently list on the command line,
6053 you can list the names in a file, and @command{tar} will read that file.
6054 @xref{files}.
6055
6056 There are various ways of causing @command{tar} to skip over some files,
6057 and not archive them. @xref{Choosing}.
6058
6059 @node Backups
6060 @chapter Performing Backups and Restoring Files
6061 @cindex backups
6062
6063 @GNUTAR{} is distributed along with the scripts for performing backups
6064 and restores. Even if there is a good chance those scripts may be
6065 satisfying to you, they are not the only scripts or methods available for doing
6066 backups and restore. You may well create your own, or use more
6067 sophisticated packages dedicated to that purpose.
6068
6069 Some users are enthusiastic about @code{Amanda} (The Advanced Maryland
6070 Automatic Network Disk Archiver), a backup system developed by James
6071 da Silva @file{jds@@cs.umd.edu} and available on many Unix systems.
6072 This is free software, and it is available from @uref{http://www.amanda.org}.
6073
6074 @FIXME{
6075
6076 Here is a possible plan for a future documentation about the backuping
6077 scripts which are provided within the @GNUTAR{}
6078 distribution.
6079
6080 @itemize @bullet
6081 @item dumps
6082 @itemize @minus
6083 @item what are dumps
6084 @item different levels of dumps
6085 @itemize +
6086 @item full dump = dump everything
6087 @item level 1, level 2 dumps etc
6088 A level @var{n} dump dumps everything changed since the last level
6089 @var{n}-1 dump (?)
6090 @end itemize
6091 @item how to use scripts for dumps (ie, the concept)
6092 @itemize +
6093 @item scripts to run after editing backup specs (details)
6094 @end itemize
6095 @item Backup Specs, what is it.
6096 @itemize +
6097 @item how to customize
6098 @item actual text of script [/sp/dump/backup-specs]
6099 @end itemize
6100 @item Problems
6101 @itemize +
6102 @item rsh doesn't work
6103 @item rtape isn't installed
6104 @item (others?)
6105 @end itemize
6106 @item the @option{--incremental} option of tar
6107 @item tapes
6108 @itemize +
6109 @item write protection
6110 @item types of media, different sizes and types, useful for different things
6111 @item files and tape marks
6112 one tape mark between files, two at end.
6113 @item positioning the tape
6114 MT writes two at end of write,
6115 backspaces over one when writing again.
6116 @end itemize
6117 @end itemize
6118 @end itemize
6119 }
6120
6121 This chapter documents both the provided shell scripts and @command{tar}
6122 options which are more specific to usage as a backup tool.
6123
6124 To @dfn{back up} a file system means to create archives that contain
6125 all the files in that file system. Those archives can then be used to
6126 restore any or all of those files (for instance if a disk crashes or a
6127 file is accidentally deleted). File system @dfn{backups} are also
6128 called @dfn{dumps}.
6129
6130 @menu
6131 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
6132 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
6133 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
6134 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
6135 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
6136 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
6137 @end menu
6138
6139 @node Full Dumps
6140 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
6141 @UNREVISED
6142
6143 @cindex full dumps
6144 @cindex dumps, full
6145
6146 @cindex corrupted archives
6147 Full dumps should only be made when no other people or programs
6148 are modifying files in the file system. If files are modified while
6149 @command{tar} is making the backup, they may not be stored properly in
6150 the archive, in which case you won't be able to restore them if you
6151 have to. (Files not being modified are written with no trouble, and do
6152 not corrupt the entire archive.)
6153
6154 You will want to use the @option{--label=@var{archive-label}}
6155 (@option{-V @var{archive-label}}) option to give the archive a
6156 volume label, so you can tell what this archive is even if the label
6157 falls off the tape, or anything like that.
6158
6159 Unless the file system you are dumping is guaranteed to fit on
6160 one volume, you will need to use the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option.
6161 Make sure you have enough tapes on hand to complete the backup.
6162
6163 If you want to dump each file system separately you will need to use
6164 the @option{--one-file-system} option to prevent
6165 @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when storing
6166 (sub)directories.
6167
6168 The @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) (@pxref{Incremental Dumps})
6169 option is not needed, since this is a complete copy of everything in
6170 the file system, and a full restore from this backup would only be
6171 done onto a completely
6172 empty disk.
6173
6174 Unless you are in a hurry, and trust the @command{tar} program (and your
6175 tapes), it is a good idea to use the @option{--verify} (@option{-W})
6176 option, to make sure your files really made it onto the dump properly.
6177 This will also detect cases where the file was modified while (or just
6178 after) it was being archived. Not all media (notably cartridge tapes)
6179 are capable of being verified, unfortunately.
6180
6181 @node Incremental Dumps
6182 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
6183
6184 @dfn{Incremental backup} is a special form of @GNUTAR{} archive that
6185 stores additional metadata so that exact state of the file system
6186 can be restored when extracting the archive.
6187
6188 @GNUTAR{} currently offers two options for handling incremental
6189 backups: @option{--listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}} (@option{-g
6190 @var{snapshot-file}}) and @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}).
6191
6192 @xopindex{listed-incremental, described}
6193 The option @option{--listed-incremental} instructs tar to operate on
6194 an incremental archive with additional metadata stored in a standalone
6195 file, called a @dfn{snapshot file}. The purpose of this file is to help
6196 determine which files have been changed, added or deleted since the
6197 last backup, so that the next incremental backup will contain only
6198 modified files. The name of the snapshot file is given as an argument
6199 to the option:
6200
6201 @table @option
6202 @item --listed-incremental=@var{file}
6203 @itemx -g @var{file}
6204 Handle incremental backups with snapshot data in @var{file}.
6205 @end table
6206
6207 To create an incremental backup, you would use
6208 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--create}
6209 (@pxref{create}). For example:
6210
6211 @smallexample
6212 $ @kbd{tar --create \
6213 --file=archive.1.tar \
6214 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
6215 /usr}
6216 @end smallexample
6217
6218 This will create in @file{archive.1.tar} an incremental backup of
6219 the @file{/usr} file system, storing additional metadata in the file
6220 @file{/var/log/usr.snar}. If this file does not exist, it will be
6221 created. The created archive will then be a @dfn{level 0 backup};
6222 please see the next section for more on backup levels.
6223
6224 Otherwise, if the file @file{/var/log/usr.snar} exists, it
6225 determines which files are modified. In this case only these files will be
6226 stored in the archive. Suppose, for example, that after running the
6227 above command, you delete file @file{/usr/doc/old} and create
6228 directory @file{/usr/local/db} with the following contents:
6229
6230 @smallexample
6231 $ @kbd{ls /usr/local/db}
6232 /usr/local/db/data
6233 /usr/local/db/index
6234 @end smallexample
6235
6236 Some time later you create another incremental backup. You will
6237 then see:
6238
6239 @smallexample
6240 $ @kbd{tar --create \
6241 --file=archive.2.tar \
6242 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
6243 /usr}
6244 tar: usr/local/db: Directory is new
6245 usr/local/db/
6246 usr/local/db/data
6247 usr/local/db/index
6248 @end smallexample
6249
6250 @noindent
6251 The created archive @file{archive.2.tar} will contain only these
6252 three members. This archive is called a @dfn{level 1 backup}. Notice
6253 that @file{/var/log/usr.snar} will be updated with the new data, so if
6254 you plan to create more @samp{level 1} backups, it is necessary to
6255 create a working copy of the snapshot file before running
6256 @command{tar}. The above example will then be modified as follows:
6257
6258 @smallexample
6259 $ @kbd{cp /var/log/usr.snar /var/log/usr.snar-1}
6260 $ @kbd{tar --create \
6261 --file=archive.2.tar \
6262 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar-1 \
6263 /usr}
6264 @end smallexample
6265
6266 @anchor{--level=0}
6267 @xopindex{level, described}
6268 You can force @samp{level 0} backups either by removing the snapshot
6269 file before running @command{tar}, or by supplying the
6270 @option{--level=0} option, e.g.:
6271
6272 @smallexample
6273 $ @kbd{tar --create \
6274 --file=archive.2.tar \
6275 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar-0 \
6276 --level=0 \
6277 /usr}
6278 @end smallexample
6279
6280 Incremental dumps depend crucially on time stamps, so the results are
6281 unreliable if you modify a file's time stamps during dumping (e.g.,
6282 with the @option{--atime-preserve=replace} option), or if you set the clock
6283 backwards.
6284
6285 @anchor{device numbers}
6286 @cindex Device numbers, using in incremental backups
6287 Metadata stored in snapshot files include device numbers, which,
6288 obviously are supposed to be non-volatile values. However, it turns
6289 out that @acronym{NFS} devices have undependable values when an automounter
6290 gets in the picture. This can lead to a great deal of spurious
6291 redumping in incremental dumps, so it is somewhat useless to compare
6292 two @acronym{NFS} devices numbers over time. The solution implemented
6293 currently is to consider all @acronym{NFS} devices as being equal
6294 when it comes to comparing directories; this is fairly gross, but
6295 there does not seem to be a better way to go.
6296
6297 Apart from using @acronym{NFS}, there are a number of cases where
6298 relying on device numbers can cause spurious redumping of unmodified
6299 files. For example, this occurs when archiving @acronym{LVM} snapshot
6300 volumes. To avoid this, use @option{--no-check-device} option:
6301
6302 @table @option
6303 @xopindex{no-check-device, described}
6304 @item --no-check-device
6305 Do not rely on device numbers when preparing a list of changed files
6306 for an incremental dump.
6307
6308 @xopindex{check-device, described}
6309 @item --check-device
6310 Use device numbers when preparing a list of changed files
6311 for an incremental dump. This is the default behavior. The purpose
6312 of this option is to undo the effect of the @option{--no-check-device}
6313 if it was given in @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable
6314 (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}).
6315 @end table
6316
6317 There is also another way to cope with changing device numbers. It is
6318 described in detail in @ref{Fixing Snapshot Files}.
6319
6320 Note that incremental archives use @command{tar} extensions and may
6321 not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the @command{tar} program.
6322
6323 @xopindex{listed-incremental, using with @option{--extract}}
6324 @xopindex{extract, using with @option{--listed-incremental}}
6325 To extract from the incremental dumps, use
6326 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--extract}
6327 option (@pxref{extracting files}). In this case, @command{tar} does
6328 not need to access snapshot file, since all the data necessary for
6329 extraction are stored in the archive itself. So, when extracting, you
6330 can give whatever argument to @option{--listed-incremental}, the usual
6331 practice is to use @option{--listed-incremental=/dev/null}.
6332 Alternatively, you can use @option{--incremental}, which needs no
6333 arguments. In general, @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) can be
6334 used as a shortcut for @option{--listed-incremental} when listing or
6335 extracting incremental backups (for more information regarding this
6336 option, @pxref{incremental-op}).
6337
6338 When extracting from the incremental backup @GNUTAR{} attempts to
6339 restore the exact state the file system had when the archive was
6340 created. In particular, it will @emph{delete} those files in the file
6341 system that did not exist in their directories when the archive was
6342 created. If you have created several levels of incremental files,
6343 then in order to restore the exact contents the file system had when
6344 the last level was created, you will need to restore from all backups
6345 in turn. Continuing our example, to restore the state of @file{/usr}
6346 file system, one would do@footnote{Notice, that since both archives
6347 were created without @option{-P} option (@pxref{absolute}), these
6348 commands should be run from the root file system.}:
6349
6350 @smallexample
6351 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
6352 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
6353 --file archive.1.tar}
6354 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
6355 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
6356 --file archive.2.tar}
6357 @end smallexample
6358
6359 To list the contents of an incremental archive, use @option{--list}
6360 (@pxref{list}), as usual. To obtain more information about the
6361 archive, use @option{--listed-incremental} or @option{--incremental}
6362 combined with two @option{--verbose} options@footnote{Two
6363 @option{--verbose} options were selected to avoid breaking usual
6364 verbose listing output (@option{--list --verbose}) when using in
6365 scripts.
6366
6367 @xopindex{incremental, using with @option{--list}}
6368 @xopindex{listed-incremental, using with @option{--list}}
6369 @xopindex{list, using with @option{--incremental}}
6370 @xopindex{list, using with @option{--listed-incremental}}
6371 Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1 used to dump verbatim binary
6372 contents of the DUMPDIR header (with terminating nulls) when
6373 @option{--incremental} or @option{--listed-incremental} option was
6374 given, no matter what the verbosity level. This behavior, and,
6375 especially, the binary output it produced were considered inconvenient
6376 and were changed in version 1.16.}:
6377
6378 @smallexample
6379 @kbd{tar --list --incremental --verbose --verbose archive.tar}
6380 @end smallexample
6381
6382 This command will print, for each directory in the archive, the list
6383 of files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
6384 information is put out in a format which is both human-readable and
6385 unambiguous for a program: each file name is printed as
6386
6387 @smallexample
6388 @var{x} @var{file}
6389 @end smallexample
6390
6391 @noindent
6392 where @var{x} is a letter describing the status of the file: @samp{Y}
6393 if the file is present in the archive, @samp{N} if the file is not
6394 included in the archive, or a @samp{D} if the file is a directory (and
6395 is included in the archive). @xref{Dumpdir}, for the detailed
6396 description of dumpdirs and status codes. Each such
6397 line is terminated by a newline character. The last line is followed
6398 by an additional newline to indicate the end of the data.
6399
6400 @anchor{incremental-op}The option @option{--incremental} (@option{-G})
6401 gives the same behavior as @option{--listed-incremental} when used
6402 with @option{--list} and @option{--extract} options. When used with
6403 @option{--create} option, it creates an incremental archive without
6404 creating snapshot file. Thus, it is impossible to create several
6405 levels of incremental backups with @option{--incremental} option.
6406
6407 @node Backup Levels
6408 @section Levels of Backups
6409
6410 An archive containing all the files in the file system is called a
6411 @dfn{full backup} or @dfn{full dump}. You could insure your data by
6412 creating a full dump every day. This strategy, however, would waste a
6413 substantial amount of archive media and user time, as unchanged files
6414 are daily re-archived.
6415
6416 It is more efficient to do a full dump only occasionally. To back up
6417 files between full dumps, you can use @dfn{incremental dumps}. A @dfn{level
6418 one} dump archives all the files that have changed since the last full
6419 dump.
6420
6421 A typical dump strategy would be to perform a full dump once a week,
6422 and a level one dump once a day. This means some versions of files
6423 will in fact be archived more than once, but this dump strategy makes
6424 it possible to restore a file system to within one day of accuracy by
6425 only extracting two archives---the last weekly (full) dump and the
6426 last daily (level one) dump. The only information lost would be in
6427 files changed or created since the last daily backup. (Doing dumps
6428 more than once a day is usually not worth the trouble.)
6429
6430 @GNUTAR{} comes with scripts you can use to do full
6431 and level-one (actually, even level-two and so on) dumps. Using
6432 scripts (shell programs) to perform backups and restoration is a
6433 convenient and reliable alternative to typing out file name lists
6434 and @command{tar} commands by hand.
6435
6436 Before you use these scripts, you need to edit the file
6437 @file{backup-specs}, which specifies parameters used by the backup
6438 scripts and by the restore script. This file is usually located
6439 in @file{/etc/backup} directory. @xref{Backup Parameters}, for its
6440 detailed description. Once the backup parameters are set, you can
6441 perform backups or restoration by running the appropriate script.
6442
6443 The name of the backup script is @code{backup}. The name of the
6444 restore script is @code{restore}. The following sections describe
6445 their use in detail.
6446
6447 @emph{Please Note:} The backup and restoration scripts are
6448 designed to be used together. While it is possible to restore files by
6449 hand from an archive which was created using a backup script, and to create
6450 an archive by hand which could then be extracted using the restore script,
6451 it is easier to use the scripts. @xref{Incremental Dumps}, before
6452 making such an attempt.
6453
6454 @node Backup Parameters
6455 @section Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
6456
6457 The file @file{backup-specs} specifies backup parameters for the
6458 backup and restoration scripts provided with @command{tar}. You must
6459 edit @file{backup-specs} to fit your system configuration and schedule
6460 before using these scripts.
6461
6462 Syntactically, @file{backup-specs} is a shell script, containing
6463 mainly variable assignments. However, any valid shell construct
6464 is allowed in this file. Particularly, you may wish to define
6465 functions within that script (e.g., see @code{RESTORE_BEGIN} below).
6466 For more information about shell script syntax, please refer to
6467 @url{http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/utilities/xcu_chap02.html#ta
6468 g_02, the definition of the Shell Command Language}. See also
6469 @ref{Top,,Bash Features,bashref,Bash Reference Manual}.
6470
6471 The shell variables controlling behavior of @code{backup} and
6472 @code{restore} are described in the following subsections.
6473
6474 @menu
6475 * General-Purpose Variables::
6476 * Magnetic Tape Control::
6477 * User Hooks::
6478 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
6479 @end menu
6480
6481 @node General-Purpose Variables
6482 @subsection General-Purpose Variables
6483
6484 @defvr {Backup variable} ADMINISTRATOR
6485 The user name of the backup administrator. @code{Backup} scripts
6486 sends a backup report to this address.
6487 @end defvr
6488
6489 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_HOUR
6490 The hour at which the backups are done. This can be a number from 0
6491 to 23, or the time specification in form @var{hours}:@var{minutes},
6492 or the string @samp{now}.
6493
6494 This variable is used by @code{backup}. Its value may be overridden
6495 using @option{--time} option (@pxref{Scripted Backups}).
6496 @end defvr
6497
6498 @defvr {Backup variable} TAPE_FILE
6499
6500 The device @command{tar} writes the archive to. If @var{TAPE_FILE}
6501 is a remote archive (@pxref{remote-dev}), backup script will suppose
6502 that your @command{mt} is able to access remote devices. If @var{RSH}
6503 (@pxref{RSH}) is set, @option{--rsh-command} option will be added to
6504 invocations of @command{mt}.
6505 @end defvr
6506
6507 @defvr {Backup variable} BLOCKING
6508
6509 The blocking factor @command{tar} will use when writing the dump archive.
6510 @xref{Blocking Factor}.
6511 @end defvr
6512
6513 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_DIRS
6514
6515 A list of file systems to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
6516 (for @code{restore}). You can include any directory
6517 name in the list --- subdirectories on that file system will be
6518 included, regardless of how they may look to other networked machines.
6519 Subdirectories on other file systems will be ignored.
6520
6521 The host name specifies which host to run @command{tar} on, and should
6522 normally be the host that actually contains the file system. However,
6523 the host machine must have @GNUTAR{} installed, and
6524 must be able to access the directory containing the backup scripts and
6525 their support files using the same file name that is used on the
6526 machine where the scripts are run (i.e., what @command{pwd} will print
6527 when in that directory on that machine). If the host that contains
6528 the file system does not have this capability, you can specify another
6529 host as long as it can access the file system through @acronym{NFS}.
6530
6531 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to put it
6532 in a separate file. This file is usually named
6533 @file{/etc/backup/dirs}, but this name may be overridden in
6534 @file{backup-specs} using @code{DIRLIST} variable.
6535 @end defvr
6536
6537 @defvr {Backup variable} DIRLIST
6538
6539 The name of the file that contains a list of file systems to backup
6540 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/dirs}.
6541 @end defvr
6542
6543 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_FILES
6544
6545 A list of individual files to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
6546 (for @code{restore}). These should be accessible from the machine on
6547 which the backup script is run.
6548
6549 If the list of individual files is very long you may wish to store it
6550 in a separate file. This file is usually named
6551 @file{/etc/backup/files}, but this name may be overridden in
6552 @file{backup-specs} using @code{FILELIST} variable.
6553 @end defvr
6554
6555 @defvr {Backup variable} FILELIST
6556
6557 The name of the file that contains a list of individual files to backup
6558 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/files}.
6559 @end defvr
6560
6561 @defvr {Backup variable} MT
6562
6563 Full file name of @command{mt} binary.
6564 @end defvr
6565
6566 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH
6567 @anchor{RSH}
6568 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary or its equivalent. You may wish to
6569 set it to @code{ssh}, to improve security. In this case you will have
6570 to use public key authentication.
6571 @end defvr
6572
6573 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH_COMMAND
6574
6575 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary on remote machines. This will
6576 be passed via @option{--rsh-command} option to the remote invocation
6577 of @GNUTAR{}.
6578 @end defvr
6579
6580 @defvr {Backup variable} VOLNO_FILE
6581
6582 Name of temporary file to hold volume numbers. This needs to be accessible
6583 by all the machines which have file systems to be dumped.
6584 @end defvr
6585
6586 @defvr {Backup variable} XLIST
6587
6588 Name of @dfn{exclude file list}. An @dfn{exclude file list} is a file
6589 located on the remote machine and containing the list of files to
6590 be excluded from the backup. Exclude file lists are searched in
6591 /etc/tar-backup directory. A common use for exclude file lists
6592 is to exclude files containing security-sensitive information
6593 (e.g., @file{/etc/shadow} from backups).
6594
6595 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
6596 @end defvr
6597
6598 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_TIME
6599
6600 Time to sleep between dumps of any two successive file systems
6601
6602 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
6603 @end defvr
6604
6605 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_REMIND_SCRIPT
6606
6607 Script to be run when it's time to insert a new tape in for the next
6608 volume. Administrators may want to tailor this script for their site.
6609 If this variable isn't set, @GNUTAR{} will display its built-in
6610 prompt, and will expect confirmation from the console. For the
6611 description of the default prompt, see @ref{change volume prompt}.
6612
6613 @end defvr
6614
6615 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_MESSAGE
6616
6617 Message to display on the terminal while waiting for dump time. Usually
6618 this will just be some literal text.
6619 @end defvr
6620
6621 @defvr {Backup variable} TAR
6622
6623 Full file name of the @GNUTAR{} executable. If this is not set, backup
6624 scripts will search @command{tar} in the current shell path.
6625 @end defvr
6626
6627 @node Magnetic Tape Control
6628 @subsection Magnetic Tape Control
6629
6630 Backup scripts access tape device using special @dfn{hook functions}.
6631 These functions take a single argument --- the name of the tape
6632 device. Their names are kept in the following variables:
6633
6634 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_BEGIN
6635 The name of @dfn{begin} function. This function is called before
6636 accessing the drive. By default it retensions the tape:
6637
6638 @smallexample
6639 MT_BEGIN=mt_begin
6640
6641 mt_begin() @{
6642 mt -f "$1" retension
6643 @}
6644 @end smallexample
6645 @end defvr
6646
6647 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_REWIND
6648 The name of @dfn{rewind} function. The default definition is as
6649 follows:
6650
6651 @smallexample
6652 MT_REWIND=mt_rewind
6653
6654 mt_rewind() @{
6655 mt -f "$1" rewind
6656 @}
6657 @end smallexample
6658
6659 @end defvr
6660
6661 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_OFFLINE
6662 The name of the function switching the tape off line. By default
6663 it is defined as follows:
6664
6665 @smallexample
6666 MT_OFFLINE=mt_offline
6667
6668 mt_offline() @{
6669 mt -f "$1" offl
6670 @}
6671 @end smallexample
6672 @end defvr
6673
6674 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_STATUS
6675 The name of the function used to obtain the status of the archive device,
6676 including error count. Default definition:
6677
6678 @smallexample
6679 MT_STATUS=mt_status
6680
6681 mt_status() @{
6682 mt -f "$1" status
6683 @}
6684 @end smallexample
6685 @end defvr
6686
6687 @node User Hooks
6688 @subsection User Hooks
6689
6690 @dfn{User hooks} are shell functions executed before and after
6691 each @command{tar} invocation. Thus, there are @dfn{backup
6692 hooks}, which are executed before and after dumping each file
6693 system, and @dfn{restore hooks}, executed before and
6694 after restoring a file system. Each user hook is a shell function
6695 taking four arguments:
6696
6697 @deffn {User Hook Function} hook @var{level} @var{host} @var{fs} @var{fsname}
6698 Its arguments are:
6699
6700 @table @var
6701 @item level
6702 Current backup or restore level.
6703
6704 @item host
6705 Name or IP address of the host machine being dumped or restored.
6706
6707 @item fs
6708 Full file name of the file system being dumped or restored.
6709
6710 @item fsname
6711 File system name with directory separators replaced with colons. This
6712 is useful, e.g., for creating unique files.
6713 @end table
6714 @end deffn
6715
6716 Following variables keep the names of user hook functions:
6717
6718 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_BEGIN
6719 Dump begin function. It is executed before dumping the file system.
6720 @end defvr
6721
6722 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_END
6723 Executed after dumping the file system.
6724 @end defvr
6725
6726 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_BEGIN
6727 Executed before restoring the file system.
6728 @end defvr
6729
6730 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_END
6731 Executed after restoring the file system.
6732 @end defvr
6733
6734 @node backup-specs example
6735 @subsection An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
6736
6737 The following is an example of @file{backup-specs}:
6738
6739 @smallexample
6740 # site-specific parameters for file system backup.
6741
6742 ADMINISTRATOR=friedman
6743 BACKUP_HOUR=1
6744 TAPE_FILE=/dev/nrsmt0
6745
6746 # Use @code{ssh} instead of the less secure @code{rsh}
6747 RSH=/usr/bin/ssh
6748 RSH_COMMAND=/usr/bin/ssh
6749
6750 # Override MT_STATUS function:
6751 my_status() @{
6752 mts -t $TAPE_FILE
6753 @}
6754 MT_STATUS=my_status
6755
6756 # Disable MT_OFFLINE function
6757 MT_OFFLINE=:
6758
6759 BLOCKING=124
6760 BACKUP_DIRS="
6761 albert:/fs/fsf
6762 apple-gunkies:/gd
6763 albert:/fs/gd2
6764 albert:/fs/gp
6765 geech:/usr/jla
6766 churchy:/usr/roland
6767 albert:/
6768 albert:/usr
6769 apple-gunkies:/
6770 apple-gunkies:/usr
6771 gnu:/hack
6772 gnu:/u
6773 apple-gunkies:/com/mailer/gnu
6774 apple-gunkies:/com/archive/gnu"
6775
6776 BACKUP_FILES="/com/mailer/aliases /com/mailer/league*[a-z]"
6777
6778 @end smallexample
6779
6780 @node Scripted Backups
6781 @section Using the Backup Scripts
6782
6783 The syntax for running a backup script is:
6784
6785 @smallexample
6786 backup --level=@var{level} --time=@var{time}
6787 @end smallexample
6788
6789 The @option{--level} option requests the dump level. Thus, to produce
6790 a full dump, specify @code{--level=0} (this is the default, so
6791 @option{--level} may be omitted if its value is
6792 @code{0})@footnote{For backward compatibility, the @code{backup} will also
6793 try to deduce the requested dump level from the name of the
6794 script itself. If the name consists of a string @samp{level-}
6795 followed by a single decimal digit, that digit is taken as
6796 the dump level number. Thus, you may create a link from @code{backup}
6797 to @code{level-1} and then run @code{level-1} whenever you need to
6798 create a level one dump.}.
6799
6800 The @option{--time} option determines when should the backup be
6801 run. @var{Time} may take three forms:
6802
6803 @table @asis
6804 @item @var{hh}:@var{mm}
6805
6806 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours @var{mm} minutes.
6807
6808 @item @var{hh}
6809
6810 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours.
6811
6812 @item now
6813
6814 The dump must be run immediately.
6815 @end table
6816
6817 You should start a script with a tape or disk mounted. Once you
6818 start a script, it prompts you for new tapes or disks as it
6819 needs them. Media volumes don't have to correspond to archive
6820 files --- a multi-volume archive can be started in the middle of a
6821 tape that already contains the end of another multi-volume archive.
6822 The @code{restore} script prompts for media by its archive volume,
6823 so to avoid an error message you should keep track of which tape
6824 (or disk) contains which volume of the archive (@pxref{Scripted
6825 Restoration}).
6826
6827 The backup scripts write two files on the file system. The first is a
6828 record file in @file{/etc/tar-backup/}, which is used by the scripts
6829 to store and retrieve information about which files were dumped. This
6830 file is not meant to be read by humans, and should not be deleted by
6831 them. @xref{Snapshot Files}, for a more detailed explanation of this
6832 file.
6833
6834 The second file is a log file containing the names of the file systems
6835 and files dumped, what time the backup was made, and any error
6836 messages that were generated, as well as how much space was left in
6837 the media volume after the last volume of the archive was written.
6838 You should check this log file after every backup. The file name is
6839 @file{log-@var{mm-dd-yyyy}-level-@var{n}}, where @var{mm-dd-yyyy}
6840 represents current date, and @var{n} represents current dump level number.
6841
6842 The script also prints the name of each system being dumped to the
6843 standard output.
6844
6845 Following is the full list of options accepted by @code{backup}
6846 script:
6847
6848 @table @option
6849 @item -l @var{level}
6850 @itemx --level=@var{level}
6851 Do backup level @var{level} (default 0).
6852
6853 @item -f
6854 @itemx --force
6855 Force backup even if today's log file already exists.
6856
6857 @item -v[@var{level}]
6858 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
6859 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
6860 information will be output during execution. Default @var{level}
6861 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
6862
6863 @item -t @var{start-time}
6864 @itemx --time=@var{start-time}
6865 Wait till @var{time}, then do backup.
6866
6867 @item -h
6868 @itemx --help
6869 Display short help message and exit.
6870
6871 @item -V
6872 @itemx --version
6873 Display information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
6874 status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
6875 @end table
6876
6877
6878 @node Scripted Restoration
6879 @section Using the Restore Script
6880
6881 To restore files that were archived using a scripted backup, use the
6882 @code{restore} script. Its usage is quite straightforward. In the
6883 simplest form, invoke @code{restore --all}, it will
6884 then restore all the file systems and files specified in
6885 @file{backup-specs} (@pxref{General-Purpose Variables,BACKUP_DIRS}).
6886
6887 You may select the file systems (and/or files) to restore by
6888 giving @code{restore} a list of @dfn{patterns} in its command
6889 line. For example, running
6890
6891 @smallexample
6892 restore 'albert:*'
6893 @end smallexample
6894
6895 @noindent
6896 will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}. A more
6897 complicated example:
6898
6899 @smallexample
6900 restore 'albert:*' '*:/var'
6901 @end smallexample
6902
6903 @noindent
6904 This command will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}
6905 as well as @file{/var} file system on all machines.
6906
6907 By default @code{restore} will start restoring files from the lowest
6908 available dump level (usually zero) and will continue through
6909 all available dump levels. There may be situations where such a
6910 thorough restore is not necessary. For example, you may wish to
6911 restore only files from the recent level one backup. To do so,
6912 use @option{--level} option, as shown in the example below:
6913
6914 @smallexample
6915 restore --level=1
6916 @end smallexample
6917
6918 The full list of options accepted by @code{restore} follows:
6919
6920 @table @option
6921 @item -a
6922 @itemx --all
6923 Restore all file systems and files specified in @file{backup-specs}.
6924
6925 @item -l @var{level}
6926 @itemx --level=@var{level}
6927 Start restoring from the given backup level, instead of the default 0.
6928
6929 @item -v[@var{level}]
6930 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
6931 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
6932 information will be output during execution. Default @var{level}
6933 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
6934
6935 @item -h
6936 @itemx --help
6937 Display short help message and exit.
6938
6939 @item -V
6940 @itemx --version
6941 Display information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
6942 status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
6943 @end table
6944
6945 You should start the restore script with the media containing the
6946 first volume of the archive mounted. The script will prompt for other
6947 volumes as they are needed. If the archive is on tape, you don't need
6948 to rewind the tape to to its beginning---if the tape head is
6949 positioned past the beginning of the archive, the script will rewind
6950 the tape as needed. @xref{Tape Positioning}, for a discussion of tape
6951 positioning.
6952
6953 @quotation
6954 @strong{Warning:} The script will delete files from the active file
6955 system if they were not in the file system when the archive was made.
6956 @end quotation
6957
6958 @xref{Incremental Dumps}, for an explanation of how the script makes
6959 that determination.
6960
6961 @node Choosing
6962 @chapter Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
6963
6964 Certain options to @command{tar} enable you to specify a name for your
6965 archive. Other options let you decide which files to include or exclude
6966 from the archive, based on when or whether files were modified, whether
6967 the file names do or don't match specified patterns, or whether files
6968 are in specified directories.
6969
6970 This chapter discusses these options in detail.
6971
6972 @menu
6973 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
6974 * Selecting Archive Members::
6975 * files:: Reading Names from a File
6976 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
6977 * wildcards:: Wildcards Patterns and Matching
6978 * quoting styles:: Ways of Quoting Special Characters in Names
6979 * transform:: Modifying File and Member Names
6980 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
6981 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
6982 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
6983 @end menu
6984
6985 @node file
6986 @section Choosing and Naming Archive Files
6987
6988 @cindex Naming an archive
6989 @cindex Archive Name
6990 @cindex Choosing an archive file
6991 @cindex Where is the archive?
6992 @opindex file
6993 By default, @command{tar} uses an archive file name that was compiled when
6994 it was built on the system; usually this name refers to some physical
6995 tape drive on the machine. However, the person who installed @command{tar}
6996 on the system may not have set the default to a meaningful value as far as
6997 most users are concerned. As a result, you will usually want to tell
6998 @command{tar} where to find (or create) the archive. The
6999 @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}})
7000 option allows you to either specify or name a file to use as the archive
7001 instead of the default archive file location.
7002
7003 @table @option
7004 @xopindex{file, short description}
7005 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
7006 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
7007 Name the archive to create or operate on. Use in conjunction with
7008 any operation.
7009 @end table
7010
7011 For example, in this @command{tar} command,
7012
7013 @smallexample
7014 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
7015 @end smallexample
7016
7017 @noindent
7018 @file{collection.tar} is the name of the archive. It must directly
7019 follow the @option{-f} option, since whatever directly follows @option{-f}
7020 @emph{will} end up naming the archive. If you neglect to specify an
7021 archive name, you may end up overwriting a file in the working directory
7022 with the archive you create since @command{tar} will use this file's name
7023 for the archive name.
7024
7025 An archive can be saved as a file in the file system, sent through a
7026 pipe or over a network, or written to an I/O device such as a tape,
7027 floppy disk, or CD write drive.
7028
7029 @cindex Writing new archives
7030 @cindex Archive creation
7031 If you do not name the archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
7032 environment variable @env{TAPE} as the file name for the archive. If
7033 that is not available, @command{tar} uses a default, compiled-in archive
7034 name, usually that for tape unit zero (i.e., @file{/dev/tu00}).
7035
7036 @cindex Standard input and output
7037 @cindex tar to standard input and output
7038 If you use @file{-} as an @var{archive-name}, @command{tar} reads the
7039 archive from standard input (when listing or extracting files), or
7040 writes it to standard output (when creating an archive). If you use
7041 @file{-} as an @var{archive-name} when modifying an archive,
7042 @command{tar} reads the original archive from its standard input and
7043 writes the entire new archive to its standard output.
7044
7045 The following example is a convenient way of copying directory
7046 hierarchy from @file{sourcedir} to @file{targetdir}.
7047
7048 @smallexample
7049 $ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar -cf - .) | (cd targetdir; tar -xpf -)}
7050 @end smallexample
7051
7052 The @option{-C} option allows to avoid using subshells:
7053
7054 @smallexample
7055 $ @kbd{tar -C sourcedir -cf - . | tar -C targetdir -xpf -}
7056 @end smallexample
7057
7058 In both examples above, the leftmost @command{tar} invocation archives
7059 the contents of @file{sourcedir} to the standard output, while the
7060 rightmost one reads this archive from its standard input and
7061 extracts it. The @option{-p} option tells it to restore permissions
7062 of the extracted files.
7063
7064 @cindex Remote devices
7065 @cindex tar to a remote device
7066 @anchor{remote-dev}
7067 To specify an archive file on a device attached to a remote machine,
7068 use the following:
7069
7070 @smallexample
7071 @kbd{--file=@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file-name}}
7072 @end smallexample
7073
7074 @noindent
7075 @command{tar} will set up the remote connection, if possible, and
7076 prompt you for a username and password. If you use
7077 @option{--file=@@@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file-name}}, @command{tar}
7078 will attempt to set up the remote connection using your username
7079 as the username on the remote machine.
7080
7081 @cindex Local and remote archives
7082 @anchor{local and remote archives}
7083 If the archive file name includes a colon (@samp{:}), then it is assumed
7084 to be a file on another machine. If the archive file is
7085 @samp{@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{file}}, then @var{file} is used on the
7086 host @var{host}. The remote host is accessed using the @command{rsh}
7087 program, with a username of @var{user}. If the username is omitted
7088 (along with the @samp{@@} sign), then your user name will be used.
7089 (This is the normal @command{rsh} behavior.) It is necessary for the
7090 remote machine, in addition to permitting your @command{rsh} access, to
7091 have the @file{rmt} program installed (this command is included in
7092 the @GNUTAR{} distribution and by default is installed under
7093 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} means your
7094 installation prefix). If you need to use a file whose name includes a
7095 colon, then the remote tape drive behavior
7096 can be inhibited by using the @option{--force-local} option.
7097
7098 When the archive is being created to @file{/dev/null}, @GNUTAR{}
7099 tries to minimize input and output operations. The Amanda backup
7100 system, when used with @GNUTAR{}, has an initial sizing pass which
7101 uses this feature.
7102
7103 @node Selecting Archive Members
7104 @section Selecting Archive Members
7105 @cindex Specifying files to act on
7106 @cindex Specifying archive members
7107
7108 @dfn{File Name arguments} specify which files in the file system
7109 @command{tar} operates on, when creating or adding to an archive, or which
7110 archive members @command{tar} operates on, when reading or deleting from
7111 an archive. @xref{Operations}.
7112
7113 To specify file names, you can include them as the last arguments on
7114 the command line, as follows:
7115 @smallexample
7116 @kbd{tar} @var{operation} [@var{option1} @var{option2} @dots{}] [@var{file name-1} @var{file name-2} @dots{}]
7117 @end smallexample
7118
7119 If a file name begins with dash (@samp{-}), precede it with
7120 @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from being treated as an
7121 option.
7122
7123 @anchor{input name quoting}
7124 By default @GNUTAR{} attempts to @dfn{unquote} each file or member
7125 name, replacing @dfn{escape sequences} according to the following
7126 table:
7127
7128 @multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.60
7129 @headitem Escape @tab Replaced with
7130 @item \a @tab Audible bell (@acronym{ASCII} 7)
7131 @item \b @tab Backspace (@acronym{ASCII} 8)
7132 @item \f @tab Form feed (@acronym{ASCII} 12)
7133 @item \n @tab New line (@acronym{ASCII} 10)
7134 @item \r @tab Carriage return (@acronym{ASCII} 13)
7135 @item \t @tab Horizontal tabulation (@acronym{ASCII} 9)
7136 @item \v @tab Vertical tabulation (@acronym{ASCII} 11)
7137 @item \? @tab @acronym{ASCII} 127
7138 @item \@var{n} @tab @acronym{ASCII} @var{n} (@var{n} should be an octal number
7139 of up to 3 digits)
7140 @end multitable
7141
7142 A backslash followed by any other symbol is retained.
7143
7144 This default behavior is controlled by the following command line
7145 option:
7146
7147 @table @option
7148 @opindex unquote
7149 @item --unquote
7150 Enable unquoting input file or member names (default).
7151
7152 @opindex no-unquote
7153 @item --no-unquote
7154 Disable unquoting input file or member names.
7155 @end table
7156
7157 If you specify a directory name as a file name argument, all the files
7158 in that directory are operated on by @command{tar}.
7159
7160 If you do not specify files, @command{tar} behavior differs depending
7161 on the operation mode as described below:
7162
7163 When @command{tar} is invoked with @option{--create} (@option{-c}),
7164 @command{tar} will stop immediately, reporting the following:
7165
7166 @smallexample
7167 @group
7168 $ @kbd{tar cf a.tar}
7169 tar: Cowardly refusing to create an empty archive
7170 Try 'tar --help' or 'tar --usage' for more information.
7171 @end group
7172 @end smallexample
7173
7174 If you specify either @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or
7175 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}), @command{tar}
7176 operates on all the archive members in the archive.
7177
7178 If run with @option{--diff} option, tar will compare the archive with
7179 the contents of the current working directory.
7180
7181 If you specify any other operation, @command{tar} does nothing.
7182
7183 By default, @command{tar} takes file names from the command line. However,
7184 there are other ways to specify file or member names, or to modify the
7185 manner in which @command{tar} selects the files or members upon which to
7186 operate. In general, these methods work both for specifying the names
7187 of files and archive members.
7188
7189 @node files
7190 @section Reading Names from a File
7191
7192 @cindex Reading file names from a file
7193 @cindex Lists of file names
7194 @cindex File Name arguments, alternatives
7195 @cindex @command{find}, using with @command{tar}
7196 Instead of giving the names of files or archive members on the command
7197 line, you can put the names into a file, and then use the
7198 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T
7199 @var{file-of-names}}) option to @command{tar}. Give the name of the
7200 file which contains the list of files to include as the argument to
7201 @option{--files-from}. In the list, the file names should be separated by
7202 newlines. You will frequently use this option when you have generated
7203 the list of files to archive with the @command{find} utility.
7204
7205 @table @option
7206 @opindex files-from
7207 @item --files-from=@var{file-name}
7208 @itemx -T @var{file-name}
7209 Get names to extract or create from file @var{file-name}.
7210 @end table
7211
7212 If you give a single dash as a file name for @option{--files-from}, (i.e.,
7213 you specify either @code{--files-from=-} or @code{-T -}), then the file
7214 names are read from standard input.
7215
7216 Unless you are running @command{tar} with @option{--create}, you can not use
7217 both @code{--files-from=-} and @code{--file=-} (@code{-f -}) in the same
7218 command.
7219
7220 Any number of @option{-T} options can be given in the command line.
7221
7222 The following example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of
7223 files smaller than 400K in length and put that list into a file
7224 called @file{small-files}. You can then use the @option{-T} option to
7225 @command{tar} to specify the files from that file, @file{small-files}, to
7226 create the archive @file{little.tgz}. (The @option{-z} option to
7227 @command{tar} compresses the archive with @command{gzip}; @pxref{gzip} for
7228 more information.)
7229
7230 @smallexample
7231 $ @kbd{find . -size -400 -print > small-files}
7232 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -z -T small-files -f little.tgz}
7233 @end smallexample
7234
7235 @noindent
7236 In the file list given by @option{-T} option, any file name beginning
7237 with @samp{-} character is considered a @command{tar} option and is
7238 processed accordingly@footnote{Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1
7239 recognized only @option{-C} option in file lists, and only if the
7240 option and its argument occupied two consecutive lines.}. For example,
7241 the common use of this feature is to change to another directory by
7242 specifying @option{-C} option:
7243
7244 @smallexample
7245 @group
7246 $ @kbd{cat list}
7247 -C/etc
7248 passwd
7249 hosts
7250 -C/lib
7251 libc.a
7252 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
7253 @end group
7254 @end smallexample
7255
7256 @noindent
7257 In this example, @command{tar} will first switch to @file{/etc}
7258 directory and add files @file{passwd} and @file{hosts} to the
7259 archive. Then it will change to @file{/lib} directory and will archive
7260 the file @file{libc.a}. Thus, the resulting archive @file{foo.tar} will
7261 contain:
7262
7263 @smallexample
7264 @group
7265 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
7266 passwd
7267 hosts
7268 libc.a
7269 @end group
7270 @end smallexample
7271
7272 @opindex add-file
7273 If you happen to have a file whose name starts with @samp{-},
7274 precede it with @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from
7275 being recognized as an option. For example: @code{--add-file=--my-file}.
7276
7277 @menu
7278 * nul::
7279 @end menu
7280
7281 @node nul
7282 @subsection @code{NUL}-Terminated File Names
7283
7284 @cindex File names, terminated by @code{NUL}
7285 @cindex @code{NUL}-terminated file names
7286 The @option{--null} option causes
7287 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T @var{file-of-names}})
7288 to read file names terminated by a @code{NUL} instead of a newline, so
7289 files whose names contain newlines can be archived using
7290 @option{--files-from}.
7291
7292 @table @option
7293 @xopindex{null, described}
7294 @item --null
7295 Only consider @code{NUL}-terminated file names, instead of files that
7296 terminate in a newline.
7297
7298 @xopindex{no-null, described}
7299 @item --no-null
7300 Undo the effect of any previous @option{--null} option.
7301 @end table
7302
7303 The @option{--null} option is just like the one in @acronym{GNU}
7304 @command{xargs} and @command{cpio}, and is useful with the
7305 @option{-print0} predicate of @acronym{GNU} @command{find}. In
7306 @command{tar}, @option{--null} also disables special handling for
7307 file names that begin with dash.
7308
7309 This example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of files
7310 larger than 800K in length and put that list into a file called
7311 @file{long-files}. The @option{-print0} option to @command{find} is just
7312 like @option{-print}, except that it separates files with a @code{NUL}
7313 rather than with a newline. You can then run @command{tar} with both the
7314 @option{--null} and @option{-T} options to specify that @command{tar} gets the
7315 files from that file, @file{long-files}, to create the archive
7316 @file{big.tgz}. The @option{--null} option to @command{tar} will cause
7317 @command{tar} to recognize the @code{NUL} separator between files.
7318
7319 @smallexample
7320 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 > long-files}
7321 $ @kbd{tar -c -v --null --files-from=long-files --file=big.tar}
7322 @end smallexample
7323
7324 The @option{--no-null} option can be used if you need to read both
7325 @code{NUL}-terminated and newline-terminated files on the same command line.
7326 For example, if @file{flist} is a newline-terminated file, then the
7327 following command can be used to combine it with the above command:
7328
7329 @smallexample
7330 @group
7331 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 |
7332 tar -c -f big.tar --null -T - --no-null -T flist}
7333 @end group
7334 @end smallexample
7335
7336 This example uses short options for typographic reasons, to avoid
7337 very long lines.
7338
7339 @GNUTAR is tries to automatically detect @code{NUL}-terminated file
7340 lists, so in many cases it is safe to use them even without the
7341 @option{--null} option. In this case @command{tar} will print a
7342 warning and continue reading such a file as if @option{--null} were
7343 actually given:
7344
7345 @smallexample
7346 @group
7347 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 | tar -c -f big.tar -T -}
7348 tar: -: file name read contains nul character
7349 @end group
7350 @end smallexample
7351
7352 The null terminator, however, remains in effect only for this
7353 particular file, any following @option{-T} options will assume
7354 newline termination. Of course, the null autodetection applies
7355 to these eventual surplus @option{-T} options as well.
7356
7357 @node exclude
7358 @section Excluding Some Files
7359
7360 @cindex File names, excluding files by
7361 @cindex Excluding files by name and pattern
7362 @cindex Excluding files by file system
7363 @opindex exclude
7364 @opindex exclude-from
7365 To avoid operating on files whose names match a particular pattern,
7366 use the @option{--exclude} or @option{--exclude-from} options.
7367
7368 @table @option
7369 @opindex exclude
7370 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
7371 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the @var{pattern}.
7372 @end table
7373
7374 @findex exclude
7375 The @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} option prevents any file or
7376 member whose name matches the shell wildcard (@var{pattern}) from
7377 being operated on.
7378 For example, to create an archive with all the contents of the directory
7379 @file{src} except for files whose names end in @file{.o}, use the
7380 command @samp{tar -cf src.tar --exclude='*.o' src}.
7381
7382 You may give multiple @option{--exclude} options.
7383
7384 @table @option
7385 @opindex exclude-from
7386 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
7387 @itemx -X @var{file}
7388 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the patterns listed in
7389 @var{file}.
7390 @end table
7391
7392 @findex exclude-from
7393 Use the @option{--exclude-from} option to read a
7394 list of patterns, one per line, from @var{file}; @command{tar} will
7395 ignore files matching those patterns. Thus if @command{tar} is
7396 called as @w{@samp{tar -c -X foo .}} and the file @file{foo} contains a
7397 single line @file{*.o}, no files whose names end in @file{.o} will be
7398 added to the archive.
7399
7400 Notice, that lines from @var{file} are read verbatim. One of the
7401 frequent errors is leaving some extra whitespace after a file name,
7402 which is difficult to catch using text editors.
7403
7404 However, empty lines are OK.
7405
7406 @cindex VCS, excluding patterns from ignore files
7407 @cindex VCS, ignore files
7408 @cindex CVS, ignore files
7409 @cindex Git, ignore files
7410 @cindex Bazaar, ignore files
7411 @cindex Mercurial, ignore files
7412 When archiving directories that are under some version control system (VCS),
7413 it is often convenient to read exclusion patterns from this VCS'
7414 ignore files (e.g. @file{.cvsignore}, @file{.gitignore}, etc.) The
7415 following options provide such possibilty:
7416
7417 @table @option
7418 @anchor{exclude-vcs-ignores}
7419 @opindex exclude-vcs-ignores
7420 @item --exclude-vcs-ignores
7421 Before archiving a directory, see if it contains any of the following
7422 files: @file{cvsignore}, @file{.gitignore}, @file{.bzrignore}, or
7423 @file{.hgignore}. If so, read ignore patterns from these files.
7424
7425 The patterns are treated much as the corresponding VCS would treat
7426 them, i.e.:
7427
7428 @table @file
7429 @findex .cvsignore
7430 @item .cvsignore
7431 Contains shell-style globbing patterns that apply only to the
7432 directory where this file resides. No comments are allowed in the
7433 file. Empty lines are ignored.
7434
7435 @findex .gitignore
7436 @item .gitignore
7437 Contains shell-style globbing patterns. Applies to the directory
7438 where @file{.gitfile} is located and all its subdirectories.
7439
7440 Any line beginning with a @samp{#} is a comment. Backslash escapes
7441 the comment character.
7442
7443 @findex .bzrignore
7444 @item .bzrignore
7445 Contains shell globbing-patterns and regular expressions (if prefixed
7446 with @samp{RE:}@footnote{According to the Bazaar docs,
7447 globbing-patterns are Korn-shell style and regular expressions are
7448 perl-style. As of @GNUTAR{} version @value{VERSION}, these are
7449 treated as shell-style globs and posix extended regexps. This will be
7450 fixed in future releases.}. Patterns affect the directory and all its
7451 subdirectories.
7452
7453 Any line beginning with a @samp{#} is a comment.
7454
7455 @findex .hgignore
7456 @item .hgignore
7457 Contains posix regular expressions@footnote{Support for perl-style
7458 regexps will appear in future releases.}. The line @samp{syntax:
7459 glob} switches to shell globbing patterns. The line @samp{syntax:
7460 regexp} switches back. Comments begin with a @samp{#}. Patterns
7461 affect the directory and all its subdirectories.
7462 @end table
7463
7464 @opindex exclude-ignore
7465 @item --exclude-ignore=@var{file}
7466 Before dumping a directory, @command{tar} checks if it contains
7467 @var{file}. If so, exclusion patterns are read from this file.
7468 The patterns affect only the directory itself.
7469
7470 @opindex exclude-ignore-recursive
7471 @item --exclude-ignore-recursive=@var{file}
7472 Same as @option{--exclude-ignore}, except that the patterns read
7473 affect both the directory where @var{file} resides and all its
7474 subdirectories.
7475 @end table
7476
7477 @table @option
7478 @cindex version control system, excluding files
7479 @cindex VCS, excluding files
7480 @cindex SCCS, excluding files
7481 @cindex RCS, excluding files
7482 @cindex CVS, excluding files
7483 @cindex SVN, excluding files
7484 @cindex git, excluding files
7485 @cindex Bazaar, excluding files
7486 @cindex Arch, excluding files
7487 @cindex Mercurial, excluding files
7488 @cindex Darcs, excluding files
7489 @anchor{exclude-vcs}
7490 @opindex exclude-vcs
7491 @item --exclude-vcs
7492 Exclude files and directories used by following version control
7493 systems: @samp{CVS}, @samp{RCS}, @samp{SCCS}, @samp{SVN}, @samp{Arch},
7494 @samp{Bazaar}, @samp{Mercurial}, and @samp{Darcs}.
7495
7496 As of version @value{VERSION}, the following files are excluded:
7497
7498 @itemize @bullet
7499 @item @file{CVS/}, and everything under it
7500 @item @file{RCS/}, and everything under it
7501 @item @file{SCCS/}, and everything under it
7502 @item @file{.git/}, and everything under it
7503 @item @file{.gitignore}
7504 @item @file{.cvsignore}
7505 @item @file{.svn/}, and everything under it
7506 @item @file{.arch-ids/}, and everything under it
7507 @item @file{@{arch@}/}, and everything under it
7508 @item @file{=RELEASE-ID}
7509 @item @file{=meta-update}
7510 @item @file{=update}
7511 @item @file{.bzr}
7512 @item @file{.bzrignore}
7513 @item @file{.bzrtags}
7514 @item @file{.hg}
7515 @item @file{.hgignore}
7516 @item @file{.hgrags}
7517 @item @file{_darcs}
7518 @end itemize
7519
7520 @opindex exclude-backups
7521 @item --exclude-backups
7522 Exclude backup and lock files. This option causes exclusion of files
7523 that match the following shell globbing patterns:
7524
7525 @table @asis
7526 @item .#*
7527 @item *~
7528 @item #*#
7529 @end table
7530
7531 @end table
7532
7533 @findex exclude-caches
7534 When creating an archive, the @option{--exclude-caches} option family
7535 causes @command{tar} to exclude all directories that contain a @dfn{cache
7536 directory tag}. A cache directory tag is a short file with the
7537 well-known name @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} and having a standard header
7538 specified in @url{http://www.brynosaurus.com/cachedir/spec.html}.
7539 Various applications write cache directory tags into directories they
7540 use to hold regenerable, non-precious data, so that such data can be
7541 more easily excluded from backups.
7542
7543 There are three @samp{exclude-caches} options, each providing a different
7544 exclusion semantics:
7545
7546 @table @option
7547 @opindex exclude-caches
7548 @item --exclude-caches
7549 Do not archive the contents of the directory, but archive the
7550 directory itself and the @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} file.
7551
7552 @opindex exclude-caches-under
7553 @item --exclude-caches-under
7554 Do not archive the contents of the directory, nor the
7555 @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} file, archive only the directory itself.
7556
7557 @opindex exclude-caches-all
7558 @item --exclude-caches-all
7559 Omit directories containing @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} file entirely.
7560 @end table
7561
7562 @findex exclude-tag
7563 Another option family, @option{--exclude-tag}, provides a generalization of
7564 this concept. It takes a single argument, a file name to look for.
7565 Any directory that contains this file will be excluded from the dump.
7566 Similarly to @samp{exclude-caches}, there are three options in this
7567 option family:
7568
7569 @table @option
7570 @opindex exclude-tag
7571 @item --exclude-tag=@var{file}
7572 Do not dump the contents of the directory, but dump the
7573 directory itself and the @var{file}.
7574
7575 @opindex exclude-tag-under
7576 @item --exclude-tag-under=@var{file}
7577 Do not dump the contents of the directory, nor the
7578 @var{file}, archive only the directory itself.
7579
7580 @opindex exclude-tag-all
7581 @item --exclude-tag-all=@var{file}
7582 Omit directories containing @var{file} file entirely.
7583 @end table
7584
7585 Multiple @option{--exclude-tag*} options can be given.
7586
7587 For example, given this directory:
7588
7589 @smallexample
7590 @group
7591 $ @kbd{find dir}
7592 dir
7593 dir/blues
7594 dir/jazz
7595 dir/folk
7596 dir/folk/tagfile
7597 dir/folk/sanjuan
7598 dir/folk/trote
7599 @end group
7600 @end smallexample
7601
7602 The @option{--exclude-tag} will produce the following:
7603
7604 @smallexample
7605 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar --exclude-tag=tagfile -v dir}
7606 dir/
7607 dir/blues
7608 dir/jazz
7609 dir/folk/
7610 tar: dir/folk/: contains a cache directory tag tagfile;
7611 contents not dumped
7612 dir/folk/tagfile
7613 @end smallexample
7614
7615 Both the @file{dir/folk} directory and its tagfile are preserved in
7616 the archive, however the rest of files in this directory are not.
7617
7618 Now, using the @option{--exclude-tag-under} option will exclude
7619 @file{tagfile} from the dump, while still preserving the directory
7620 itself, as shown in this example:
7621
7622 @smallexample
7623 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar --exclude-tag-under=tagfile -v dir}
7624 dir/
7625 dir/blues
7626 dir/jazz
7627 dir/folk/
7628 ./tar: dir/folk/: contains a cache directory tag tagfile;
7629 contents not dumped
7630 @end smallexample
7631
7632 Finally, using @option{--exclude-tag-all} omits the @file{dir/folk}
7633 directory entirely:
7634
7635 @smallexample
7636 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar --exclude-tag-all=tagfile -v dir}
7637 dir/
7638 dir/blues
7639 dir/jazz
7640 ./tar: dir/folk/: contains a cache directory tag tagfile;
7641 directory not dumped
7642 @end smallexample
7643
7644 @menu
7645 * problems with exclude::
7646 @end menu
7647
7648 @node problems with exclude
7649 @unnumberedsubsec Problems with Using the @code{exclude} Options
7650
7651 @xopindex{exclude, potential problems with}
7652 Some users find @samp{exclude} options confusing. Here are some common
7653 pitfalls:
7654
7655 @itemize @bullet
7656 @item
7657 The main operating mode of @command{tar} does not act on a file name
7658 explicitly listed on the command line, if one of its file name
7659 components is excluded. In the example above, if
7660 you create an archive and exclude files that end with @samp{*.o}, but
7661 explicitly name the file @samp{dir.o/foo} after all the options have been
7662 listed, @samp{dir.o/foo} will be excluded from the archive.
7663
7664 @item
7665 You can sometimes confuse the meanings of @option{--exclude} and
7666 @option{--exclude-from}. Be careful: use @option{--exclude} when files
7667 to be excluded are given as a pattern on the command line. Use
7668 @option{--exclude-from} to introduce the name of a file which contains
7669 a list of patterns, one per line; each of these patterns can exclude
7670 zero, one, or many files.
7671
7672 @item
7673 When you use @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}}, be sure to quote the
7674 @var{pattern} parameter, so @GNUTAR{} sees wildcard characters
7675 like @samp{*}. If you do not do this, the shell might expand the
7676 @samp{*} itself using files at hand, so @command{tar} might receive a
7677 list of files instead of one pattern, or none at all, making the
7678 command somewhat illegal. This might not correspond to what you want.
7679
7680 For example, write:
7681
7682 @smallexample
7683 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude '*.o' @var{directory}}
7684 @end smallexample
7685
7686 @noindent
7687 rather than:
7688
7689 @smallexample
7690 # @emph{Wrong!}
7691 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude *.o @var{directory}}
7692 @end smallexample
7693
7694 @item
7695 You must use use shell syntax, or globbing, rather than @code{regexp}
7696 syntax, when using exclude options in @command{tar}. If you try to use
7697 @code{regexp} syntax to describe files to be excluded, your command
7698 might fail.
7699
7700 @item
7701 @FIXME{The change in semantics must have occurred before 1.11,
7702 so I doubt if it is worth mentioning at all. Anyway, should at
7703 least specify in which version the semantics changed.}
7704 In earlier versions of @command{tar}, what is now the
7705 @option{--exclude-from} option was called @option{--exclude} instead.
7706 Now, @option{--exclude} applies to patterns listed on the command
7707 line and @option{--exclude-from} applies to patterns listed in a
7708 file.
7709
7710 @end itemize
7711
7712 @node wildcards
7713 @section Wildcards Patterns and Matching
7714
7715 @dfn{Globbing} is the operation by which @dfn{wildcard} characters,
7716 @samp{*} or @samp{?} for example, are replaced and expanded into all
7717 existing files matching the given pattern. @GNUTAR{} can use wildcard
7718 patterns for matching (or globbing) archive members when extracting
7719 from or listing an archive. Wildcard patterns are also used for
7720 verifying volume labels of @command{tar} archives. This section has the
7721 purpose of explaining wildcard syntax for @command{tar}.
7722
7723 @FIXME{the next few paragraphs need work.}
7724
7725 A @var{pattern} should be written according to shell syntax, using wildcard
7726 characters to effect globbing. Most characters in the pattern stand
7727 for themselves in the matched string, and case is significant: @samp{a}
7728 will match only @samp{a}, and not @samp{A}. The character @samp{?} in the
7729 pattern matches any single character in the matched string. The character
7730 @samp{*} in the pattern matches zero, one, or more single characters in
7731 the matched string. The character @samp{\} says to take the following
7732 character of the pattern @emph{literally}; it is useful when one needs to
7733 match the @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{[} or @samp{\} characters, themselves.
7734
7735 The character @samp{[}, up to the matching @samp{]}, introduces a character
7736 class. A @dfn{character class} is a list of acceptable characters
7737 for the next single character of the matched string. For example,
7738 @samp{[abcde]} would match any of the first five letters of the alphabet.
7739 Note that within a character class, all of the ``special characters''
7740 listed above other than @samp{\} lose their special meaning; for example,
7741 @samp{[-\\[*?]]} would match any of the characters, @samp{-}, @samp{\},
7742 @samp{[}, @samp{*}, @samp{?}, or @samp{]}. (Due to parsing constraints,
7743 the characters @samp{-} and @samp{]} must either come @emph{first} or
7744 @emph{last} in a character class.)
7745
7746 @cindex Excluding characters from a character class
7747 @cindex Character class, excluding characters from
7748 If the first character of the class after the opening @samp{[}
7749 is @samp{!} or @samp{^}, then the meaning of the class is reversed.
7750 Rather than listing character to match, it lists those characters which
7751 are @emph{forbidden} as the next single character of the matched string.
7752
7753 Other characters of the class stand for themselves. The special
7754 construction @samp{[@var{a}-@var{e}]}, using an hyphen between two
7755 letters, is meant to represent all characters between @var{a} and
7756 @var{e}, inclusive.
7757
7758 @FIXME{need to add a sentence or so here to make this clear for those
7759 who don't have dan around.}
7760
7761 Periods (@samp{.}) or forward slashes (@samp{/}) are not considered
7762 special for wildcard matches. However, if a pattern completely matches
7763 a directory prefix of a matched string, then it matches the full matched
7764 string: thus, excluding a directory also excludes all the files beneath it.
7765
7766 @menu
7767 * controlling pattern-matching::
7768 @end menu
7769
7770 @node controlling pattern-matching
7771 @unnumberedsubsec Controlling Pattern-Matching
7772
7773 For the purposes of this section, we call @dfn{exclusion members} all
7774 member names obtained while processing @option{--exclude} and
7775 @option{--exclude-from} options, and @dfn{inclusion members} those
7776 member names that were given in the command line or read from the file
7777 specified with @option{--files-from} option.
7778
7779 These two pairs of member lists are used in the following operations:
7780 @option{--diff}, @option{--extract}, @option{--list},
7781 @option{--update}.
7782
7783 There are no inclusion members in create mode (@option{--create} and
7784 @option{--append}), since in this mode the names obtained from the
7785 command line refer to @emph{files}, not archive members.
7786
7787 By default, inclusion members are compared with archive members
7788 literally @footnote{Notice that earlier @GNUTAR{} versions used
7789 globbing for inclusion members, which contradicted to UNIX98
7790 specification and was not documented. @xref{Changes}, for more
7791 information on this and other changes.} and exclusion members are
7792 treated as globbing patterns. For example:
7793
7794 @smallexample
7795 @group
7796 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
7797 a.c
7798 b.c
7799 a.txt
7800 [remarks]
7801 # @i{Member names are used verbatim:}
7802 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v '[remarks]'}
7803 [remarks]
7804 # @i{Exclude member names are globbed:}
7805 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v --exclude '*.c'}
7806 a.txt
7807 [remarks]
7808 @end group
7809 @end smallexample
7810
7811 This behavior can be altered by using the following options:
7812
7813 @table @option
7814 @opindex wildcards
7815 @item --wildcards
7816 Treat all member names as wildcards.
7817
7818 @opindex no-wildcards
7819 @item --no-wildcards
7820 Treat all member names as literal strings.
7821 @end table
7822
7823 Thus, to extract files whose names end in @samp{.c}, you can use:
7824
7825 @smallexample
7826 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v --wildcards '*.c'}
7827 a.c
7828 b.c
7829 @end smallexample
7830
7831 @noindent
7832 Notice quoting of the pattern to prevent the shell from interpreting
7833 it.
7834
7835 The effect of @option{--wildcards} option is canceled by
7836 @option{--no-wildcards}. This can be used to pass part of
7837 the command line arguments verbatim and other part as globbing
7838 patterns. For example, the following invocation:
7839
7840 @smallexample
7841 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar --wildcards '*.txt' --no-wildcards '[remarks]'}
7842 @end smallexample
7843
7844 @noindent
7845 instructs @command{tar} to extract from @file{foo.tar} all files whose
7846 names end in @samp{.txt} and the file named @file{[remarks]}.
7847
7848 Normally, a pattern matches a name if an initial subsequence of the
7849 name's components matches the pattern, where @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and
7850 @samp{[...]} are the usual shell wildcards, @samp{\} escapes wildcards,
7851 and wildcards can match @samp{/}.
7852
7853 Other than optionally stripping leading @samp{/} from names
7854 (@pxref{absolute}), patterns and names are used as-is. For
7855 example, trailing @samp{/} is not trimmed from a user-specified name
7856 before deciding whether to exclude it.
7857
7858 However, this matching procedure can be altered by the options listed
7859 below. These options accumulate. For example:
7860
7861 @smallexample
7862 --ignore-case --exclude='makefile' --no-ignore-case ---exclude='readme'
7863 @end smallexample
7864
7865 @noindent
7866 ignores case when excluding @samp{makefile}, but not when excluding
7867 @samp{readme}.
7868
7869 @table @option
7870 @opindex anchored
7871 @opindex no-anchored
7872 @item --anchored
7873 @itemx --no-anchored
7874 If anchored, a pattern must match an initial subsequence
7875 of the name's components. Otherwise, the pattern can match any
7876 subsequence. Default is @option{--no-anchored} for exclusion members
7877 and @option{--anchored} inclusion members.
7878
7879 @opindex ignore-case
7880 @opindex no-ignore-case
7881 @item --ignore-case
7882 @itemx --no-ignore-case
7883 When ignoring case, upper-case patterns match lower-case names and vice versa.
7884 When not ignoring case (the default), matching is case-sensitive.
7885
7886 @opindex wildcards-match-slash
7887 @opindex no-wildcards-match-slash
7888 @item --wildcards-match-slash
7889 @itemx --no-wildcards-match-slash
7890 When wildcards match slash (the default for exclusion members), a
7891 wildcard like @samp{*} in the pattern can match a @samp{/} in the
7892 name. Otherwise, @samp{/} is matched only by @samp{/}.
7893
7894 @end table
7895
7896 The @option{--recursion} and @option{--no-recursion} options
7897 (@pxref{recurse}) also affect how member patterns are interpreted. If
7898 recursion is in effect, a pattern matches a name if it matches any of
7899 the name's parent directories.
7900
7901 The following table summarizes pattern-matching default values:
7902
7903 @multitable @columnfractions .3 .7
7904 @headitem Members @tab Default settings
7905 @item Inclusion @tab @option{--no-wildcards --anchored --no-wildcards-match-slash}
7906 @item Exclusion @tab @option{--wildcards --no-anchored --wildcards-match-slash}
7907 @end multitable
7908
7909 @node quoting styles
7910 @section Quoting Member Names
7911
7912 When displaying member names, @command{tar} takes care to avoid
7913 ambiguities caused by certain characters. This is called @dfn{name
7914 quoting}. The characters in question are:
7915
7916 @itemize @bullet
7917 @item Non-printable control characters:
7918 @anchor{escape sequences}
7919 @multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.10 0.60
7920 @headitem Character @tab @acronym{ASCII} @tab Character name
7921 @item \a @tab 7 @tab Audible bell
7922 @item \b @tab 8 @tab Backspace
7923 @item \f @tab 12 @tab Form feed
7924 @item \n @tab 10 @tab New line
7925 @item \r @tab 13 @tab Carriage return
7926 @item \t @tab 9 @tab Horizontal tabulation
7927 @item \v @tab 11 @tab Vertical tabulation
7928 @end multitable
7929
7930 @item Space (@acronym{ASCII} 32)
7931
7932 @item Single and double quotes (@samp{'} and @samp{"})
7933
7934 @item Backslash (@samp{\})
7935 @end itemize
7936
7937 The exact way @command{tar} uses to quote these characters depends on
7938 the @dfn{quoting style}. The default quoting style, called
7939 @dfn{escape} (see below), uses backslash notation to represent control
7940 characters, space and backslash. Using this quoting style, control
7941 characters are represented as listed in column @samp{Character} in the
7942 above table, a space is printed as @samp{\ } and a backslash as @samp{\\}.
7943
7944 @GNUTAR{} offers seven distinct quoting styles, which can be selected
7945 using @option{--quoting-style} option:
7946
7947 @table @option
7948 @item --quoting-style=@var{style}
7949 @opindex quoting-style
7950
7951 Sets quoting style. Valid values for @var{style} argument are:
7952 literal, shell, shell-always, c, escape, locale, clocale.
7953 @end table
7954
7955 These styles are described in detail below. To illustrate their
7956 effect, we will use an imaginary tar archive @file{arch.tar}
7957 containing the following members:
7958
7959 @smallexample
7960 @group
7961 # 1. Contains horizontal tabulation character.
7962 a tab
7963 # 2. Contains newline character
7964 a
7965 newline
7966 # 3. Contains a space
7967 a space
7968 # 4. Contains double quotes
7969 a"double"quote
7970 # 5. Contains single quotes
7971 a'single'quote
7972 # 6. Contains a backslash character:
7973 a\backslash
7974 @end group
7975 @end smallexample
7976
7977 Here is how usual @command{ls} command would have listed them, if they
7978 had existed in the current working directory:
7979
7980 @smallexample
7981 @group
7982 $ @kbd{ls}
7983 a\ttab
7984 a\nnewline
7985 a\ space
7986 a"double"quote
7987 a'single'quote
7988 a\\backslash
7989 @end group
7990 @end smallexample
7991
7992 Quoting styles:
7993
7994 @table @samp
7995 @item literal
7996 No quoting, display each character as is:
7997
7998 @smallexample
7999 @group
8000 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=literal}
8001 ./
8002 ./a space
8003 ./a'single'quote
8004 ./a"double"quote
8005 ./a\backslash
8006 ./a tab
8007 ./a
8008 newline
8009 @end group
8010 @end smallexample
8011
8012 @item shell
8013 Display characters the same way Bourne shell does:
8014 control characters, except @samp{\t} and @samp{\n}, are printed using
8015 backslash escapes, @samp{\t} and @samp{\n} are printed as is, and a
8016 single quote is printed as @samp{\'}. If a name contains any quoted
8017 characters, it is enclosed in single quotes. In particular, if a name
8018 contains single quotes, it is printed as several single-quoted strings:
8019
8020 @smallexample
8021 @group
8022 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=shell}
8023 ./
8024 './a space'
8025 './a'\''single'\''quote'
8026 './a"double"quote'
8027 './a\backslash'
8028 './a tab'
8029 './a
8030 newline'
8031 @end group
8032 @end smallexample
8033
8034 @item shell-always
8035 Same as @samp{shell}, but the names are always enclosed in single
8036 quotes:
8037
8038 @smallexample
8039 @group
8040 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=shell-always}
8041 './'
8042 './a space'
8043 './a'\''single'\''quote'
8044 './a"double"quote'
8045 './a\backslash'
8046 './a tab'
8047 './a
8048 newline'
8049 @end group
8050 @end smallexample
8051
8052 @item c
8053 Use the notation of the C programming language. All names are
8054 enclosed in double quotes. Control characters are quoted using
8055 backslash notations, double quotes are represented as @samp{\"},
8056 backslash characters are represented as @samp{\\}. Single quotes and
8057 spaces are not quoted:
8058
8059 @smallexample
8060 @group
8061 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=c}
8062 "./"
8063 "./a space"
8064 "./a'single'quote"
8065 "./a\"double\"quote"
8066 "./a\\backslash"
8067 "./a\ttab"
8068 "./a\nnewline"
8069 @end group
8070 @end smallexample
8071
8072 @item escape
8073 Control characters are printed using backslash notation, a space is
8074 printed as @samp{\ } and a backslash as @samp{\\}. This is the
8075 default quoting style, unless it was changed when configured the
8076 package.
8077
8078 @smallexample
8079 @group
8080 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=escape}
8081 ./
8082 ./a space
8083 ./a'single'quote
8084 ./a"double"quote
8085 ./a\\backslash
8086 ./a\ttab
8087 ./a\nnewline
8088 @end group
8089 @end smallexample
8090
8091 @item locale
8092 Control characters, single quote and backslash are printed using
8093 backslash notation. All names are quoted using left and right
8094 quotation marks, appropriate to the current locale. If it does not
8095 define quotation marks, use @samp{'} as left and as right
8096 quotation marks. Any occurrences of the right quotation mark in a
8097 name are escaped with @samp{\}, for example:
8098
8099 For example:
8100
8101 @smallexample
8102 @group
8103 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=locale}
8104 './'
8105 './a space'
8106 './a\'single\'quote'
8107 './a"double"quote'
8108 './a\\backslash'
8109 './a\ttab'
8110 './a\nnewline'
8111 @end group
8112 @end smallexample
8113
8114 @item clocale
8115 Same as @samp{locale}, but @samp{"} is used for both left and right
8116 quotation marks, if not provided by the currently selected locale:
8117
8118 @smallexample
8119 @group
8120 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=clocale}
8121 "./"
8122 "./a space"
8123 "./a'single'quote"
8124 "./a\"double\"quote"
8125 "./a\\backslash"
8126 "./a\ttab"
8127 "./a\nnewline"
8128 @end group
8129 @end smallexample
8130 @end table
8131
8132 You can specify which characters should be quoted in addition to those
8133 implied by the current quoting style:
8134
8135 @table @option
8136 @item --quote-chars=@var{string}
8137 Always quote characters from @var{string}, even if the selected
8138 quoting style would not quote them.
8139 @end table
8140
8141 For example, using @samp{escape} quoting (compare with the usual
8142 escape listing above):
8143
8144 @smallexample
8145 @group
8146 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=escape --quote-chars=' "'}
8147 ./
8148 ./a\ space
8149 ./a'single'quote
8150 ./a\"double\"quote
8151 ./a\\backslash
8152 ./a\ttab
8153 ./a\nnewline
8154 @end group
8155 @end smallexample
8156
8157 To disable quoting of such additional characters, use the following
8158 option:
8159
8160 @table @option
8161 @item --no-quote-chars=@var{string}
8162 Remove characters listed in @var{string} from the list of quoted
8163 characters set by the previous @option{--quote-chars} option.
8164 @end table
8165
8166 This option is particularly useful if you have added
8167 @option{--quote-chars} to your @env{TAR_OPTIONS} (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS})
8168 and wish to disable it for the current invocation.
8169
8170 Note, that @option{--no-quote-chars} does @emph{not} disable those
8171 characters that are quoted by default in the selected quoting style.
8172
8173 @node transform
8174 @section Modifying File and Member Names
8175
8176 @command{Tar} archives contain detailed information about files stored
8177 in them and full file names are part of that information. When
8178 storing a file to an archive, its file name is recorded in it,
8179 along with the actual file contents. When restoring from an archive,
8180 a file is created on disk with exactly the same name as that stored
8181 in the archive. In the majority of cases this is the desired behavior
8182 of a file archiver. However, there are some cases when it is not.
8183
8184 First of all, it is often unsafe to extract archive members with
8185 absolute file names or those that begin with a @file{../}. @GNUTAR{}
8186 takes special precautions when extracting such names and provides a
8187 special option for handling them, which is described in
8188 @ref{absolute}.
8189
8190 Secondly, you may wish to extract file names without some leading
8191 directory components, or with otherwise modified names. In other
8192 cases it is desirable to store files under differing names in the
8193 archive.
8194
8195 @GNUTAR{} provides several options for these needs.
8196
8197 @table @option
8198 @opindex strip-components
8199 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
8200 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
8201 extraction.
8202 @end table
8203
8204 For example, suppose you have archived whole @file{/usr} hierarchy to
8205 a tar archive named @file{usr.tar}. Among other files, this archive
8206 contains @file{usr/include/stdlib.h}, which you wish to extract to
8207 the current working directory. To do so, you type:
8208
8209 @smallexample
8210 $ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar --strip=2 usr/include/stdlib.h}
8211 @end smallexample
8212
8213 The option @option{--strip=2} instructs @command{tar} to strip the
8214 two leading components (@file{usr/} and @file{include/}) off the file
8215 name.
8216
8217 If you add the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option to the invocation
8218 above, you will note that the verbose listing still contains the
8219 full file name, with the two removed components still in place. This
8220 can be inconvenient, so @command{tar} provides a special option for
8221 altering this behavior:
8222
8223 @anchor{show-transformed-names}
8224 @table @option
8225 @opindex show-transformed-names
8226 @item --show-transformed-names
8227 Display file or member names with all requested transformations
8228 applied.
8229 @end table
8230
8231 @noindent
8232 For example:
8233
8234 @smallexample
8235 @group
8236 $ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar -v --strip=2 usr/include/stdlib.h}
8237 usr/include/stdlib.h
8238 $ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar -v --strip=2 --show-transformed usr/include/stdlib.h}
8239 stdlib.h
8240 @end group
8241 @end smallexample
8242
8243 Notice that in both cases the file @file{stdlib.h} is extracted to the
8244 current working directory, @option{--show-transformed-names} affects
8245 only the way its name is displayed.
8246
8247 This option is especially useful for verifying whether the invocation
8248 will have the desired effect. Thus, before running
8249
8250 @smallexample
8251 $ @kbd{tar -x --strip=@var{n}}
8252 @end smallexample
8253
8254 @noindent
8255 it is often advisable to run
8256
8257 @smallexample
8258 $ @kbd{tar -t -v --show-transformed --strip=@var{n}}
8259 @end smallexample
8260
8261 @noindent
8262 to make sure the command will produce the intended results.
8263
8264 In case you need to apply more complex modifications to the file name,
8265 @GNUTAR{} provides a general-purpose transformation option:
8266
8267 @table @option
8268 @opindex transform
8269 @opindex xform
8270 @item --transform=@var{expression}
8271 @itemx --xform=@var{expression}
8272 Modify file names using supplied @var{expression}.
8273 @end table
8274
8275 @noindent
8276 The @var{expression} is a @command{sed}-like replace expression of the
8277 form:
8278
8279 @smallexample
8280 s/@var{regexp}/@var{replace}/[@var{flags}]
8281 @end smallexample
8282
8283 @noindent
8284 where @var{regexp} is a @dfn{regular expression}, @var{replace} is a
8285 replacement for each file name part that matches @var{regexp}. Both
8286 @var{regexp} and @var{replace} are described in detail in
8287 @ref{The "s" Command, The "s" Command, The `s' Command, sed, GNU sed}.
8288
8289 Any delimiter can be used in lieu of @samp{/}, the only requirement being
8290 that it be used consistently throughout the expression. For example,
8291 the following two expressions are equivalent:
8292
8293 @smallexample
8294 @group
8295 s/one/two/
8296 s,one,two,
8297 @end group
8298 @end smallexample
8299
8300 Changing delimiters is often useful when the @var{regex} contains
8301 slashes. For example, it is more convenient to write @code{s,/,-,} than
8302 @code{s/\//-/}.
8303
8304 As in @command{sed}, you can give several replace expressions,
8305 separated by a semicolon.
8306
8307 Supported @var{flags} are:
8308
8309 @table @samp
8310 @item g
8311 Apply the replacement to @emph{all} matches to the @var{regexp}, not
8312 just the first.
8313
8314 @item i
8315 Use case-insensitive matching.
8316
8317 @item x
8318 @var{regexp} is an @dfn{extended regular expression} (@pxref{Extended
8319 regexps, Extended regular expressions, Extended regular expressions,
8320 sed, GNU sed}).
8321
8322 @item @var{number}
8323 Only replace the @var{number}th match of the @var{regexp}.
8324
8325 Note: the @acronym{POSIX} standard does not specify what should happen
8326 when you mix the @samp{g} and @var{number} modifiers. @GNUTAR{}
8327 follows the GNU @command{sed} implementation in this regard, so
8328 the interaction is defined to be: ignore matches before the
8329 @var{number}th, and then match and replace all matches from the
8330 @var{number}th on.
8331
8332 @end table
8333
8334 In addition, several @dfn{transformation scope} flags are supported,
8335 that control to what files transformations apply. These are:
8336
8337 @table @samp
8338 @item r
8339 Apply transformation to regular archive members.
8340
8341 @item R
8342 Do not apply transformation to regular archive members.
8343
8344 @item s
8345 Apply transformation to symbolic link targets.
8346
8347 @item S
8348 Do not apply transformation to symbolic link targets.
8349
8350 @item h
8351 Apply transformation to hard link targets.
8352
8353 @item H
8354 Do not apply transformation to hard link targets.
8355 @end table
8356
8357 Default is @samp{rsh}, which means to apply tranformations to both archive
8358 members and targets of symbolic and hard links.
8359
8360 Default scope flags can also be changed using @samp{flags=} statement
8361 in the transform expression. The flags set this way remain in force
8362 until next @samp{flags=} statement or end of expression, whichever
8363 occurs first. For example:
8364
8365 @smallexample
8366 --transform 'flags=S;s|^|/usr/local/|'
8367 @end smallexample
8368
8369 Here are several examples of @option{--transform} usage:
8370
8371 @enumerate
8372 @item Extract @file{usr/} hierarchy into @file{usr/local/}:
8373
8374 @smallexample
8375 $ @kbd{tar --transform='s,usr/,usr/local/,' -x -f arch.tar}
8376 @end smallexample
8377
8378 @item Strip two leading directory components (equivalent to
8379 @option{--strip-components=2}):
8380
8381 @smallexample
8382 $ @kbd{tar --transform='s,/*[^/]*/[^/]*/,,' -x -f arch.tar}
8383 @end smallexample
8384
8385 @item Convert each file name to lower case:
8386
8387 @smallexample
8388 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's/.*/\L&/' -x -f arch.tar}
8389 @end smallexample
8390
8391 @item Prepend @file{/prefix/} to each file name:
8392
8393 @smallexample
8394 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's,^,/prefix/,' -x -f arch.tar}
8395 @end smallexample
8396
8397 @item Archive the @file{/lib} directory, prepending @samp{/usr/local}
8398 to each archive member:
8399
8400 @smallexample
8401 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's,^,/usr/local/,S' -c -f arch.tar /lib}
8402 @end smallexample
8403 @end enumerate
8404
8405 Notice the use of flags in the last example. The @file{/lib}
8406 directory often contains many symbolic links to files within it.
8407 It may look, for example, like this:
8408
8409 @smallexample
8410 $ @kbd{ls -l}
8411 drwxr-xr-x root/root 0 2008-07-08 16:20 /lib/
8412 -rwxr-xr-x root/root 1250840 2008-05-25 07:44 /lib/libc-2.3.2.so
8413 lrwxrwxrwx root/root 0 2008-06-24 17:12 /lib/libc.so.6 -> libc-2.3.2.so
8414 ...
8415 @end smallexample
8416
8417 Using the expression @samp{s,^,/usr/local/,} would mean adding
8418 @samp{/usr/local} to both regular archive members and to link
8419 targets. In this case, @file{/lib/libc.so.6} would become:
8420
8421 @smallexample
8422 /usr/local/lib/libc.so.6 -> /usr/local/libc-2.3.2.so
8423 @end smallexample
8424
8425 This is definitely not desired. To avoid this, the @samp{S} flag
8426 is used, which excludes symbolic link targets from filename
8427 transformations. The result is:
8428
8429 @smallexample
8430 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's,^,/usr/local/,S', -c -v -f arch.tar \
8431 --show-transformed /lib}
8432 drwxr-xr-x root/root 0 2008-07-08 16:20 /usr/local/lib/
8433 -rwxr-xr-x root/root 1250840 2008-05-25 07:44 /usr/local/lib/libc-2.3.2.so
8434 lrwxrwxrwx root/root 0 2008-06-24 17:12 /usr/local/lib/libc.so.6 \
8435 -> libc-2.3.2.so
8436 @end smallexample
8437
8438 Unlike @option{--strip-components}, @option{--transform} can be used
8439 in any @GNUTAR{} operation mode. For example, the following command
8440 adds files to the archive while replacing the leading @file{usr/}
8441 component with @file{var/}:
8442
8443 @smallexample
8444 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,^usr/,var/,' /}
8445 @end smallexample
8446
8447 To test @option{--transform} effect we suggest using
8448 @option{--show-transformed-names} option:
8449
8450 @smallexample
8451 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,^usr/,var/,' \
8452 --verbose --show-transformed-names /}
8453 @end smallexample
8454
8455 If both @option{--strip-components} and @option{--transform} are used
8456 together, then @option{--transform} is applied first, and the required
8457 number of components is then stripped from its result.
8458
8459 You can use as many @option{--transform} options in a single command
8460 line as you want. The specified expressions will then be applied in
8461 order of their appearance. For example, the following two invocations
8462 are equivalent:
8463
8464 @smallexample
8465 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,/usr/var,/var/' \
8466 --transform='s,/usr/local,/usr/,'}
8467 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar \
8468 --transform='s,/usr/var,/var/;s,/usr/local,/usr/,'}
8469 @end smallexample
8470
8471 @node after
8472 @section Operating Only on New Files
8473
8474 @cindex Excluding file by age
8475 @cindex Data Modification time, excluding files by
8476 @cindex Modification time, excluding files by
8477 @cindex Age, excluding files by
8478 The @option{--after-date=@var{date}} (@option{--newer=@var{date}},
8479 @option{-N @var{date}}) option causes @command{tar} to only work on
8480 files whose data modification or status change times are newer than
8481 the @var{date} given. If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.},
8482 it is taken to be a file name; the data modification time of that file
8483 is used as the date. If you use this option when creating or appending
8484 to an archive, the archive will only include new files. If you use
8485 @option{--after-date} when extracting an archive, @command{tar} will
8486 only extract files newer than the @var{date} you specify.
8487
8488 If you only want @command{tar} to make the date comparison based on
8489 modification of the file's data (rather than status
8490 changes), then use the @option{--newer-mtime=@var{date}} option.
8491
8492 @cindex --after-date and --update compared
8493 @cindex --newer-mtime and --update compared
8494 You may use these options with any operation. Note that these options
8495 differ from the @option{--update} (@option{-u}) operation in that they
8496 allow you to specify a particular date against which @command{tar} can
8497 compare when deciding whether or not to archive the files.
8498
8499 @table @option
8500 @opindex after-date
8501 @opindex newer
8502 @item --after-date=@var{date}
8503 @itemx --newer=@var{date}
8504 @itemx -N @var{date}
8505 Only store files newer than @var{date}.
8506
8507 Acts on files only if their data modification or status change times are
8508 later than @var{date}. Use in conjunction with any operation.
8509
8510 If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to be a file
8511 name; the data modification time of that file is used as the date.
8512
8513 @opindex newer-mtime
8514 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
8515 Acts like @option{--after-date}, but only looks at data modification times.
8516 @end table
8517
8518 These options limit @command{tar} to operate only on files which have
8519 been modified after the date specified. A file's status is considered to have
8520 changed if its contents have been modified, or if its owner,
8521 permissions, and so forth, have been changed. (For more information on
8522 how to specify a date, see @ref{Date input formats}; remember that the
8523 entire date argument must be quoted if it contains any spaces.)
8524
8525 Gurus would say that @option{--after-date} tests both the data
8526 modification time (@code{mtime}, the time the contents of the file
8527 were last modified) and the status change time (@code{ctime}, the time
8528 the file's status was last changed: owner, permissions, etc.@:)
8529 fields, while @option{--newer-mtime} tests only the @code{mtime}
8530 field.
8531
8532 To be precise, @option{--after-date} checks @emph{both} @code{mtime} and
8533 @code{ctime} and processes the file if either one is more recent than
8534 @var{date}, while @option{--newer-mtime} only checks @code{mtime} and
8535 disregards @code{ctime}. Neither does it use @code{atime} (the last time the
8536 contents of the file were looked at).
8537
8538 Date specifiers can have embedded spaces. Because of this, you may need
8539 to quote date arguments to keep the shell from parsing them as separate
8540 arguments. For example, the following command will add to the archive
8541 all the files modified less than two days ago:
8542
8543 @smallexample
8544 $ @kbd{tar -cf foo.tar --newer-mtime '2 days ago'}
8545 @end smallexample
8546
8547 When any of these options is used with the option @option{--verbose}
8548 (@pxref{verbose tutorial}) @GNUTAR{} will try to convert the specified
8549 date back to its textual representation and compare that with the
8550 one given with the option. If the two dates differ, @command{tar} will
8551 print a warning saying what date it will use. This is to help user
8552 ensure he is using the right date. For example:
8553
8554 @smallexample
8555 @group
8556 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --after-date='10 days ago' .}
8557 tar: Option --after-date: Treating date '10 days ago' as 2006-06-11
8558 13:19:37.232434
8559 @end group
8560 @end smallexample
8561
8562 @quotation
8563 @strong{Please Note:} @option{--after-date} and @option{--newer-mtime}
8564 should not be used for incremental backups. @xref{Incremental Dumps},
8565 for proper way of creating incremental backups.
8566 @end quotation
8567
8568 @node recurse
8569 @section Descending into Directories
8570 @cindex Avoiding recursion in directories
8571 @cindex Descending directories, avoiding
8572 @cindex Directories, avoiding recursion
8573 @cindex Recursion in directories, avoiding
8574
8575 Usually, @command{tar} will recursively explore all directories (either
8576 those given on the command line or through the @option{--files-from}
8577 option) for the various files they contain. However, you may not always
8578 want @command{tar} to act this way.
8579
8580 @opindex no-recursion
8581 @cindex @command{find}, using with @command{tar}
8582 The @option{--no-recursion} option inhibits @command{tar}'s recursive descent
8583 into specified directories. If you specify @option{--no-recursion}, you can
8584 use the @command{find} (@pxref{Top,, find, find, GNU Find Manual})
8585 utility for hunting through levels of directories to
8586 construct a list of file names which you could then pass to @command{tar}.
8587 @command{find} allows you to be more selective when choosing which files to
8588 archive; see @ref{files}, for more information on using @command{find} with
8589 @command{tar}.
8590
8591 @table @option
8592 @item --no-recursion
8593 Prevents @command{tar} from recursively descending directories.
8594
8595 @opindex recursion
8596 @item --recursion
8597 Requires @command{tar} to recursively descend directories.
8598 This is the default.
8599 @end table
8600
8601 When you use @option{--no-recursion}, @GNUTAR{} grabs
8602 directory entries themselves, but does not descend on them
8603 recursively. Many people use @command{find} for locating files they
8604 want to back up, and since @command{tar} @emph{usually} recursively
8605 descends on directories, they have to use the @samp{@w{-not -type d}}
8606 test in their @command{find} invocation (@pxref{Type, Type, Type test,
8607 find, Finding Files}), as they usually do not want all the files in a
8608 directory. They then use the @option{--files-from} option to archive
8609 the files located via @command{find}.
8610
8611 The problem when restoring files archived in this manner is that the
8612 directories themselves are not in the archive; so the
8613 @option{--same-permissions} (@option{--preserve-permissions},
8614 @option{-p}) option does not affect them---while users might really
8615 like it to. Specifying @option{--no-recursion} is a way to tell
8616 @command{tar} to grab only the directory entries given to it, adding
8617 no new files on its own. To summarize, if you use @command{find} to
8618 create a list of files to be stored in an archive, use it as follows:
8619
8620 @smallexample
8621 @group
8622 $ @kbd{find @var{dir} @var{tests} | \
8623 tar -cf @var{archive} -T - --no-recursion}
8624 @end group
8625 @end smallexample
8626
8627 The @option{--no-recursion} option also applies when extracting: it
8628 causes @command{tar} to extract only the matched directory entries, not
8629 the files under those directories.
8630
8631 The @option{--no-recursion} option also affects how globbing patterns
8632 are interpreted (@pxref{controlling pattern-matching}).
8633
8634 The @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion} options apply to
8635 later options and operands, and can be overridden by later occurrences
8636 of @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion}. For example:
8637
8638 @smallexample
8639 $ @kbd{tar -cf jams.tar --no-recursion grape --recursion grape/concord}
8640 @end smallexample
8641
8642 @noindent
8643 creates an archive with one entry for @file{grape}, and the recursive
8644 contents of @file{grape/concord}, but no entries under @file{grape}
8645 other than @file{grape/concord}.
8646
8647 @node one
8648 @section Crossing File System Boundaries
8649 @cindex File system boundaries, not crossing
8650
8651 @command{tar} will normally automatically cross file system boundaries in
8652 order to archive files which are part of a directory tree. You can
8653 change this behavior by running @command{tar} and specifying
8654 @option{--one-file-system}. This option only affects files that are
8655 archived because they are in a directory that is being archived;
8656 @command{tar} will still archive files explicitly named on the command line
8657 or through @option{--files-from}, regardless of where they reside.
8658
8659 @table @option
8660 @opindex one-file-system
8661 @item --one-file-system
8662 Prevents @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when
8663 archiving. Use in conjunction with any write operation.
8664 @end table
8665
8666 The @option{--one-file-system} option causes @command{tar} to modify its
8667 normal behavior in archiving the contents of directories. If a file in
8668 a directory is not on the same file system as the directory itself, then
8669 @command{tar} will not archive that file. If the file is a directory
8670 itself, @command{tar} will not archive anything beneath it; in other words,
8671 @command{tar} will not cross mount points.
8672
8673 This option is useful for making full or incremental archival backups of
8674 a file system. If this option is used in conjunction with
8675 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}), files that are excluded are
8676 mentioned by name on the standard error.
8677
8678 @menu
8679 * directory:: Changing Directory
8680 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
8681 @end menu
8682
8683 @node directory
8684 @subsection Changing the Working Directory
8685
8686 @FIXME{need to read over this node now for continuity; i've switched
8687 things around some.}
8688
8689 @cindex Changing directory mid-stream
8690 @cindex Directory, changing mid-stream
8691 @cindex Working directory, specifying
8692 To change the working directory in the middle of a list of file names,
8693 either on the command line or in a file specified using
8694 @option{--files-from} (@option{-T}), use @option{--directory} (@option{-C}).
8695 This will change the working directory to the specified directory
8696 after that point in the list.
8697
8698 @table @option
8699 @opindex directory
8700 @item --directory=@var{directory}
8701 @itemx -C @var{directory}
8702 Changes the working directory in the middle of a command line.
8703 @end table
8704
8705 For example,
8706
8707 @smallexample
8708 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food cherry}
8709 @end smallexample
8710
8711 @noindent
8712 will place the files @file{grape} and @file{prune} from the current
8713 directory into the archive @file{jams.tar}, followed by the file
8714 @file{cherry} from the directory @file{food}. This option is especially
8715 useful when you have several widely separated files that you want to
8716 store in the same archive.
8717
8718 Note that the file @file{cherry} is recorded in the archive under the
8719 precise name @file{cherry}, @emph{not} @file{food/cherry}. Thus, the
8720 archive will contain three files that all appear to have come from the
8721 same directory; if the archive is extracted with plain @samp{tar
8722 --extract}, all three files will be written in the current directory.
8723
8724 Contrast this with the command,
8725
8726 @smallexample
8727 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food red/cherry}
8728 @end smallexample
8729
8730 @noindent
8731 which records the third file in the archive under the name
8732 @file{red/cherry} so that, if the archive is extracted using
8733 @samp{tar --extract}, the third file will be written in a subdirectory
8734 named @file{red}.
8735
8736 You can use the @option{--directory} option to make the archive
8737 independent of the original name of the directory holding the files.
8738 The following command places the files @file{/etc/passwd},
8739 @file{/etc/hosts}, and @file{/lib/libc.a} into the archive
8740 @file{foo.tar}:
8741
8742 @smallexample
8743 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar -C /etc passwd hosts -C /lib libc.a}
8744 @end smallexample
8745
8746 @noindent
8747 However, the names of the archive members will be exactly what they were
8748 on the command line: @file{passwd}, @file{hosts}, and @file{libc.a}.
8749 They will not appear to be related by file name to the original
8750 directories where those files were located.
8751
8752 Note that @option{--directory} options are interpreted consecutively. If
8753 @option{--directory} specifies a relative file name, it is interpreted
8754 relative to the then current directory, which might not be the same as
8755 the original current working directory of @command{tar}, due to a previous
8756 @option{--directory} option.
8757
8758 When using @option{--files-from} (@pxref{files}), you can put various
8759 @command{tar} options (including @option{-C}) in the file list. Notice,
8760 however, that in this case the option and its argument may not be
8761 separated by whitespace. If you use short option, its argument must
8762 either follow the option letter immediately, without any intervening
8763 whitespace, or occupy the next line. Otherwise, if you use long
8764 option, separate its argument by an equal sign.
8765
8766 For instance, the file list for the above example will be:
8767
8768 @smallexample
8769 @group
8770 -C/etc
8771 passwd
8772 hosts
8773 --directory=/lib
8774 libc.a
8775 @end group
8776 @end smallexample
8777
8778 @noindent
8779 To use it, you would invoke @command{tar} as follows:
8780
8781 @smallexample
8782 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
8783 @end smallexample
8784
8785 The interpretation of @option{--directory} is disabled by
8786 @option{--null} option.
8787
8788 @node absolute
8789 @subsection Absolute File Names
8790 @cindex absolute file names
8791 @cindex file names, absolute
8792
8793 By default, @GNUTAR{} drops a leading @samp{/} on
8794 input or output, and complains about file names containing a @file{..}
8795 component. There is an option that turns off this behavior:
8796
8797 @table @option
8798 @opindex absolute-names
8799 @item --absolute-names
8800 @itemx -P
8801 Do not strip leading slashes from file names, and permit file names
8802 containing a @file{..} file name component.
8803 @end table
8804
8805 When @command{tar} extracts archive members from an archive, it strips any
8806 leading slashes (@samp{/}) from the member name. This causes absolute
8807 member names in the archive to be treated as relative file names. This
8808 allows you to have such members extracted wherever you want, instead of
8809 being restricted to extracting the member in the exact directory named
8810 in the archive. For example, if the archive member has the name
8811 @file{/etc/passwd}, @command{tar} will extract it as if the name were
8812 really @file{etc/passwd}.
8813
8814 File names containing @file{..} can cause problems when extracting, so
8815 @command{tar} normally warns you about such files when creating an
8816 archive, and rejects attempts to extracts such files.
8817
8818 Other @command{tar} programs do not do this. As a result, if you
8819 create an archive whose member names start with a slash, they will be
8820 difficult for other people with a non-@GNUTAR{}
8821 program to use. Therefore, @GNUTAR{} also strips
8822 leading slashes from member names when putting members into the
8823 archive. For example, if you ask @command{tar} to add the file
8824 @file{/bin/ls} to an archive, it will do so, but the member name will
8825 be @file{bin/ls}@footnote{A side effect of this is that when
8826 @option{--create} is used with @option{--verbose} the resulting output
8827 is not, generally speaking, the same as the one you'd get running
8828 @kbd{tar --list} command. This may be important if you use some
8829 scripts for comparing both outputs. @xref{listing member and file names},
8830 for the information on how to handle this case.}.
8831
8832 Symbolic links containing @file{..} or leading @samp{/} can also cause
8833 problems when extracting, so @command{tar} normally extracts them last;
8834 it may create empty files as placeholders during extraction.
8835
8836 If you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option,
8837 @command{tar} will do none of these transformations.
8838
8839 To archive or extract files relative to the root directory, specify
8840 the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option.
8841
8842 Normally, @command{tar} acts on files relative to the working
8843 directory---ignoring superior directory names when archiving, and
8844 ignoring leading slashes when extracting.
8845
8846 When you specify @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}),
8847 @command{tar} stores file names including all superior directory
8848 names, and preserves leading slashes. If you only invoked
8849 @command{tar} from the root directory you would never need the
8850 @option{--absolute-names} option, but using this option
8851 may be more convenient than switching to root.
8852
8853 @FIXME{Should be an example in the tutorial/wizardry section using this
8854 to transfer files between systems.}
8855
8856 @table @option
8857 @item --absolute-names
8858 Preserves full file names (including superior directory names) when
8859 archiving and extracting files.
8860
8861 @end table
8862
8863 @command{tar} prints out a message about removing the @samp{/} from
8864 file names. This message appears once per @GNUTAR{}
8865 invocation. It represents something which ought to be told; ignoring
8866 what it means can cause very serious surprises, later.
8867
8868 Some people, nevertheless, do not want to see this message. Wanting to
8869 play really dangerously, one may of course redirect @command{tar} standard
8870 error to the sink. For example, under @command{sh}:
8871
8872 @smallexample
8873 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar /home 2> /dev/null}
8874 @end smallexample
8875
8876 @noindent
8877 Another solution, both nicer and simpler, would be to change to
8878 the @file{/} directory first, and then avoid absolute notation.
8879 For example:
8880
8881 @smallexample
8882 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -C / home}
8883 @end smallexample
8884
8885 @xref{Integrity}, for some of the security-related implications
8886 of using this option.
8887
8888 @include parse-datetime.texi
8889
8890 @node Formats
8891 @chapter Controlling the Archive Format
8892
8893 @cindex Tar archive formats
8894 Due to historical reasons, there are several formats of tar archives.
8895 All of them are based on the same principles, but have some subtle
8896 differences that often make them incompatible with each other.
8897
8898 GNU tar is able to create and handle archives in a variety of formats.
8899 The most frequently used formats are (in alphabetical order):
8900
8901 @table @asis
8902 @item gnu
8903 Format used by @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.13.25. This format derived
8904 from an early @acronym{POSIX} standard, adding some improvements such as
8905 sparse file handling and incremental archives. Unfortunately these
8906 features were implemented in a way incompatible with other archive
8907 formats.
8908
8909 Archives in @samp{gnu} format are able to hold file names of unlimited
8910 length.
8911
8912 @item oldgnu
8913 Format used by @GNUTAR{} of versions prior to 1.12.
8914
8915 @item v7
8916 Archive format, compatible with the V7 implementation of tar. This
8917 format imposes a number of limitations. The most important of them
8918 are:
8919
8920 @enumerate
8921 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 99 characters.
8922 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link is limited to 99 characters.
8923 @item It is impossible to store special files (block and character
8924 devices, fifos etc.)
8925 @item Maximum value of user or group @acronym{ID} is limited to 2097151 (7777777
8926 octal)
8927 @item V7 archives do not contain symbolic ownership information (user
8928 and group name of the file owner).
8929 @end enumerate
8930
8931 This format has traditionally been used by Automake when producing
8932 Makefiles. This practice will change in the future, in the meantime,
8933 however this means that projects containing file names more than 99
8934 characters long will not be able to use @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and
8935 Automake prior to 1.9.
8936
8937 @item ustar
8938 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} specification. It stores
8939 symbolic ownership information. It is also able to store
8940 special files. However, it imposes several restrictions as well:
8941
8942 @enumerate
8943 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 256 characters,
8944 provided that the file name can be split at a directory separator in
8945 two parts, first of them being at most 155 bytes long. So, in most
8946 cases the maximum file name length will be shorter than 256
8947 characters.
8948 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link name is limited to
8949 100 characters.
8950 @item Maximum size of a file the archive is able to accommodate
8951 is 8GB
8952 @item Maximum value of UID/GID is 2097151.
8953 @item Maximum number of bits in device major and minor numbers is 21.
8954 @end enumerate
8955
8956 @item star
8957 Format used by J@"org Schilling @command{star}
8958 implementation. @GNUTAR{} is able to read @samp{star} archives but
8959 currently does not produce them.
8960
8961 @item posix
8962 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} specification. This is the
8963 most flexible and feature-rich format. It does not impose any
8964 restrictions on file sizes or file name lengths. This format is quite
8965 recent, so not all tar implementations are able to handle it properly.
8966 However, this format is designed in such a way that any tar
8967 implementation able to read @samp{ustar} archives will be able to read
8968 most @samp{posix} archives as well, with the only exception that any
8969 additional information (such as long file names etc.) will in such
8970 case be extracted as plain text files along with the files it refers to.
8971
8972 This archive format will be the default format for future versions
8973 of @GNUTAR{}.
8974
8975 @end table
8976
8977 The following table summarizes the limitations of each of these
8978 formats:
8979
8980 @multitable @columnfractions .10 .20 .20 .20 .20
8981 @headitem Format @tab UID @tab File Size @tab File Name @tab Devn
8982 @item gnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
8983 @item oldgnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
8984 @item v7 @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 99 @tab n/a
8985 @item ustar @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 256 @tab 21
8986 @item posix @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited
8987 @end multitable
8988
8989 The default format for @GNUTAR{} is defined at compilation
8990 time. You may check it by running @command{tar --help}, and examining
8991 the last lines of its output. Usually, @GNUTAR{} is configured
8992 to create archives in @samp{gnu} format, however, future version will
8993 switch to @samp{posix}.
8994
8995 @menu
8996 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
8997 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
8998 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
8999 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
9000 @end menu
9001
9002 @node Compression
9003 @section Using Less Space through Compression
9004
9005 @menu
9006 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
9007 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
9008 @end menu
9009
9010 @node gzip
9011 @subsection Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
9012 @cindex Compressed archives
9013 @cindex Storing archives in compressed format
9014
9015 @cindex gzip
9016 @cindex bzip2
9017 @cindex lzip
9018 @cindex lzma
9019 @cindex lzop
9020 @cindex compress
9021 @GNUTAR{} is able to create and read compressed archives. It supports
9022 a wide variety of compression programs, namely: @command{gzip},
9023 @command{bzip2}, @command{lzip}, @command{lzma}, @command{lzop},
9024 @command{xz} and traditional @command{compress}. The latter is
9025 supported mostly for backward compatibility, and we recommend
9026 against using it, because it is by far less effective than the other
9027 compression programs@footnote{It also had patent problems in the past.}.
9028
9029 Creating a compressed archive is simple: you just specify a
9030 @dfn{compression option} along with the usual archive creation
9031 commands. The compression option is @option{-z} (@option{--gzip}) to
9032 create a @command{gzip} compressed archive, @option{-j}
9033 (@option{--bzip2}) to create a @command{bzip2} compressed archive,
9034 @option{--lzip} to create an @asis{lzip} compressed archive,
9035 @option{-J} (@option{--xz}) to create an @asis{XZ} archive,
9036 @option{--lzma} to create an @asis{LZMA} compressed
9037 archive, @option{--lzop} to create an @asis{LSOP} archive, and
9038 @option{-Z} (@option{--compress}) to use @command{compress} program.
9039 For example:
9040
9041 @smallexample
9042 $ @kbd{tar czf archive.tar.gz .}
9043 @end smallexample
9044
9045 You can also let @GNUTAR{} select the compression program based on
9046 the suffix of the archive file name. This is done using
9047 @option{--auto-compress} (@option{-a}) command line option. For
9048 example, the following invocation will use @command{bzip2} for
9049 compression:
9050
9051 @smallexample
9052 $ @kbd{tar caf archive.tar.bz2 .}
9053 @end smallexample
9054
9055 @noindent
9056 whereas the following one will use @command{lzma}:
9057
9058 @smallexample
9059 $ @kbd{tar caf archive.tar.lzma .}
9060 @end smallexample
9061
9062 For a complete list of file name suffixes recognized by @GNUTAR{},
9063 see @ref{auto-compress}.
9064
9065 Reading compressed archive is even simpler: you don't need to specify
9066 any additional options as @GNUTAR{} recognizes its format
9067 automatically. Thus, the following commands will list and extract the
9068 archive created in previous example:
9069
9070 @smallexample
9071 # List the compressed archive
9072 $ @kbd{tar tf archive.tar.gz}
9073 # Extract the compressed archive
9074 $ @kbd{tar xf archive.tar.gz}
9075 @end smallexample
9076
9077 The format recognition algorithm is based on @dfn{signatures}, a
9078 special byte sequences in the beginning of file, that are specific for
9079 certain compression formats. If this approach fails, @command{tar}
9080 falls back to using archive name suffix to determine its format
9081 (@pxref{auto-compress}, for a list of recognized suffixes).
9082
9083 @anchor{alternative decompression programs}
9084 @cindex alternative decompression programs
9085 Some compression programs are able to handle different compression
9086 formats. @GNUTAR{} uses this, if the principal decompressor for the
9087 given format is not available. For example, if @command{compress} is
9088 not installed, @command{tar} will try to use @command{gzip}. As of
9089 version @value{VERSION} the following alternatives are
9090 tried@footnote{To verbosely trace the decompressor selection, use the
9091 @option{--warning=decompress-program} option
9092 (@pxref{warnings,decompress-program}).}:
9093
9094 @multitable @columnfractions 0.3 0.3 0.3
9095 @headitem Format @tab Main decompressor @tab Alternatives
9096 @item compress @tab compress @tab gzip
9097 @item lzma @tab lzma @tab xz
9098 @item bzip2 @tab bzip2 @tab lbzip2
9099 @end multitable
9100
9101 The only case when you have to specify a decompression option while
9102 reading the archive is when reading from a pipe or from a tape drive
9103 that does not support random access. However, in this case @GNUTAR{}
9104 will indicate which option you should use. For example:
9105
9106 @smallexample
9107 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tf -}
9108 tar: Archive is compressed. Use -z option
9109 tar: Error is not recoverable: exiting now
9110 @end smallexample
9111
9112 If you see such diagnostics, just add the suggested option to the
9113 invocation of @GNUTAR{}:
9114
9115 @smallexample
9116 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tzf -}
9117 @end smallexample
9118
9119 Notice also, that there are several restrictions on operations on
9120 compressed archives. First of all, compressed archives cannot be
9121 modified, i.e., you cannot update (@option{--update}, alias @option{-u})
9122 them or delete (@option{--delete}) members from them or
9123 add (@option{--append}, alias @option{-r}) members to them. Likewise, you
9124 cannot append another @command{tar} archive to a compressed archive using
9125 @option{--concatenate} (@option{-A}). Secondly, multi-volume
9126 archives cannot be compressed.
9127
9128 The following options allow to select a particular compressor program:
9129
9130 @table @option
9131 @opindex gzip
9132 @opindex ungzip
9133 @item -z
9134 @itemx --gzip
9135 @itemx --ungzip
9136 Filter the archive through @command{gzip}.
9137
9138 @opindex xz
9139 @item -J
9140 @itemx --xz
9141 Filter the archive through @code{xz}.
9142
9143 @item -j
9144 @itemx --bzip2
9145 Filter the archive through @code{bzip2}.
9146
9147 @opindex lzip
9148 @item --lzip
9149 Filter the archive through @command{lzip}.
9150
9151 @opindex lzma
9152 @item --lzma
9153 Filter the archive through @command{lzma}.
9154
9155 @opindex lzop
9156 @item --lzop
9157 Filter the archive through @command{lzop}.
9158
9159 @opindex compress
9160 @opindex uncompress
9161 @item -Z
9162 @itemx --compress
9163 @itemx --uncompress
9164 Filter the archive through @command{compress}.
9165 @end table
9166
9167 When any of these options is given, @GNUTAR{} searches the compressor
9168 binary in the current path and invokes it. The name of the compressor
9169 program is specified at compilation time using a corresponding
9170 @option{--with-@var{compname}} option to @command{configure}, e.g.
9171 @option{--with-bzip2} to select a specific @command{bzip2} binary.
9172 @xref{lbzip2}, for a detailed discussion.
9173
9174 The output produced by @command{tar --help} shows the actual
9175 compressor names along with each of these options.
9176
9177 You can use any of these options on physical devices (tape drives,
9178 etc.) and remote files as well as on normal files; data to or from
9179 such devices or remote files is reblocked by another copy of the
9180 @command{tar} program to enforce the specified (or default) record
9181 size. The default compression parameters are used. Most compression
9182 programs let you override these by setting a program-specific
9183 environment variable. For example, with @command{gzip} you can set
9184 @env{GZIP}:
9185
9186 @smallexample
9187 $ @kbd{GZIP='-9 -n' tar czf archive.tar.gz subdir}
9188 @end smallexample
9189 Another way would be to use the @option{-I} option instead (see
9190 below), e.g.:
9191
9192 @smallexample
9193 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -I 'gzip -9 -n' subdir}
9194 @end smallexample
9195
9196 @noindent
9197 Finally, the third, traditional, way to do this is to use a pipe:
9198
9199 @smallexample
9200 $ @kbd{tar cf - subdir | gzip -9 -n > archive.tar.gz}
9201 @end smallexample
9202
9203 @cindex corrupted archives
9204 Compressed archives are easily corrupted, because compressed files
9205 have little redundancy. The adaptive nature of the
9206 compression scheme means that the compression tables are implicitly
9207 spread all over the archive. If you lose a few blocks, the dynamic
9208 construction of the compression tables becomes unsynchronized, and there
9209 is little chance that you could recover later in the archive.
9210
9211 Other compression options provide better control over creating
9212 compressed archives. These are:
9213
9214 @table @option
9215 @anchor{auto-compress}
9216 @opindex auto-compress
9217 @item --auto-compress
9218 @itemx -a
9219 Select a compression program to use by the archive file name
9220 suffix. The following suffixes are recognized:
9221
9222 @multitable @columnfractions 0.3 0.6
9223 @headitem Suffix @tab Compression program
9224 @item @samp{.gz} @tab @command{gzip}
9225 @item @samp{.tgz} @tab @command{gzip}
9226 @item @samp{.taz} @tab @command{gzip}
9227 @item @samp{.Z} @tab @command{compress}
9228 @item @samp{.taZ} @tab @command{compress}
9229 @item @samp{.bz2} @tab @command{bzip2}
9230 @item @samp{.tz2} @tab @command{bzip2}
9231 @item @samp{.tbz2} @tab @command{bzip2}
9232 @item @samp{.tbz} @tab @command{bzip2}
9233 @item @samp{.lz} @tab @command{lzip}
9234 @item @samp{.lzma} @tab @command{lzma}
9235 @item @samp{.tlz} @tab @command{lzma}
9236 @item @samp{.lzo} @tab @command{lzop}
9237 @item @samp{.xz} @tab @command{xz}
9238 @end multitable
9239
9240 @anchor{use-compress-program}
9241 @opindex use-compress-program
9242 @item --use-compress-program=@var{command}
9243 @itemx -I=@var{command}
9244 Use external compression program @var{command}. Use this option if you
9245 are not happy with the compression program associated with the suffix
9246 at compile time or if you have a compression program that @GNUTAR{}
9247 does not support. The @var{command} argument is a valid command
9248 invocation, as you would type it at the command line prompt, with any
9249 additional options as needed. Enclose it in quotes if it contains
9250 white space (see @ref{external, Running External Commands}, for more detail).
9251
9252 The @var{command} should follow two conventions:
9253
9254 First, when invoked without additional options, it should read data
9255 from standard input, compress it and output it on standard output.
9256
9257 Secondly, if invoked with the additional @option{-d} option, it should
9258 do exactly the opposite, i.e., read the compressed data from the
9259 standard input and produce uncompressed data on the standard output.
9260
9261 The latter requirement means that you must not use the @option{-d}
9262 option as a part of the @var{command} itself.
9263 @end table
9264
9265 @cindex gpg, using with tar
9266 @cindex gnupg, using with tar
9267 @cindex Using encrypted archives
9268 The @option{--use-compress-program} option, in particular, lets you
9269 implement your own filters, not necessarily dealing with
9270 compression/decompression. For example, suppose you wish to implement
9271 PGP encryption on top of compression, using @command{gpg} (@pxref{Top,
9272 gpg, gpg ---- encryption and signing tool, gpg, GNU Privacy Guard
9273 Manual}). The following script does that:
9274
9275 @smallexample
9276 @group
9277 #! /bin/sh
9278 case $1 in
9279 -d) gpg --decrypt - | gzip -d -c;;
9280 '') gzip -c | gpg -s;;
9281 *) echo "Unknown option $1">&2; exit 1;;
9282 esac
9283 @end group
9284 @end smallexample
9285
9286 Suppose you name it @file{gpgz} and save it somewhere in your
9287 @env{PATH}. Then the following command will create a compressed
9288 archive signed with your private key:
9289
9290 @smallexample
9291 $ @kbd{tar -cf foo.tar.gpgz -Igpgz .}
9292 @end smallexample
9293
9294 @noindent
9295 Likewise, the command below will list its contents:
9296
9297 @smallexample
9298 $ @kbd{tar -tf foo.tar.gpgz -Igpgz .}
9299 @end smallexample
9300
9301 @ignore
9302 The above is based on the following discussion:
9303
9304 I have one question, or maybe it's a suggestion if there isn't a way
9305 to do it now. I would like to use @option{--gzip}, but I'd also like
9306 the output to be fed through a program like @acronym{GNU}
9307 @command{ecc} (actually, right now that's @samp{exactly} what I'd like
9308 to use :-)), basically adding ECC protection on top of compression.
9309 It seems as if this should be quite easy to do, but I can't work out
9310 exactly how to go about it. Of course, I can pipe the standard output
9311 of @command{tar} through @command{ecc}, but then I lose (though I
9312 haven't started using it yet, I confess) the ability to have
9313 @command{tar} use @command{rmt} for it's I/O (I think).
9314
9315 I think the most straightforward thing would be to let me specify a
9316 general set of filters outboard of compression (preferably ordered,
9317 so the order can be automatically reversed on input operations, and
9318 with the options they require specifiable), but beggars shouldn't be
9319 choosers and anything you decide on would be fine with me.
9320
9321 By the way, I like @command{ecc} but if (as the comments say) it can't
9322 deal with loss of block sync, I'm tempted to throw some time at adding
9323 that capability. Supposing I were to actually do such a thing and
9324 get it (apparently) working, do you accept contributed changes to
9325 utilities like that? (Leigh Clayton @file{loc@@soliton.com}, May 1995).
9326
9327 Isn't that exactly the role of the
9328 @option{--use-compress-prog=@var{program}} option?
9329 I never tried it myself, but I suspect you may want to write a
9330 @var{prog} script or program able to filter stdin to stdout to
9331 way you want. It should recognize the @option{-d} option, for when
9332 extraction is needed rather than creation.
9333
9334 It has been reported that if one writes compressed data (through the
9335 @option{--gzip} or @option{--compress} options) to a DLT and tries to use
9336 the DLT compression mode, the data will actually get bigger and one will
9337 end up with less space on the tape.
9338 @end ignore
9339
9340 @menu
9341 * lbzip2:: Using lbzip2 with @GNUTAR{}.
9342 @end menu
9343
9344 @node lbzip2
9345 @subsubsection Using lbzip2 with @GNUTAR{}.
9346 @cindex lbzip2
9347 @cindex Laszlo Ersek
9348 @command{Lbzip2} is a multithreaded utility for handling
9349 @samp{bzip2} compression, written by Laszlo Ersek. It makes use of
9350 multiple processors to speed up its operation and in general works
9351 considerably faster than @command{bzip2}. For a detailed description
9352 of @command{lbzip2} see @uref{http://freshmeat.net/@/projects/@/lbzip2} and
9353 @uref{http://www.linuxinsight.com/@/lbzip2-parallel-bzip2-utility.html,
9354 lbzip2: parallel bzip2 utility}.
9355
9356 Recent versions of @command{lbzip2} are mostly command line compatible
9357 with @command{bzip2}, which makes it possible to automatically invoke
9358 it via the @option{--bzip2} @GNUTAR{} command line option. To do so,
9359 @GNUTAR{} must be configured with the @option{--with-bzip2} command
9360 line option, like this:
9361
9362 @smallexample
9363 $ @kbd{./configure --with-bzip2=lbzip2 [@var{other-options}]}
9364 @end smallexample
9365
9366 Once configured and compiled this way, @command{tar --help} will show the
9367 following:
9368
9369 @smallexample
9370 @group
9371 $ @kbd{tar --help | grep -- --bzip2}
9372 -j, --bzip2 filter the archive through lbzip2
9373 @end group
9374 @end smallexample
9375
9376 @noindent
9377 which means that running @command{tar --bzip2} will invoke @command{lbzip2}.
9378
9379 @node sparse
9380 @subsection Archiving Sparse Files
9381 @cindex Sparse Files
9382
9383 Files in the file system occasionally have @dfn{holes}. A @dfn{hole}
9384 in a file is a section of the file's contents which was never written.
9385 The contents of a hole reads as all zeros. On many operating systems,
9386 actual disk storage is not allocated for holes, but they are counted
9387 in the length of the file. If you archive such a file, @command{tar}
9388 could create an archive longer than the original. To have @command{tar}
9389 attempt to recognize the holes in a file, use @option{--sparse}
9390 (@option{-S}). When you use this option, then, for any file using
9391 less disk space than would be expected from its length, @command{tar}
9392 searches the file for consecutive stretches of zeros. It then records
9393 in the archive for the file where the consecutive stretches of zeros
9394 are, and only archives the ``real contents'' of the file. On
9395 extraction (using @option{--sparse} is not needed on extraction) any
9396 such files have holes created wherever the continuous stretches of zeros
9397 were found. Thus, if you use @option{--sparse}, @command{tar} archives
9398 won't take more space than the original.
9399
9400 @table @option
9401 @opindex sparse
9402 @item -S
9403 @itemx --sparse
9404 This option instructs @command{tar} to test each file for sparseness
9405 before attempting to archive it. If the file is found to be sparse it
9406 is treated specially, thus allowing to decrease the amount of space
9407 used by its image in the archive.
9408
9409 This option is meaningful only when creating or updating archives. It
9410 has no effect on extraction.
9411 @end table
9412
9413 Consider using @option{--sparse} when performing file system backups,
9414 to avoid archiving the expanded forms of files stored sparsely in the
9415 system.
9416
9417 Even if your system has no sparse files currently, some may be
9418 created in the future. If you use @option{--sparse} while making file
9419 system backups as a matter of course, you can be assured the archive
9420 will never take more space on the media than the files take on disk
9421 (otherwise, archiving a disk filled with sparse files might take
9422 hundreds of tapes). @xref{Incremental Dumps}.
9423
9424 However, be aware that @option{--sparse} option presents a serious
9425 drawback. Namely, in order to determine if the file is sparse
9426 @command{tar} has to read it before trying to archive it, so in total
9427 the file is read @strong{twice}. So, always bear in mind that the
9428 time needed to process all files with this option is roughly twice
9429 the time needed to archive them without it.
9430 @FIXME{A technical note:
9431
9432 Programs like @command{dump} do not have to read the entire file; by
9433 examining the file system directly, they can determine in advance
9434 exactly where the holes are and thus avoid reading through them. The
9435 only data it need read are the actual allocated data blocks.
9436 @GNUTAR{} uses a more portable and straightforward
9437 archiving approach, it would be fairly difficult that it does
9438 otherwise. Elizabeth Zwicky writes to @file{comp.unix.internals}, on
9439 1990-12-10:
9440
9441 @quotation
9442 What I did say is that you cannot tell the difference between a hole and an
9443 equivalent number of nulls without reading raw blocks. @code{st_blocks} at
9444 best tells you how many holes there are; it doesn't tell you @emph{where}.
9445 Just as programs may, conceivably, care what @code{st_blocks} is (care
9446 to name one that does?), they may also care where the holes are (I have
9447 no examples of this one either, but it's equally imaginable).
9448
9449 I conclude from this that good archivers are not portable. One can
9450 arguably conclude that if you want a portable program, you can in good
9451 conscience restore files with as many holes as possible, since you can't
9452 get it right.
9453 @end quotation
9454 }
9455
9456 @cindex sparse formats, defined
9457 When using @samp{POSIX} archive format, @GNUTAR{} is able to store
9458 sparse files using in three distinct ways, called @dfn{sparse
9459 formats}. A sparse format is identified by its @dfn{number},
9460 consisting, as usual of two decimal numbers, delimited by a dot. By
9461 default, format @samp{1.0} is used. If, for some reason, you wish to
9462 use an earlier format, you can select it using
9463 @option{--sparse-version} option.
9464
9465 @table @option
9466 @opindex sparse-version
9467 @item --sparse-version=@var{version}
9468
9469 Select the format to store sparse files in. Valid @var{version} values
9470 are: @samp{0.0}, @samp{0.1} and @samp{1.0}. @xref{Sparse Formats},
9471 for a detailed description of each format.
9472 @end table
9473
9474 Using @option{--sparse-format} option implies @option{--sparse}.
9475
9476 @node Attributes
9477 @section Handling File Attributes
9478 @cindex atrributes, files
9479 @cindex file attributes
9480
9481 When @command{tar} reads files, it updates their access times. To
9482 avoid this, use the @option{--atime-preserve[=METHOD]} option, which can either
9483 reset the access time retroactively or avoid changing it in the first
9484 place.
9485
9486 @table @option
9487 @opindex atime-preserve
9488 @item --atime-preserve
9489 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
9490 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
9491 Preserve the access times of files that are read. This works only for
9492 files that you own, unless you have superuser privileges.
9493
9494 @option{--atime-preserve=replace} works on most systems, but it also
9495 restores the data modification time and updates the status change
9496 time. Hence it doesn't interact with incremental dumps nicely
9497 (@pxref{Incremental Dumps}), and it can set access or data modification times
9498 incorrectly if other programs access the file while @command{tar} is
9499 running.
9500
9501 @option{--atime-preserve=system} avoids changing the access time in
9502 the first place, if the operating system supports this.
9503 Unfortunately, this may or may not work on any given operating system
9504 or file system. If @command{tar} knows for sure it won't work, it
9505 complains right away.
9506
9507 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
9508 @option{--atime-preserve=replace}, but this is intended to change to
9509 @option{--atime-preserve=system} when the latter is better-supported.
9510
9511 @opindex touch
9512 @item -m
9513 @itemx --touch
9514 Do not extract data modification time.
9515
9516 When this option is used, @command{tar} leaves the data modification times
9517 of the files it extracts as the times when the files were extracted,
9518 instead of setting it to the times recorded in the archive.
9519
9520 This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
9521
9522 @opindex same-owner
9523 @item --same-owner
9524 Create extracted files with the same ownership they have in the
9525 archive.
9526
9527 This is the default behavior for the superuser,
9528 so this option is meaningful only for non-root users, when @command{tar}
9529 is executed on those systems able to give files away. This is
9530 considered as a security flaw by many people, at least because it
9531 makes quite difficult to correctly account users for the disk space
9532 they occupy. Also, the @code{suid} or @code{sgid} attributes of
9533 files are easily and silently lost when files are given away.
9534
9535 When writing an archive, @command{tar} writes the user @acronym{ID} and user name
9536 separately. If it can't find a user name (because the user @acronym{ID} is not
9537 in @file{/etc/passwd}), then it does not write one. When restoring,
9538 it tries to look the name (if one was written) up in
9539 @file{/etc/passwd}. If it fails, then it uses the user @acronym{ID} stored in
9540 the archive instead.
9541
9542 @opindex no-same-owner
9543 @item --no-same-owner
9544 @itemx -o
9545 Do not attempt to restore ownership when extracting. This is the
9546 default behavior for ordinary users, so this option has an effect
9547 only for the superuser.
9548
9549 @opindex numeric-owner
9550 @item --numeric-owner
9551 The @option{--numeric-owner} option allows (ANSI) archives to be written
9552 without user/group name information or such information to be ignored
9553 when extracting. It effectively disables the generation and/or use
9554 of user/group name information. This option forces extraction using
9555 the numeric ids from the archive, ignoring the names.
9556
9557 This is useful in certain circumstances, when restoring a backup from
9558 an emergency floppy with different passwd/group files for example.
9559 It is otherwise impossible to extract files with the right ownerships
9560 if the password file in use during the extraction does not match the
9561 one belonging to the file system(s) being extracted. This occurs,
9562 for example, if you are restoring your files after a major crash and
9563 had booted from an emergency floppy with no password file or put your
9564 disk into another machine to do the restore.
9565
9566 The numeric ids are @emph{always} saved into @command{tar} archives.
9567 The identifying names are added at create time when provided by the
9568 system, unless @option{--format=oldgnu} is used. Numeric ids could be
9569 used when moving archives between a collection of machines using
9570 a centralized management for attribution of numeric ids to users
9571 and groups. This is often made through using the NIS capabilities.
9572
9573 When making a @command{tar} file for distribution to other sites, it
9574 is sometimes cleaner to use a single owner for all files in the
9575 distribution, and nicer to specify the write permission bits of the
9576 files as stored in the archive independently of their actual value on
9577 the file system. The way to prepare a clean distribution is usually
9578 to have some Makefile rule creating a directory, copying all needed
9579 files in that directory, then setting ownership and permissions as
9580 wanted (there are a lot of possible schemes), and only then making a
9581 @command{tar} archive out of this directory, before cleaning
9582 everything out. Of course, we could add a lot of options to
9583 @GNUTAR{} for fine tuning permissions and ownership.
9584 This is not the good way, I think. @GNUTAR{} is
9585 already crowded with options and moreover, the approach just explained
9586 gives you a great deal of control already.
9587
9588 @xopindex{same-permissions, short description}
9589 @xopindex{preserve-permissions, short description}
9590 @item -p
9591 @itemx --same-permissions
9592 @itemx --preserve-permissions
9593 Extract all protection information.
9594
9595 This option causes @command{tar} to set the modes (access permissions) of
9596 extracted files exactly as recorded in the archive. If this option
9597 is not used, the current @code{umask} setting limits the permissions
9598 on extracted files. This option is by default enabled when
9599 @command{tar} is executed by a superuser.
9600
9601
9602 This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
9603
9604 @opindex preserve
9605 @item --preserve
9606 Same as both @option{--same-permissions} and @option{--same-order}.
9607
9608 This option is deprecated, and will be removed in @GNUTAR{} version 1.23.
9609
9610 @end table
9611
9612 @node Portability
9613 @section Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
9614
9615 Creating a @command{tar} archive on a particular system that is meant to be
9616 useful later on many other machines and with other versions of @command{tar}
9617 is more challenging than you might think. @command{tar} archive formats
9618 have been evolving since the first versions of Unix. Many such formats
9619 are around, and are not always compatible with each other. This section
9620 discusses a few problems, and gives some advice about making @command{tar}
9621 archives more portable.
9622
9623 One golden rule is simplicity. For example, limit your @command{tar}
9624 archives to contain only regular files and directories, avoiding
9625 other kind of special files. Do not attempt to save sparse files or
9626 contiguous files as such. Let's discuss a few more problems, in turn.
9627
9628 @FIXME{Discuss GNU extensions (incremental backups, multi-volume
9629 archives and archive labels) in GNU and PAX formats.}
9630
9631 @menu
9632 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
9633 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
9634 * hard links:: Hard Links
9635 * old:: Old V7 Archives
9636 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
9637 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
9638 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
9639 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
9640 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
9641 * Other Tars:: How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using
9642 Other @command{tar} Implementations
9643 @end menu
9644
9645 @node Portable Names
9646 @subsection Portable Names
9647
9648 Use portable file and member names. A name is portable if it contains
9649 only @acronym{ASCII} letters and digits, @samp{/}, @samp{.}, @samp{_}, and
9650 @samp{-}; it cannot be empty, start with @samp{-} or @samp{//}, or
9651 contain @samp{/-}. Avoid deep directory nesting. For portability to
9652 old Unix hosts, limit your file name components to 14 characters or
9653 less.
9654
9655 If you intend to have your @command{tar} archives to be read under
9656 MSDOS, you should not rely on case distinction for file names, and you
9657 might use the @acronym{GNU} @command{doschk} program for helping you
9658 further diagnosing illegal MSDOS names, which are even more limited
9659 than System V's.
9660
9661 @node dereference
9662 @subsection Symbolic Links
9663 @cindex File names, using symbolic links
9664 @cindex Symbolic link as file name
9665
9666 @opindex dereference
9667 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a symbolic link, it writes a
9668 block to the archive naming the target of the link. In that way, the
9669 @command{tar} archive is a faithful record of the file system contents.
9670 When @option{--dereference} (@option{-h}) is used with
9671 @option{--create} (@option{-c}), @command{tar} archives the files
9672 symbolic links point to, instead of
9673 the links themselves.
9674
9675 When creating portable archives, use @option{--dereference}
9676 (@option{-h}): some systems do not support
9677 symbolic links, and moreover, your distribution might be unusable if
9678 it contains unresolved symbolic links.
9679
9680 When reading from an archive, the @option{--dereference} (@option{-h})
9681 option causes @command{tar} to follow an already-existing symbolic
9682 link when @command{tar} writes or reads a file named in the archive.
9683 Ordinarily, @command{tar} does not follow such a link, though it may
9684 remove the link before writing a new file. @xref{Dealing with Old
9685 Files}.
9686
9687 The @option{--dereference} option is unsafe if an untrusted user can
9688 modify directories while @command{tar} is running. @xref{Security}.
9689
9690 @node hard links
9691 @subsection Hard Links
9692 @cindex File names, using hard links
9693 @cindex hard links, dereferencing
9694 @cindex dereferencing hard links
9695
9696 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a hard link, it writes a
9697 block to the archive naming the target of the link (a @samp{1} type
9698 block). In that way, the actual file contents is stored in file only
9699 once. For example, consider the following two files:
9700
9701 @smallexample
9702 @group
9703 $ ls -l
9704 -rw-r--r-- 2 gray staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 one
9705 -rw-r--r-- 2 gray staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 jeden
9706 @end group
9707 @end smallexample
9708
9709 Here, @file{jeden} is a link to @file{one}. When archiving this
9710 directory with a verbose level 2, you will get an output similar to
9711 the following:
9712
9713 @smallexample
9714 $ tar cvvf ../archive.tar .
9715 drwxr-xr-x gray/staff 0 2007-10-30 15:13 ./
9716 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 ./jeden
9717 hrw-r--r-- gray/staff 0 2007-10-30 15:11 ./one link to ./jeden
9718 @end smallexample
9719
9720 The last line shows that, instead of storing two copies of the file,
9721 @command{tar} stored it only once, under the name @file{jeden}, and
9722 stored file @file{one} as a hard link to this file.
9723
9724 It may be important to know that all hard links to the given file are
9725 stored in the archive. For example, this may be necessary for exact
9726 reproduction of the file system. The following option does that:
9727
9728 @table @option
9729 @xopindex{check-links, described}
9730 @item --check-links
9731 @itemx -l
9732 Check the number of links dumped for each processed file. If this
9733 number does not match the total number of hard links for the file, print
9734 a warning message.
9735 @end table
9736
9737 For example, trying to archive only file @file{jeden} with this option
9738 produces the following diagnostics:
9739
9740 @smallexample
9741 $ tar -c -f ../archive.tar -l jeden
9742 tar: Missing links to 'jeden'.
9743 @end smallexample
9744
9745 Although creating special records for hard links helps keep a faithful
9746 record of the file system contents and makes archives more compact, it
9747 may present some difficulties when extracting individual members from
9748 the archive. For example, trying to extract file @file{one} from the
9749 archive created in previous examples produces, in the absense of file
9750 @file{jeden}:
9751
9752 @smallexample
9753 $ tar xf archive.tar ./one
9754 tar: ./one: Cannot hard link to './jeden': No such file or directory
9755 tar: Error exit delayed from previous errors
9756 @end smallexample
9757
9758 The reason for this behavior is that @command{tar} cannot seek back in
9759 the archive to the previous member (in this case, @file{one}), to
9760 extract it@footnote{There are plans to fix this in future releases.}.
9761 If you wish to avoid such problems at the cost of a bigger archive,
9762 use the following option:
9763
9764 @table @option
9765 @xopindex{hard-dereference, described}
9766 @item --hard-dereference
9767 Dereference hard links and store the files they refer to.
9768 @end table
9769
9770 For example, trying this option on our two sample files, we get two
9771 copies in the archive, each of which can then be extracted
9772 independently of the other:
9773
9774 @smallexample
9775 @group
9776 $ tar -c -vv -f ../archive.tar --hard-dereference .
9777 drwxr-xr-x gray/staff 0 2007-10-30 15:13 ./
9778 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 ./jeden
9779 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 ./one
9780 @end group
9781 @end smallexample
9782
9783 @node old
9784 @subsection Old V7 Archives
9785 @cindex Format, old style
9786 @cindex Old style format
9787 @cindex Old style archives
9788 @cindex v7 archive format
9789
9790 Certain old versions of @command{tar} cannot handle additional
9791 information recorded by newer @command{tar} programs. To create an
9792 archive in V7 format (not ANSI), which can be read by these old
9793 versions, specify the @option{--format=v7} option in
9794 conjunction with the @option{--create} (@option{-c}) (@command{tar} also
9795 accepts @option{--portability} or @option{--old-archive} for this
9796 option). When you specify it,
9797 @command{tar} leaves out information about directories, pipes, fifos,
9798 contiguous files, and device files, and specifies file ownership by
9799 group and user IDs instead of group and user names.
9800
9801 When updating an archive, do not use @option{--format=v7}
9802 unless the archive was created using this option.
9803
9804 In most cases, a @emph{new} format archive can be read by an @emph{old}
9805 @command{tar} program without serious trouble, so this option should
9806 seldom be needed. On the other hand, most modern @command{tar}s are
9807 able to read old format archives, so it might be safer for you to
9808 always use @option{--format=v7} for your distributions. Notice,
9809 however, that @samp{ustar} format is a better alternative, as it is
9810 free from many of @samp{v7}'s drawbacks.
9811
9812 @node ustar
9813 @subsection Ustar Archive Format
9814
9815 @cindex ustar archive format
9816 The archive format defined by the @acronym{POSIX}.1-1988 specification is
9817 called @code{ustar}. Although it is more flexible than the V7 format, it
9818 still has many restrictions (@pxref{Formats,ustar}, for the detailed
9819 description of @code{ustar} format). Along with V7 format,
9820 @code{ustar} format is a good choice for archives intended to be read
9821 with other implementations of @command{tar}.
9822
9823 To create an archive in @code{ustar} format, use the @option{--format=ustar}
9824 option in conjunction with @option{--create} (@option{-c}).
9825
9826 @node gnu
9827 @subsection @acronym{GNU} and old @GNUTAR{} format
9828
9829 @cindex GNU archive format
9830 @cindex Old GNU archive format
9831 @GNUTAR{} was based on an early draft of the
9832 @acronym{POSIX} 1003.1 @code{ustar} standard. @acronym{GNU} extensions to
9833 @command{tar}, such as the support for file names longer than 100
9834 characters, use portions of the @command{tar} header record which were
9835 specified in that @acronym{POSIX} draft as unused. Subsequent changes in
9836 @acronym{POSIX} have allocated the same parts of the header record for
9837 other purposes. As a result, @GNUTAR{} format is
9838 incompatible with the current @acronym{POSIX} specification, and with
9839 @command{tar} programs that follow it.
9840
9841 In the majority of cases, @command{tar} will be configured to create
9842 this format by default. This will change in future releases, since
9843 we plan to make @samp{POSIX} format the default.
9844
9845 To force creation a @GNUTAR{} archive, use option
9846 @option{--format=gnu}.
9847
9848 @node posix
9849 @subsection @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
9850
9851 @cindex POSIX archive format
9852 @cindex PAX archive format
9853 Starting from version 1.14 @GNUTAR{} features full support for
9854 @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} archives.
9855
9856 A @acronym{POSIX} conformant archive will be created if @command{tar}
9857 was given @option{--format=posix} (@option{--format=pax}) option. No
9858 special option is required to read and extract from a @acronym{POSIX}
9859 archive.
9860
9861 @menu
9862 * PAX keywords:: Controlling Extended Header Keywords.
9863 @end menu
9864
9865 @node PAX keywords
9866 @subsubsection Controlling Extended Header Keywords
9867
9868 @table @option
9869 @opindex pax-option
9870 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
9871 Handle keywords in @acronym{PAX} extended headers. This option is
9872 equivalent to @option{-o} option of the @command{pax} utility.
9873 @end table
9874
9875 @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
9876 list of keyword options, each keyword option taking one of
9877 the following forms:
9878
9879 @table @code
9880 @item delete=@var{pattern}
9881 When used with one of archive-creation commands,
9882 this option instructs @command{tar} to omit from extended header records
9883 that it produces any keywords matching the string @var{pattern}.
9884
9885 When used in extract or list mode, this option instructs tar
9886 to ignore any keywords matching the given @var{pattern} in the extended
9887 header records. In both cases, matching is performed using the pattern
9888 matching notation described in @acronym{POSIX 1003.2}, 3.13
9889 (@pxref{wildcards}). For example:
9890
9891 @smallexample
9892 --pax-option delete=security.*
9893 @end smallexample
9894
9895 would suppress security-related information.
9896
9897 @item exthdr.name=@var{string}
9898
9899 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into the
9900 ustar header blocks for the extended headers. The name is obtained
9901 from @var{string} after making the following substitutions:
9902
9903 @multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
9904 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
9905 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
9906 result of the @command{dirname} utility on the translated file name.
9907 @item %f @tab The name of the file with the directory information
9908 stripped, equivalent to the result of the @command{basename} utility
9909 on the translated file name.
9910 @item %p @tab The process @acronym{ID} of the @command{tar} process.
9911 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
9912 @end multitable
9913
9914 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined
9915 results.
9916
9917 If no option @samp{exthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
9918 will use the following default value:
9919
9920 @smallexample
9921 %d/PaxHeaders.%p/%f
9922 @end smallexample
9923
9924 @item exthdr.mtime=@var{value}
9925
9926 This keyword defines the value of the @samp{mtime} field that
9927 is written into the ustar header blocks for the extended headers.
9928 By default, the @samp{mtime} field is set to the modification time
9929 of the archive member described by that extended headers.
9930
9931 @item globexthdr.name=@var{string}
9932 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into
9933 the ustar header blocks for global extended header records. The name
9934 is obtained from the contents of @var{string}, after making
9935 the following substitutions:
9936
9937 @multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
9938 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
9939 @item %n @tab An integer that represents the
9940 sequence number of the global extended header record in the archive,
9941 starting at 1.
9942 @item %p @tab The process @acronym{ID} of the @command{tar} process.
9943 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
9944 @end multitable
9945
9946 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined results.
9947
9948 If no option @samp{globexthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
9949 will use the following default value:
9950
9951 @smallexample
9952 $TMPDIR/GlobalHead.%p.%n
9953 @end smallexample
9954
9955 @noindent
9956 where @samp{$TMPDIR} represents the value of the @var{TMPDIR}
9957 environment variable. If @var{TMPDIR} is not set, @command{tar}
9958 uses @samp{/tmp}.
9959
9960 @item globexthdr.mtime=@var{value}
9961
9962 This keyword defines the value of the @samp{mtime} field that
9963 is written into the ustar header blocks for the global extended headers.
9964 By default, the @samp{mtime} field is set to the time when
9965 @command{tar} was invoked.
9966
9967 @item @var{keyword}=@var{value}
9968 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
9969 will be included at the beginning of the archive in a global extended
9970 header record. When used with one of archive-reading commands,
9971 @command{tar} will behave as if it has encountered these keyword/value
9972 pairs at the beginning of the archive in a global extended header
9973 record.
9974
9975 @item @var{keyword}:=@var{value}
9976 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
9977 will be included as records at the beginning of an extended header for
9978 each file. This is effectively equivalent to @var{keyword}=@var{value}
9979 form except that it creates no global extended header records.
9980
9981 When used with one of archive-reading commands, @command{tar} will
9982 behave as if these keyword/value pairs were included as records at the
9983 end of each extended header; thus, they will override any global or
9984 file-specific extended header record keywords of the same names.
9985 For example, in the command:
9986
9987 @smallexample
9988 tar --format=posix --create \
9989 --file archive --pax-option gname:=user .
9990 @end smallexample
9991
9992 the group name will be forced to a new value for all files
9993 stored in the archive.
9994 @end table
9995
9996 In any of the forms described above, the @var{value} may be
9997 a string enclosed in curly braces. In that case, the string
9998 between the braces is understood either as a textual time
9999 representation, as described in @ref{Date input formats}, or a name of
10000 the existing file, starting with @samp{/} or @samp{.}. In the latter
10001 case, the modification time of that file is used.
10002
10003 For example, to set all modification times to the current date, you
10004 use the following option:
10005
10006 @smallexample
10007 --pax-option='mtime:=@{now@}'
10008 @end smallexample
10009
10010 Note quoting of the option's argument.
10011
10012 @cindex archives, binary equivalent
10013 @cindex binary equivalent archives, creating
10014 As another example, here is the option that ensures that any two
10015 archives created using it, will be binary equivalent if they have the
10016 same contents:
10017
10018 @smallexample
10019 --pax-option=exthdr.name=%d/PaxHeaders/%f,atime:=0
10020 @end smallexample
10021
10022 @node Checksumming
10023 @subsection Checksumming Problems
10024
10025 SunOS and HP-UX @command{tar} fail to accept archives created using
10026 @GNUTAR{} and containing non-@acronym{ASCII} file names, that
10027 is, file names having characters with the eighth bit set, because they
10028 use signed checksums, while @GNUTAR{} uses unsigned
10029 checksums while creating archives, as per @acronym{POSIX} standards. On
10030 reading, @GNUTAR{} computes both checksums and accepts either of them.
10031 It is somewhat worrying that a lot of people may go
10032 around doing backup of their files using faulty (or at least
10033 non-standard) software, not learning about it until it's time to
10034 restore their missing files with an incompatible file extractor, or
10035 vice versa.
10036
10037 @GNUTAR{} computes checksums both ways, and accepts either of them
10038 on read, so @acronym{GNU} tar can read Sun tapes even with their
10039 wrong checksums. @GNUTAR{} produces the standard
10040 checksum, however, raising incompatibilities with Sun. That is to
10041 say, @GNUTAR{} has not been modified to
10042 @emph{produce} incorrect archives to be read by buggy @command{tar}'s.
10043 I've been told that more recent Sun @command{tar} now read standard
10044 archives, so maybe Sun did a similar patch, after all?
10045
10046 The story seems to be that when Sun first imported @command{tar}
10047 sources on their system, they recompiled it without realizing that
10048 the checksums were computed differently, because of a change in
10049 the default signing of @code{char}'s in their compiler. So they
10050 started computing checksums wrongly. When they later realized their
10051 mistake, they merely decided to stay compatible with it, and with
10052 themselves afterwards. Presumably, but I do not really know, HP-UX
10053 has chosen their @command{tar} archives to be compatible with Sun's.
10054 The current standards do not favor Sun @command{tar} format. In any
10055 case, it now falls on the shoulders of SunOS and HP-UX users to get
10056 a @command{tar} able to read the good archives they receive.
10057
10058 @node Large or Negative Values
10059 @subsection Large or Negative Values
10060 @cindex large values
10061 @cindex future time stamps
10062 @cindex negative time stamps
10063 @UNREVISED
10064
10065 The above sections suggest to use @samp{oldest possible} archive
10066 format if in doubt. However, sometimes it is not possible. If you
10067 attempt to archive a file whose metadata cannot be represented using
10068 required format, @GNUTAR{} will print error message and ignore such a
10069 file. You will than have to switch to a format that is able to
10070 handle such values. The format summary table (@pxref{Formats}) will
10071 help you to do so.
10072
10073 In particular, when trying to archive files larger than 8GB or with
10074 timestamps not in the range 1970-01-01 00:00:00 through 2242-03-16
10075 12:56:31 @sc{utc}, you will have to chose between @acronym{GNU} and
10076 @acronym{POSIX} archive formats. When considering which format to
10077 choose, bear in mind that the @acronym{GNU} format uses
10078 two's-complement base-256 notation to store values that do not fit
10079 into standard @acronym{ustar} range. Such archives can generally be
10080 read only by a @GNUTAR{} implementation. Moreover, they sometimes
10081 cannot be correctly restored on another hosts even by @GNUTAR{}. For
10082 example, using two's complement representation for negative time
10083 stamps that assumes a signed 32-bit @code{time_t} generates archives
10084 that are not portable to hosts with differing @code{time_t}
10085 representations.
10086
10087 On the other hand, @acronym{POSIX} archives, generally speaking, can
10088 be extracted by any tar implementation that understands older
10089 @acronym{ustar} format. The only exception are files larger than 8GB.
10090
10091 @FIXME{Describe how @acronym{POSIX} archives are extracted by non
10092 POSIX-aware tars.}
10093
10094 @node Other Tars
10095 @subsection How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using Other @command{tar} Implementations
10096
10097 In previous sections you became acquainted with various quirks
10098 necessary to make your archives portable. Sometimes you may need to
10099 extract archives containing GNU-specific members using some
10100 third-party @command{tar} implementation or an older version of
10101 @GNUTAR{}. Of course your best bet is to have @GNUTAR{} installed,
10102 but if it is for some reason impossible, this section will explain
10103 how to cope without it.
10104
10105 When we speak about @dfn{GNU-specific} members we mean two classes of
10106 them: members split between the volumes of a multi-volume archive and
10107 sparse members. You will be able to always recover such members if
10108 the archive is in PAX format. In addition split members can be
10109 recovered from archives in old GNU format. The following subsections
10110 describe the required procedures in detail.
10111
10112 @menu
10113 * Split Recovery:: Members Split Between Volumes
10114 * Sparse Recovery:: Sparse Members
10115 @end menu
10116
10117 @node Split Recovery
10118 @subsubsection Extracting Members Split Between Volumes
10119
10120 @cindex Mutli-volume archives, extracting using non-GNU tars
10121 If a member is split between several volumes of an old GNU format archive
10122 most third party @command{tar} implementation will fail to extract
10123 it. To extract it, use @command{tarcat} program (@pxref{Tarcat}).
10124 This program is available from
10125 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/@/utils/@/tarcat.html, @GNUTAR{}
10126 home page}. It concatenates several archive volumes into a single
10127 valid archive. For example, if you have three volumes named from
10128 @file{vol-1.tar} to @file{vol-3.tar}, you can do the following to
10129 extract them using a third-party @command{tar}:
10130
10131 @smallexample
10132 $ @kbd{tarcat vol-1.tar vol-2.tar vol-3.tar | tar xf -}
10133 @end smallexample
10134
10135 @cindex Mutli-volume archives in PAX format, extracting using non-GNU tars
10136 You could use this approach for most (although not all) PAX
10137 format archives as well. However, extracting split members from a PAX
10138 archive is a much easier task, because PAX volumes are constructed in
10139 such a way that each part of a split member is extracted to a
10140 different file by @command{tar} implementations that are not aware of
10141 GNU extensions. More specifically, the very first part retains its
10142 original name, and all subsequent parts are named using the pattern:
10143
10144 @smallexample
10145 %d/GNUFileParts.%p/%f.%n
10146 @end smallexample
10147
10148 @noindent
10149 where symbols preceeded by @samp{%} are @dfn{macro characters} that
10150 have the following meaning:
10151
10152 @multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
10153 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
10154 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
10155 result of the @command{dirname} utility on its full name.
10156 @item %f @tab The file name of the file, equivalent to the result
10157 of the @command{basename} utility on its full name.
10158 @item %p @tab The process @acronym{ID} of the @command{tar} process that
10159 created the archive.
10160 @item %n @tab Ordinal number of this particular part.
10161 @end multitable
10162
10163 For example, if the file @file{var/longfile} was split during archive
10164 creation between three volumes, and the creator @command{tar} process
10165 had process @acronym{ID} @samp{27962}, then the member names will be:
10166
10167 @smallexample
10168 var/longfile
10169 var/GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.1
10170 var/GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.2
10171 @end smallexample
10172
10173 When you extract your archive using a third-party @command{tar}, these
10174 files will be created on your disk, and the only thing you will need
10175 to do to restore your file in its original form is concatenate them in
10176 the proper order, for example:
10177
10178 @smallexample
10179 @group
10180 $ @kbd{cd var}
10181 $ @kbd{cat GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.1 \
10182 GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.2 >> longfile}
10183 $ rm -f GNUFileParts.27962
10184 @end group
10185 @end smallexample
10186
10187 Notice, that if the @command{tar} implementation you use supports PAX
10188 format archives, it will probably emit warnings about unknown keywords
10189 during extraction. They will look like this:
10190
10191 @smallexample
10192 @group
10193 Tar file too small
10194 Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.volume.filename' ignored.
10195 Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.volume.size' ignored.
10196 Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.volume.offset' ignored.
10197 @end group
10198 @end smallexample
10199
10200 @noindent
10201 You can safely ignore these warnings.
10202
10203 If your @command{tar} implementation is not PAX-aware, you will get
10204 more warnings and more files generated on your disk, e.g.:
10205
10206 @smallexample
10207 @group
10208 $ @kbd{tar xf vol-1.tar}
10209 var/PaxHeaders.27962/longfile: Unknown file type 'x', extracted as
10210 normal file
10211 Unexpected EOF in archive
10212 $ @kbd{tar xf vol-2.tar}
10213 tmp/GlobalHead.27962.1: Unknown file type 'g', extracted as normal file
10214 GNUFileParts.27962/PaxHeaders.27962/sparsefile.1: Unknown file type
10215 'x', extracted as normal file
10216 @end group
10217 @end smallexample
10218
10219 Ignore these warnings. The @file{PaxHeaders.*} directories created
10220 will contain files with @dfn{extended header keywords} describing the
10221 extracted files. You can delete them, unless they describe sparse
10222 members. Read further to learn more about them.
10223
10224 @node Sparse Recovery
10225 @subsubsection Extracting Sparse Members
10226
10227 @cindex sparse files, extracting with non-GNU tars
10228 Any @command{tar} implementation will be able to extract sparse members from a
10229 PAX archive. However, the extracted files will be @dfn{condensed},
10230 i.e., any zero blocks will be removed from them. When we restore such
10231 a condensed file to its original form, by adding zero blocks (or
10232 @dfn{holes}) back to their original locations, we call this process
10233 @dfn{expanding} a compressed sparse file.
10234
10235 @pindex xsparse
10236 To expand a file, you will need a simple auxiliary program called
10237 @command{xsparse}. It is available in source form from
10238 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/@/utils/@/xsparse.html, @GNUTAR{}
10239 home page}.
10240
10241 @cindex sparse files v.1.0, extracting with non-GNU tars
10242 Let's begin with archive members in @dfn{sparse format
10243 version 1.0}@footnote{@xref{PAX 1}.}, which are the easiest to expand.
10244 The condensed file will contain both file map and file data, so no
10245 additional data will be needed to restore it. If the original file
10246 name was @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}, then the condensed file will be
10247 named @file{@var{dir}/@/GNUSparseFile.@var{n}/@/@var{name}}, where
10248 @var{n} is a decimal number@footnote{Technically speaking, @var{n} is a
10249 @dfn{process @acronym{ID}} of the @command{tar} process which created the
10250 archive (@pxref{PAX keywords}).}.
10251
10252 To expand a version 1.0 file, run @command{xsparse} as follows:
10253
10254 @smallexample
10255 $ @kbd{xsparse @file{cond-file}}
10256 @end smallexample
10257
10258 @noindent
10259 where @file{cond-file} is the name of the condensed file. The utility
10260 will deduce the name for the resulting expanded file using the
10261 following algorithm:
10262
10263 @enumerate 1
10264 @item If @file{cond-file} does not contain any directories,
10265 @file{../cond-file} will be used;
10266
10267 @item If @file{cond-file} has the form
10268 @file{@var{dir}/@var{t}/@var{name}}, where both @var{t} and @var{name}
10269 are simple names, with no @samp{/} characters in them, the output file
10270 name will be @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}.
10271
10272 @item Otherwise, if @file{cond-file} has the form
10273 @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}, the output file name will be
10274 @file{@var{name}}.
10275 @end enumerate
10276
10277 In the unlikely case when this algorithm does not suit your needs,
10278 you can explicitly specify output file name as a second argument to
10279 the command:
10280
10281 @smallexample
10282 $ @kbd{xsparse @file{cond-file} @file{out-file}}
10283 @end smallexample
10284
10285 It is often a good idea to run @command{xsparse} in @dfn{dry run} mode
10286 first. In this mode, the command does not actually expand the file,
10287 but verbosely lists all actions it would be taking to do so. The dry
10288 run mode is enabled by @option{-n} command line argument:
10289
10290 @smallexample
10291 @group
10292 $ @kbd{xsparse -n /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10293 Reading v.1.0 sparse map
10294 Expanding file '/home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile' to
10295 '/home/gray/sparsefile'
10296 Finished dry run
10297 @end group
10298 @end smallexample
10299
10300 To actually expand the file, you would run:
10301
10302 @smallexample
10303 $ @kbd{xsparse /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10304 @end smallexample
10305
10306 @noindent
10307 The program behaves the same way all UNIX utilities do: it will keep
10308 quiet unless it has simething important to tell you (e.g. an error
10309 condition or something). If you wish it to produce verbose output,
10310 similar to that from the dry run mode, use @option{-v} option:
10311
10312 @smallexample
10313 @group
10314 $ @kbd{xsparse -v /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10315 Reading v.1.0 sparse map
10316 Expanding file '/home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile' to
10317 '/home/gray/sparsefile'
10318 Done
10319 @end group
10320 @end smallexample
10321
10322 Additionally, if your @command{tar} implementation has extracted the
10323 @dfn{extended headers} for this file, you can instruct @command{xstar}
10324 to use them in order to verify the integrity of the expanded file.
10325 The option @option{-x} sets the name of the extended header file to
10326 use. Continuing our example:
10327
10328 @smallexample
10329 @group
10330 $ @kbd{xsparse -v -x /home/gray/PaxHeaders.6058/sparsefile \
10331 /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10332 Reading extended header file
10333 Found variable GNU.sparse.major = 1
10334 Found variable GNU.sparse.minor = 0
10335 Found variable GNU.sparse.name = sparsefile
10336 Found variable GNU.sparse.realsize = 217481216
10337 Reading v.1.0 sparse map
10338 Expanding file '/home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile' to
10339 '/home/gray/sparsefile'
10340 Done
10341 @end group
10342 @end smallexample
10343
10344 @anchor{extracting sparse v.0.x}
10345 @cindex sparse files v.0.1, extracting with non-GNU tars
10346 @cindex sparse files v.0.0, extracting with non-GNU tars
10347 An @dfn{extended header} is a special @command{tar} archive header
10348 that precedes an archive member and contains a set of
10349 @dfn{variables}, describing the member properties that cannot be
10350 stored in the standard @code{ustar} header. While optional for
10351 expanding sparse version 1.0 members, the use of extended headers is
10352 mandatory when expanding sparse members in older sparse formats: v.0.0
10353 and v.0.1 (The sparse formats are described in detail in @ref{Sparse
10354 Formats}.) So, for these formats, the question is: how to obtain
10355 extended headers from the archive?
10356
10357 If you use a @command{tar} implementation that does not support PAX
10358 format, extended headers for each member will be extracted as a
10359 separate file. If we represent the member name as
10360 @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}, then the extended header file will be
10361 named @file{@var{dir}/@/PaxHeaders.@var{n}/@/@var{name}}, where
10362 @var{n} is an integer number.
10363
10364 Things become more difficult if your @command{tar} implementation
10365 does support PAX headers, because in this case you will have to
10366 manually extract the headers. We recommend the following algorithm:
10367
10368 @enumerate 1
10369 @item
10370 Consult the documentation of your @command{tar} implementation for an
10371 option that prints @dfn{block numbers} along with the archive
10372 listing (analogous to @GNUTAR{}'s @option{-R} option). For example,
10373 @command{star} has @option{-block-number}.
10374
10375 @item
10376 Obtain verbose listing using the @samp{block number} option, and
10377 find block numbers of the sparse member in question and the member
10378 immediately following it. For example, running @command{star} on our
10379 archive we obtain:
10380
10381 @smallexample
10382 @group
10383 $ @kbd{star -t -v -block-number -f arc.tar}
10384 @dots{}
10385 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.size' ignored.
10386 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.numblocks' ignored.
10387 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.name' ignored.
10388 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.map' ignored.
10389 block 56: 425984 -rw-r--r-- gray/users Jun 25 14:46 2006 GNUSparseFile.28124/sparsefile
10390 block 897: 65391 -rw-r--r-- gray/users Jun 24 20:06 2006 README
10391 @dots{}
10392 @end group
10393 @end smallexample
10394
10395 @noindent
10396 (as usual, ignore the warnings about unknown keywords.)
10397
10398 @item
10399 Let @var{size} be the size of the sparse member, @var{Bs} be its block number
10400 and @var{Bn} be the block number of the next member.
10401 Compute:
10402
10403 @smallexample
10404 @var{N} = @var{Bs} - @var{Bn} - @var{size}/512 - 2
10405 @end smallexample
10406
10407 @noindent
10408 This number gives the size of the extended header part in tar @dfn{blocks}.
10409 In our example, this formula gives: @code{897 - 56 - 425984 / 512 - 2
10410 = 7}.
10411
10412 @item
10413 Use @command{dd} to extract the headers:
10414
10415 @smallexample
10416 @kbd{dd if=@var{archive} of=@var{hname} bs=512 skip=@var{Bs} count=@var{N}}
10417 @end smallexample
10418
10419 @noindent
10420 where @var{archive} is the archive name, @var{hname} is a name of the
10421 file to store the extended header in, @var{Bs} and @var{N} are
10422 computed in previous steps.
10423
10424 In our example, this command will be
10425
10426 @smallexample
10427 $ @kbd{dd if=arc.tar of=xhdr bs=512 skip=56 count=7}
10428 @end smallexample
10429 @end enumerate
10430
10431 Finally, you can expand the condensed file, using the obtained header:
10432
10433 @smallexample
10434 @group
10435 $ @kbd{xsparse -v -x xhdr GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10436 Reading extended header file
10437 Found variable GNU.sparse.size = 217481216
10438 Found variable GNU.sparse.numblocks = 208
10439 Found variable GNU.sparse.name = sparsefile
10440 Found variable GNU.sparse.map = 0,2048,1050624,2048,@dots{}
10441 Expanding file 'GNUSparseFile.28124/sparsefile' to 'sparsefile'
10442 Done
10443 @end group
10444 @end smallexample
10445
10446 @node cpio
10447 @section Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
10448 @UNREVISED
10449
10450 @FIXME{Reorganize the following material}
10451
10452 The @command{cpio} archive formats, like @command{tar}, do have maximum
10453 file name lengths. The binary and old @acronym{ASCII} formats have a maximum file
10454 length of 256, and the new @acronym{ASCII} and @acronym{CRC ASCII} formats have a max
10455 file length of 1024. @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can read and write archives
10456 with arbitrary file name lengths, but other @command{cpio} implementations
10457 may crash unexplainedly trying to read them.
10458
10459 @command{tar} handles symbolic links in the form in which it comes in @acronym{BSD};
10460 @command{cpio} doesn't handle symbolic links in the form in which it comes
10461 in System V prior to SVR4, and some vendors may have added symlinks
10462 to their system without enhancing @command{cpio} to know about them.
10463 Others may have enhanced it in a way other than the way I did it
10464 at Sun, and which was adopted by AT&T (and which is, I think, also
10465 present in the @command{cpio} that Berkeley picked up from AT&T and put
10466 into a later @acronym{BSD} release---I think I gave them my changes).
10467
10468 (SVR4 does some funny stuff with @command{tar}; basically, its @command{cpio}
10469 can handle @command{tar} format input, and write it on output, and it
10470 probably handles symbolic links. They may not have bothered doing
10471 anything to enhance @command{tar} as a result.)
10472
10473 @command{cpio} handles special files; traditional @command{tar} doesn't.
10474
10475 @command{tar} comes with V7, System III, System V, and @acronym{BSD} source;
10476 @command{cpio} comes only with System III, System V, and later @acronym{BSD}
10477 (4.3-tahoe and later).
10478
10479 @command{tar}'s way of handling multiple hard links to a file can handle
10480 file systems that support 32-bit i-numbers (e.g., the @acronym{BSD} file system);
10481 @command{cpio}s way requires you to play some games (in its ``binary''
10482 format, i-numbers are only 16 bits, and in its ``portable @acronym{ASCII}'' format,
10483 they're 18 bits---it would have to play games with the "file system @acronym{ID}"
10484 field of the header to make sure that the file system @acronym{ID}/i-number pairs
10485 of different files were always different), and I don't know which
10486 @command{cpio}s, if any, play those games. Those that don't might get
10487 confused and think two files are the same file when they're not, and
10488 make hard links between them.
10489
10490 @command{tar}s way of handling multiple hard links to a file places only
10491 one copy of the link on the tape, but the name attached to that copy
10492 is the @emph{only} one you can use to retrieve the file; @command{cpio}s
10493 way puts one copy for every link, but you can retrieve it using any
10494 of the names.
10495
10496 @quotation
10497 What type of check sum (if any) is used, and how is this calculated.
10498 @end quotation
10499
10500 See the attached manual pages for @command{tar} and @command{cpio} format.
10501 @command{tar} uses a checksum which is the sum of all the bytes in the
10502 @command{tar} header for a file; @command{cpio} uses no checksum.
10503
10504 @quotation
10505 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
10506 at the unix scene,
10507 @end quotation
10508
10509 It wasn't. @command{cpio} first showed up in PWB/UNIX 1.0; no
10510 generally-available version of UNIX had @command{tar} at the time. I don't
10511 know whether any version that was generally available @emph{within AT&T}
10512 had @command{tar}, or, if so, whether the people within AT&T who did
10513 @command{cpio} knew about it.
10514
10515 On restore, if there is a corruption on a tape @command{tar} will stop at
10516 that point, while @command{cpio} will skip over it and try to restore the
10517 rest of the files.
10518
10519 The main difference is just in the command syntax and header format.
10520
10521 @command{tar} is a little more tape-oriented in that everything is blocked
10522 to start on a record boundary.
10523
10524 @quotation
10525 Is there any differences between the ability to recover crashed
10526 archives between the two of them. (Is there any chance of recovering
10527 crashed archives at all.)
10528 @end quotation
10529
10530 Theoretically it should be easier under @command{tar} since the blocking
10531 lets you find a header with some variation of @samp{dd skip=@var{nn}}.
10532 However, modern @command{cpio}'s and variations have an option to just
10533 search for the next file header after an error with a reasonable chance
10534 of resyncing. However, lots of tape driver software won't allow you to
10535 continue past a media error which should be the only reason for getting
10536 out of sync unless a file changed sizes while you were writing the
10537 archive.
10538
10539 @quotation
10540 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
10541 at the unix scene, please tell me about this too.
10542 @end quotation
10543
10544 Probably because it is more media efficient (by not blocking everything
10545 and using only the space needed for the headers where @command{tar}
10546 always uses 512 bytes per file header) and it knows how to archive
10547 special files.
10548
10549 You might want to look at the freely available alternatives. The
10550 major ones are @command{afio}, @GNUTAR{}, and
10551 @command{pax}, each of which have their own extensions with some
10552 backwards compatibility.
10553
10554 Sparse files were @command{tar}red as sparse files (which you can
10555 easily test, because the resulting archive gets smaller, and
10556 @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can no longer read it).
10557
10558 @node Media
10559 @chapter Tapes and Other Archive Media
10560 @UNREVISED
10561
10562 A few special cases about tape handling warrant more detailed
10563 description. These special cases are discussed below.
10564
10565 Many complexities surround the use of @command{tar} on tape drives. Since
10566 the creation and manipulation of archives located on magnetic tape was
10567 the original purpose of @command{tar}, it contains many features making
10568 such manipulation easier.
10569
10570 Archives are usually written on dismountable media---tape cartridges,
10571 mag tapes, or floppy disks.
10572
10573 The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
10574 but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
10575 holds 40 megabytes of data when formatted at 1600 bits per inch. The
10576 physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
10577
10578 Magnetic media are re-usable---once the archive on a tape is no longer
10579 needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over.
10580 Media quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks
10581 should be discarded when they begin to produce data errors. EXABYTE
10582 tape cartridges should be discarded when they generate an @dfn{error
10583 count} (number of non-usable bits) of more than 10k.
10584
10585 Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
10586 should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
10587 Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
10588 not a good idea.
10589
10590 @menu
10591 * Device:: Device selection and switching
10592 * Remote Tape Server::
10593 * Common Problems and Solutions::
10594 * Blocking:: Blocking
10595 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
10596 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
10597 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
10598 * verify::
10599 * Write Protection::
10600 @end menu
10601
10602 @node Device
10603 @section Device Selection and Switching
10604 @UNREVISED
10605
10606 @table @option
10607 @item -f [@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
10608 @itemx --file=[@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
10609 Use archive file or device @var{file} on @var{hostname}.
10610 @end table
10611
10612 This option is used to specify the file name of the archive @command{tar}
10613 works on.
10614
10615 If the file name is @samp{-}, @command{tar} reads the archive from standard
10616 input (when listing or extracting), or writes it to standard output
10617 (when creating). If the @samp{-} file name is given when updating an
10618 archive, @command{tar} will read the original archive from its standard
10619 input, and will write the entire new archive to its standard output.
10620
10621 If the file name contains a @samp{:}, it is interpreted as
10622 @samp{hostname:file name}. If the @var{hostname} contains an @dfn{at}
10623 sign (@samp{@@}), it is treated as @samp{user@@hostname:file name}. In
10624 either case, @command{tar} will invoke the command @command{rsh} (or
10625 @command{remsh}) to start up an @command{/usr/libexec/rmt} on the remote
10626 machine. If you give an alternate login name, it will be given to the
10627 @command{rsh}.
10628 Naturally, the remote machine must have an executable
10629 @command{/usr/libexec/rmt}. This program is free software from the
10630 University of California, and a copy of the source code can be found
10631 with the sources for @command{tar}; it's compiled and installed by default.
10632 The exact path to this utility is determined when configuring the package.
10633 It is @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} stands for
10634 your installation prefix. This location may also be overridden at
10635 runtime by using the @option{--rmt-command=@var{command}} option (@xref{Option Summary,
10636 ---rmt-command}, for detailed description of this option. @xref{Remote
10637 Tape Server}, for the description of @command{rmt} command).
10638
10639 If this option is not given, but the environment variable @env{TAPE}
10640 is set, its value is used; otherwise, old versions of @command{tar}
10641 used a default archive name (which was picked when @command{tar} was
10642 compiled). The default is normally set up to be the @dfn{first} tape
10643 drive or other transportable I/O medium on the system.
10644
10645 Starting with version 1.11.5, @GNUTAR{} uses
10646 standard input and standard output as the default device, and I will
10647 not try anymore supporting automatic device detection at installation
10648 time. This was failing really in too many cases, it was hopeless.
10649 This is now completely left to the installer to override standard
10650 input and standard output for default device, if this seems
10651 preferable. Further, I think @emph{most} actual usages of
10652 @command{tar} are done with pipes or disks, not really tapes,
10653 cartridges or diskettes.
10654
10655 Some users think that using standard input and output is running
10656 after trouble. This could lead to a nasty surprise on your screen if
10657 you forget to specify an output file name---especially if you are going
10658 through a network or terminal server capable of buffering large amounts
10659 of output. We had so many bug reports in that area of configuring
10660 default tapes automatically, and so many contradicting requests, that
10661 we finally consider the problem to be portably intractable. We could
10662 of course use something like @samp{/dev/tape} as a default, but this
10663 is @emph{also} running after various kind of trouble, going from hung
10664 processes to accidental destruction of real tapes. After having seen
10665 all this mess, using standard input and output as a default really
10666 sounds like the only clean choice left, and a very useful one too.
10667
10668 @GNUTAR{} reads and writes archive in records, I
10669 suspect this is the main reason why block devices are preferred over
10670 character devices. Most probably, block devices are more efficient
10671 too. The installer could also check for @samp{DEFTAPE} in
10672 @file{<sys/mtio.h>}.
10673
10674 @table @option
10675 @xopindex{force-local, short description}
10676 @item --force-local
10677 Archive file is local even if it contains a colon.
10678
10679 @opindex rsh-command
10680 @item --rsh-command=@var{command}
10681 Use remote @var{command} instead of @command{rsh}. This option exists
10682 so that people who use something other than the standard @command{rsh}
10683 (e.g., a Kerberized @command{rsh}) can access a remote device.
10684
10685 When this command is not used, the shell command found when
10686 the @command{tar} program was installed is used instead. This is
10687 the first found of @file{/usr/ucb/rsh}, @file{/usr/bin/remsh},
10688 @file{/usr/bin/rsh}, @file{/usr/bsd/rsh} or @file{/usr/bin/nsh}.
10689 The installer may have overridden this by defining the environment
10690 variable @env{RSH} @emph{at installation time}.
10691
10692 @item -[0-7][lmh]
10693 Specify drive and density.
10694
10695 @xopindex{multi-volume, short description}
10696 @item -M
10697 @itemx --multi-volume
10698 Create/list/extract multi-volume archive.
10699
10700 This option causes @command{tar} to write a @dfn{multi-volume} archive---one
10701 that may be larger than will fit on the medium used to hold it.
10702 @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}.
10703
10704 @xopindex{tape-length, short description}
10705 @item -L @var{num}
10706 @itemx --tape-length=@var{size}[@var{suf}]
10707 Change tape after writing @var{size} units of data. Unless @var{suf} is
10708 given, @var{size} is treated as kilobytes, i.e. @samp{@var{size} x
10709 1024} bytes. The following suffixes alter this behavior:
10710
10711 @float Table, size-suffixes
10712 @caption{Size Suffixes}
10713 @multitable @columnfractions 0.2 0.3 0.3
10714 @headitem Suffix @tab Units @tab Byte Equivalent
10715 @item b @tab Blocks @tab @var{size} x 512
10716 @item B @tab Kilobytes @tab @var{size} x 1024
10717 @item c @tab Bytes @tab @var{size}
10718 @item G @tab Gigabytes @tab @var{size} x 1024^3
10719 @item K @tab Kilobytes @tab @var{size} x 1024
10720 @item k @tab Kilobytes @tab @var{size} x 1024
10721 @item M @tab Megabytes @tab @var{size} x 1024^2
10722 @item P @tab Petabytes @tab @var{size} x 1024^5
10723 @item T @tab Terabytes @tab @var{size} x 1024^4
10724 @item w @tab Words @tab @var{size} x 2
10725 @end multitable
10726 @end float
10727
10728 This option might be useful when your tape drivers do not properly
10729 detect end of physical tapes. By being slightly conservative on the
10730 maximum tape length, you might avoid the problem entirely.
10731
10732 @xopindex{info-script, short description}
10733 @xopindex{new-volume-script, short description}
10734 @item -F @var{command}
10735 @itemx --info-script=@var{command}
10736 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{command}
10737 Execute @var{command} at end of each tape. This implies
10738 @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}). @xref{info-script}, for a detailed
10739 description of this option.
10740 @end table
10741
10742 @node Remote Tape Server
10743 @section Remote Tape Server
10744
10745 @cindex remote tape drive
10746 @pindex rmt
10747 In order to access the tape drive on a remote machine, @command{tar}
10748 uses the remote tape server written at the University of California at
10749 Berkeley. The remote tape server must be installed as
10750 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt} on any machine whose tape drive you
10751 want to use. @command{tar} calls @command{rmt} by running an
10752 @command{rsh} or @command{remsh} to the remote machine, optionally
10753 using a different login name if one is supplied.
10754
10755 A copy of the source for the remote tape server is provided. Its
10756 source code can be freely distributed. It is compiled and
10757 installed by default.
10758
10759 @cindex absolute file names
10760 Unless you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option,
10761 @GNUTAR{} will not allow you to create an archive that contains
10762 absolute file names (a file name beginning with @samp{/}.) If you try,
10763 @command{tar} will automatically remove the leading @samp{/} from the
10764 file names it stores in the archive. It will also type a warning
10765 message telling you what it is doing.
10766
10767 When reading an archive that was created with a different
10768 @command{tar} program, @GNUTAR{} automatically
10769 extracts entries in the archive which have absolute file names as if
10770 the file names were not absolute. This is an important feature. A
10771 visitor here once gave a @command{tar} tape to an operator to restore;
10772 the operator used Sun @command{tar} instead of @GNUTAR{},
10773 and the result was that it replaced large portions of
10774 our @file{/bin} and friends with versions from the tape; needless to
10775 say, we were unhappy about having to recover the file system from
10776 backup tapes.
10777
10778 For example, if the archive contained a file @file{/usr/bin/computoy},
10779 @GNUTAR{} would extract the file to @file{usr/bin/computoy},
10780 relative to the current directory. If you want to extract the files in
10781 an archive to the same absolute names that they had when the archive
10782 was created, you should do a @samp{cd /} before extracting the files
10783 from the archive, or you should either use the @option{--absolute-names}
10784 option, or use the command @samp{tar -C / @dots{}}.
10785
10786 @cindex Ultrix 3.1 and write failure
10787 Some versions of Unix (Ultrix 3.1 is known to have this problem),
10788 can claim that a short write near the end of a tape succeeded,
10789 when it actually failed. This will result in the -M option not
10790 working correctly. The best workaround at the moment is to use a
10791 significantly larger blocking factor than the default 20.
10792
10793 In order to update an archive, @command{tar} must be able to backspace the
10794 archive in order to reread or rewrite a record that was just read (or
10795 written). This is currently possible only on two kinds of files: normal
10796 disk files (or any other file that can be backspaced with @samp{lseek}),
10797 and industry-standard 9-track magnetic tape (or any other kind of tape
10798 that can be backspaced with the @code{MTIOCTOP} @code{ioctl}).
10799
10800 This means that the @option{--append}, @option{--concatenate}, and
10801 @option{--delete} commands will not work on any other kind of file.
10802 Some media simply cannot be backspaced, which means these commands and
10803 options will never be able to work on them. These non-backspacing
10804 media include pipes and cartridge tape drives.
10805
10806 Some other media can be backspaced, and @command{tar} will work on them
10807 once @command{tar} is modified to do so.
10808
10809 Archives created with the @option{--multi-volume}, @option{--label}, and
10810 @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) options may not be readable by other version
10811 of @command{tar}. In particular, restoring a file that was split over
10812 a volume boundary will require some careful work with @command{dd}, if
10813 it can be done at all. Other versions of @command{tar} may also create
10814 an empty file whose name is that of the volume header. Some versions
10815 of @command{tar} may create normal files instead of directories archived
10816 with the @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) option.
10817
10818 @node Common Problems and Solutions
10819 @section Some Common Problems and their Solutions
10820
10821 @ifclear PUBLISH
10822
10823 @format
10824 errors from system:
10825 permission denied
10826 no such file or directory
10827 not owner
10828
10829 errors from @command{tar}:
10830 directory checksum error
10831 header format error
10832
10833 errors from media/system:
10834 i/o error
10835 device busy
10836 @end format
10837
10838 @end ifclear
10839
10840 @node Blocking
10841 @section Blocking
10842 @cindex block
10843 @cindex record
10844
10845 @dfn{Block} and @dfn{record} terminology is rather confused, and it
10846 is also confusing to the expert reader. On the other hand, readers
10847 who are new to the field have a fresh mind, and they may safely skip
10848 the next two paragraphs, as the remainder of this manual uses those
10849 two terms in a quite consistent way.
10850
10851 John Gilmore, the writer of the public domain @command{tar} from which
10852 @GNUTAR{} was originally derived, wrote (June 1995):
10853
10854 @quotation
10855 The nomenclature of tape drives comes from IBM, where I believe
10856 they were invented for the IBM 650 or so. On IBM mainframes, what
10857 is recorded on tape are tape blocks. The logical organization of
10858 data is into records. There are various ways of putting records into
10859 blocks, including @code{F} (fixed sized records), @code{V} (variable
10860 sized records), @code{FB} (fixed blocked: fixed size records, @var{n}
10861 to a block), @code{VB} (variable size records, @var{n} to a block),
10862 @code{VSB} (variable spanned blocked: variable sized records that can
10863 occupy more than one block), etc. The @code{JCL} @samp{DD RECFORM=}
10864 parameter specified this to the operating system.
10865
10866 The Unix man page on @command{tar} was totally confused about this.
10867 When I wrote @code{PD TAR}, I used the historically correct terminology
10868 (@command{tar} writes data records, which are grouped into blocks).
10869 It appears that the bogus terminology made it into @acronym{POSIX} (no surprise
10870 here), and now Fran@,{c}ois has migrated that terminology back
10871 into the source code too.
10872 @end quotation
10873
10874 The term @dfn{physical block} means the basic transfer chunk from or
10875 to a device, after which reading or writing may stop without anything
10876 being lost. In this manual, the term @dfn{block} usually refers to
10877 a disk physical block, @emph{assuming} that each disk block is 512
10878 bytes in length. It is true that some disk devices have different
10879 physical blocks, but @command{tar} ignore these differences in its own
10880 format, which is meant to be portable, so a @command{tar} block is always
10881 512 bytes in length, and @dfn{block} always mean a @command{tar} block.
10882 The term @dfn{logical block} often represents the basic chunk of
10883 allocation of many disk blocks as a single entity, which the operating
10884 system treats somewhat atomically; this concept is only barely used
10885 in @GNUTAR{}.
10886
10887 The term @dfn{physical record} is another way to speak of a physical
10888 block, those two terms are somewhat interchangeable. In this manual,
10889 the term @dfn{record} usually refers to a tape physical block,
10890 @emph{assuming} that the @command{tar} archive is kept on magnetic tape.
10891 It is true that archives may be put on disk or used with pipes,
10892 but nevertheless, @command{tar} tries to read and write the archive one
10893 @dfn{record} at a time, whatever the medium in use. One record is made
10894 up of an integral number of blocks, and this operation of putting many
10895 disk blocks into a single tape block is called @dfn{reblocking}, or
10896 more simply, @dfn{blocking}. The term @dfn{logical record} refers to
10897 the logical organization of many characters into something meaningful
10898 to the application. The term @dfn{unit record} describes a small set
10899 of characters which are transmitted whole to or by the application,
10900 and often refers to a line of text. Those two last terms are unrelated
10901 to what we call a @dfn{record} in @GNUTAR{}.
10902
10903 When writing to tapes, @command{tar} writes the contents of the archive
10904 in chunks known as @dfn{records}. To change the default blocking
10905 factor, use the @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
10906 @var{512-size}}) option. Each record will then be composed of
10907 @var{512-size} blocks. (Each @command{tar} block is 512 bytes.
10908 @xref{Standard}.) Each file written to the archive uses at least one
10909 full record. As a result, using a larger record size can result in
10910 more wasted space for small files. On the other hand, a larger record
10911 size can often be read and written much more efficiently.
10912
10913 Further complicating the problem is that some tape drives ignore the
10914 blocking entirely. For these, a larger record size can still improve
10915 performance (because the software layers above the tape drive still
10916 honor the blocking), but not as dramatically as on tape drives that
10917 honor blocking.
10918
10919 When reading an archive, @command{tar} can usually figure out the
10920 record size on itself. When this is the case, and a non-standard
10921 record size was used when the archive was created, @command{tar} will
10922 print a message about a non-standard blocking factor, and then operate
10923 normally@footnote{If this message is not needed, you can turn it off
10924 using the @option{--warning=no-record-size} option.}. On some tape
10925 devices, however, @command{tar} cannot figure out the record size
10926 itself. On most of those, you can specify a blocking factor (with
10927 @option{--blocking-factor}) larger than the actual blocking factor,
10928 and then use the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option.
10929 (If you specify a blocking factor with @option{--blocking-factor} and
10930 don't use the @option{--read-full-records} option, then @command{tar}
10931 will not attempt to figure out the recording size itself.) On some
10932 devices, you must always specify the record size exactly with
10933 @option{--blocking-factor} when reading, because @command{tar} cannot
10934 figure it out. In any case, use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) before
10935 doing any extractions to see whether @command{tar} is reading the archive
10936 correctly.
10937
10938 @command{tar} blocks are all fixed size (512 bytes), and its scheme for
10939 putting them into records is to put a whole number of them (one or
10940 more) into each record. @command{tar} records are all the same size;
10941 at the end of the file there's a block containing all zeros, which
10942 is how you tell that the remainder of the last record(s) are garbage.
10943
10944 In a standard @command{tar} file (no options), the block size is 512
10945 and the record size is 10240, for a blocking factor of 20. What the
10946 @option{--blocking-factor} option does is sets the blocking factor,
10947 changing the record size while leaving the block size at 512 bytes.
10948 20 was fine for ancient 800 or 1600 bpi reel-to-reel tape drives;
10949 most tape drives these days prefer much bigger records in order to
10950 stream and not waste tape. When writing tapes for myself, some tend
10951 to use a factor of the order of 2048, say, giving a record size of
10952 around one megabyte.
10953
10954 If you use a blocking factor larger than 20, older @command{tar}
10955 programs might not be able to read the archive, so we recommend this
10956 as a limit to use in practice. @GNUTAR{}, however,
10957 will support arbitrarily large record sizes, limited only by the
10958 amount of virtual memory or the physical characteristics of the tape
10959 device.
10960
10961 @menu
10962 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
10963 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
10964 @end menu
10965
10966 @node Format Variations
10967 @subsection Format Variations
10968 @cindex Format Parameters
10969 @cindex Format Options
10970 @cindex Options, archive format specifying
10971 @cindex Options, format specifying
10972 @UNREVISED
10973
10974 Format parameters specify how an archive is written on the archive
10975 media. The best choice of format parameters will vary depending on
10976 the type and number of files being archived, and on the media used to
10977 store the archive.
10978
10979 To specify format parameters when accessing or creating an archive,
10980 you can use the options described in the following sections.
10981 If you do not specify any format parameters, @command{tar} uses
10982 default parameters. You cannot modify a compressed archive.
10983 If you create an archive with the @option{--blocking-factor} option
10984 specified (@pxref{Blocking Factor}), you must specify that
10985 blocking-factor when operating on the archive. @xref{Formats}, for other
10986 examples of format parameter considerations.
10987
10988 @node Blocking Factor
10989 @subsection The Blocking Factor of an Archive
10990 @cindex Blocking Factor
10991 @cindex Record Size
10992 @cindex Number of blocks per record
10993 @cindex Number of bytes per record
10994 @cindex Bytes per record
10995 @cindex Blocks per record
10996 @UNREVISED
10997
10998 @opindex blocking-factor
10999 The data in an archive is grouped into blocks, which are 512 bytes.
11000 Blocks are read and written in whole number multiples called
11001 @dfn{records}. The number of blocks in a record (i.e., the size of a
11002 record in units of 512 bytes) is called the @dfn{blocking factor}.
11003 The @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
11004 @var{512-size}}) option specifies the blocking factor of an archive.
11005 The default blocking factor is typically 20 (i.e., 10240 bytes), but
11006 can be specified at installation. To find out the blocking factor of
11007 an existing archive, use @samp{tar --list --file=@var{archive-name}}.
11008 This may not work on some devices.
11009
11010 Records are separated by gaps, which waste space on the archive media.
11011 If you are archiving on magnetic tape, using a larger blocking factor
11012 (and therefore larger records) provides faster throughput and allows you
11013 to fit more data on a tape (because there are fewer gaps). If you are
11014 archiving on cartridge, a very large blocking factor (say 126 or more)
11015 greatly increases performance. A smaller blocking factor, on the other
11016 hand, may be useful when archiving small files, to avoid archiving lots
11017 of nulls as @command{tar} fills out the archive to the end of the record.
11018 In general, the ideal record size depends on the size of the
11019 inter-record gaps on the tape you are using, and the average size of the
11020 files you are archiving. @xref{create}, for information on
11021 writing archives.
11022
11023 @FIXME{Need example of using a cartridge with blocking factor=126 or more.}
11024
11025 Archives with blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read
11026 by very old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions
11027 of @command{tar} running on old machines with small address spaces.
11028 With @GNUTAR{}, the blocking factor of an archive is limited
11029 only by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive,
11030 or by the amount of available virtual memory.
11031
11032 Also, on some systems, not using adequate blocking factors, as sometimes
11033 imposed by the device drivers, may yield unexpected diagnostics. For
11034 example, this has been reported:
11035
11036 @smallexample
11037 Cannot write to /dev/dlt: Invalid argument
11038 @end smallexample
11039
11040 @noindent
11041 In such cases, it sometimes happen that the @command{tar} bundled by
11042 the system is aware of block size idiosyncrasies, while @GNUTAR{}
11043 requires an explicit specification for the block size,
11044 which it cannot guess. This yields some people to consider
11045 @GNUTAR{} is misbehaving, because by comparison,
11046 @cite{the bundle @command{tar} works OK}. Adding @w{@kbd{-b 256}},
11047 for example, might resolve the problem.
11048
11049 If you use a non-default blocking factor when you create an archive, you
11050 must specify the same blocking factor when you modify that archive. Some
11051 archive devices will also require you to specify the blocking factor when
11052 reading that archive, however this is not typically the case. Usually, you
11053 can use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) without specifying a blocking factor---@command{tar}
11054 reports a non-default record size and then lists the archive members as
11055 it would normally. To extract files from an archive with a non-standard
11056 blocking factor (particularly if you're not sure what the blocking factor
11057 is), you can usually use the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option while
11058 specifying a blocking factor larger then the blocking factor of the archive
11059 (i.e., @samp{tar --extract --read-full-records --blocking-factor=300}).
11060 @xref{list}, for more information on the @option{--list} (@option{-t})
11061 operation. @xref{Reading}, for a more detailed explanation of that option.
11062
11063 @table @option
11064 @item --blocking-factor=@var{number}
11065 @itemx -b @var{number}
11066 Specifies the blocking factor of an archive. Can be used with any
11067 operation, but is usually not necessary with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
11068 @end table
11069
11070 Device blocking
11071
11072 @table @option
11073 @item -b @var{blocks}
11074 @itemx --blocking-factor=@var{blocks}
11075 Set record size to @math{@var{blocks}*512} bytes.
11076
11077 This option is used to specify a @dfn{blocking factor} for the archive.
11078 When reading or writing the archive, @command{tar}, will do reads and writes
11079 of the archive in records of @math{@var{block}*512} bytes. This is true
11080 even when the archive is compressed. Some devices requires that all
11081 write operations be a multiple of a certain size, and so, @command{tar}
11082 pads the archive out to the next record boundary.
11083
11084 The default blocking factor is set when @command{tar} is compiled, and is
11085 typically 20. Blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read by very
11086 old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions of @command{tar}
11087 running on old machines with small address spaces.
11088
11089 With a magnetic tape, larger records give faster throughput and fit
11090 more data on a tape (because there are fewer inter-record gaps).
11091 If the archive is in a disk file or a pipe, you may want to specify
11092 a smaller blocking factor, since a large one will result in a large
11093 number of null bytes at the end of the archive.
11094
11095 When writing cartridge or other streaming tapes, a much larger
11096 blocking factor (say 126 or more) will greatly increase performance.
11097 However, you must specify the same blocking factor when reading or
11098 updating the archive.
11099
11100 Apparently, Exabyte drives have a physical block size of 8K bytes.
11101 If we choose our blocksize as a multiple of 8k bytes, then the problem
11102 seems to disappear. Id est, we are using block size of 112 right
11103 now, and we haven't had the problem since we switched@dots{}
11104
11105 With @GNUTAR{} the blocking factor is limited only
11106 by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive, or by
11107 the amount of available virtual memory.
11108
11109 However, deblocking or reblocking is virtually avoided in a special
11110 case which often occurs in practice, but which requires all the
11111 following conditions to be simultaneously true:
11112 @itemize @bullet
11113 @item
11114 the archive is subject to a compression option,
11115 @item
11116 the archive is not handled through standard input or output, nor
11117 redirected nor piped,
11118 @item
11119 the archive is directly handled to a local disk, instead of any special
11120 device,
11121 @item
11122 @option{--blocking-factor} is not explicitly specified on the @command{tar}
11123 invocation.
11124 @end itemize
11125
11126 If the output goes directly to a local disk, and not through
11127 stdout, then the last write is not extended to a full record size.
11128 Otherwise, reblocking occurs. Here are a few other remarks on this
11129 topic:
11130
11131 @itemize @bullet
11132
11133 @item
11134 @command{gzip} will complain about trailing garbage if asked to
11135 uncompress a compressed archive on tape, there is an option to turn
11136 the message off, but it breaks the regularity of simply having to use
11137 @samp{@var{prog} -d} for decompression. It would be nice if gzip was
11138 silently ignoring any number of trailing zeros. I'll ask Jean-loup
11139 Gailly, by sending a copy of this message to him.
11140
11141 @item
11142 @command{compress} does not show this problem, but as Jean-loup pointed
11143 out to Michael, @samp{compress -d} silently adds garbage after
11144 the result of decompression, which tar ignores because it already
11145 recognized its end-of-file indicator. So this bug may be safely
11146 ignored.
11147
11148 @item
11149 @samp{gzip -d -q} will be silent about the trailing zeros indeed,
11150 but will still return an exit status of 2 which tar reports in turn.
11151 @command{tar} might ignore the exit status returned, but I hate doing
11152 that, as it weakens the protection @command{tar} offers users against
11153 other possible problems at decompression time. If @command{gzip} was
11154 silently skipping trailing zeros @emph{and} also avoiding setting the
11155 exit status in this innocuous case, that would solve this situation.
11156
11157 @item
11158 @command{tar} should become more solid at not stopping to read a pipe at
11159 the first null block encountered. This inelegantly breaks the pipe.
11160 @command{tar} should rather drain the pipe out before exiting itself.
11161 @end itemize
11162
11163 @xopindex{ignore-zeros, short description}
11164 @item -i
11165 @itemx --ignore-zeros
11166 Ignore blocks of zeros in archive (means EOF).
11167
11168 The @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option causes @command{tar} to ignore blocks
11169 of zeros in the archive. Normally a block of zeros indicates the
11170 end of the archive, but when reading a damaged archive, or one which
11171 was created by concatenating several archives together, this option
11172 allows @command{tar} to read the entire archive. This option is not on
11173 by default because many versions of @command{tar} write garbage after
11174 the zeroed blocks.
11175
11176 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to read to the end of the
11177 archive file, which may sometimes avoid problems when multiple files
11178 are stored on a single physical tape.
11179
11180 @xopindex{read-full-records, short description}
11181 @item -B
11182 @itemx --read-full-records
11183 Reblock as we read (for reading 4.2@acronym{BSD} pipes).
11184
11185 If @option{--read-full-records} is used, @command{tar}
11186 will not panic if an attempt to read a record from the archive does
11187 not return a full record. Instead, @command{tar} will keep reading
11188 until it has obtained a full
11189 record.
11190
11191 This option is turned on by default when @command{tar} is reading
11192 an archive from standard input, or from a remote machine. This is
11193 because on @acronym{BSD} Unix systems, a read of a pipe will return however
11194 much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is less than @command{tar}
11195 requested. If this option was not used, @command{tar} would fail as
11196 soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
11197
11198 This option is also useful with the commands for updating an archive.
11199
11200 @end table
11201
11202 Tape blocking
11203
11204 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
11205
11206 @cindex blocking factor
11207 @cindex tape blocking
11208
11209 When handling various tapes or cartridges, you have to take care of
11210 selecting a proper blocking, that is, the number of disk blocks you
11211 put together as a single tape block on the tape, without intervening
11212 tape gaps. A @dfn{tape gap} is a small landing area on the tape
11213 with no information on it, used for decelerating the tape to a
11214 full stop, and for later regaining the reading or writing speed.
11215 When the tape driver starts reading a record, the record has to
11216 be read whole without stopping, as a tape gap is needed to stop the
11217 tape motion without losing information.
11218
11219 @cindex Exabyte blocking
11220 @cindex DAT blocking
11221 Using higher blocking (putting more disk blocks per tape block) will use
11222 the tape more efficiently as there will be less tape gaps. But reading
11223 such tapes may be more difficult for the system, as more memory will be
11224 required to receive at once the whole record. Further, if there is a
11225 reading error on a huge record, this is less likely that the system will
11226 succeed in recovering the information. So, blocking should not be too
11227 low, nor it should be too high. @command{tar} uses by default a blocking of
11228 20 for historical reasons, and it does not really matter when reading or
11229 writing to disk. Current tape technology would easily accommodate higher
11230 blockings. Sun recommends a blocking of 126 for Exabytes and 96 for DATs.
11231 We were told that for some DLT drives, the blocking should be a multiple
11232 of 4Kb, preferably 64Kb (@w{@kbd{-b 128}}) or 256 for decent performance.
11233 Other manufacturers may use different recommendations for the same tapes.
11234 This might also depends of the buffering techniques used inside modern
11235 tape controllers. Some imposes a minimum blocking, or a maximum blocking.
11236 Others request blocking to be some exponent of two.
11237
11238 So, there is no fixed rule for blocking. But blocking at read time
11239 should ideally be the same as blocking used at write time. At one place
11240 I know, with a wide variety of equipment, they found it best to use a
11241 blocking of 32 to guarantee that their tapes are fully interchangeable.
11242
11243 I was also told that, for recycled tapes, prior erasure (by the same
11244 drive unit that will be used to create the archives) sometimes lowers
11245 the error rates observed at rewriting time.
11246
11247 I might also use @option{--number-blocks} instead of
11248 @option{--block-number}, so @option{--block} will then expand to
11249 @option{--blocking-factor} unambiguously.
11250
11251 @node Many
11252 @section Many Archives on One Tape
11253
11254 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
11255
11256 @findex ntape @r{device}
11257 Most tape devices have two entries in the @file{/dev} directory, or
11258 entries that come in pairs, which differ only in the minor number for
11259 this device. Let's take for example @file{/dev/tape}, which often
11260 points to the only or usual tape device of a given system. There might
11261 be a corresponding @file{/dev/nrtape} or @file{/dev/ntape}. The simpler
11262 name is the @emph{rewinding} version of the device, while the name
11263 having @samp{nr} in it is the @emph{no rewinding} version of the same
11264 device.
11265
11266 A rewinding tape device will bring back the tape to its beginning point
11267 automatically when this device is opened or closed. Since @command{tar}
11268 opens the archive file before using it and closes it afterwards, this
11269 means that a simple:
11270
11271 @smallexample
11272 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/tape @var{directory}}
11273 @end smallexample
11274
11275 @noindent
11276 will reposition the tape to its beginning both prior and after saving
11277 @var{directory} contents to it, thus erasing prior tape contents and
11278 making it so that any subsequent write operation will destroy what has
11279 just been saved.
11280
11281 @cindex tape positioning
11282 So, a rewinding device is normally meant to hold one and only one file.
11283 If you want to put more than one @command{tar} archive on a given tape, you
11284 will need to avoid using the rewinding version of the tape device. You
11285 will also have to pay special attention to tape positioning. Errors in
11286 positioning may overwrite the valuable data already on your tape. Many
11287 people, burnt by past experiences, will only use rewinding devices and
11288 limit themselves to one file per tape, precisely to avoid the risk of
11289 such errors. Be fully aware that writing at the wrong position on a
11290 tape loses all information past this point and most probably until the
11291 end of the tape, and this destroyed information @emph{cannot} be
11292 recovered.
11293
11294 To save @var{directory-1} as a first archive at the beginning of a
11295 tape, and leave that tape ready for a second archive, you should use:
11296
11297 @smallexample
11298 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
11299 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-1}}
11300 @end smallexample
11301
11302 @cindex tape marks
11303 @dfn{Tape marks} are special magnetic patterns written on the tape
11304 media, which are later recognizable by the reading hardware. These
11305 marks are used after each file, when there are many on a single tape.
11306 An empty file (that is to say, two tape marks in a row) signal the
11307 logical end of the tape, after which no file exist. Usually,
11308 non-rewinding tape device drivers will react to the close request issued
11309 by @command{tar} by first writing two tape marks after your archive, and by
11310 backspacing over one of these. So, if you remove the tape at that time
11311 from the tape drive, it is properly terminated. But if you write
11312 another file at the current position, the second tape mark will be
11313 erased by the new information, leaving only one tape mark between files.
11314
11315 So, you may now save @var{directory-2} as a second archive after the
11316 first on the same tape by issuing the command:
11317
11318 @smallexample
11319 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-2}}
11320 @end smallexample
11321
11322 @noindent
11323 and so on for all the archives you want to put on the same tape.
11324
11325 Another usual case is that you do not write all the archives the same
11326 day, and you need to remove and store the tape between two archive
11327 sessions. In general, you must remember how many files are already
11328 saved on your tape. Suppose your tape already has 16 files on it, and
11329 that you are ready to write the 17th. You have to take care of skipping
11330 the first 16 tape marks before saving @var{directory-17}, say, by using
11331 these commands:
11332
11333 @smallexample
11334 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
11335 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape fsf 16}
11336 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-17}}
11337 @end smallexample
11338
11339 In all the previous examples, we put aside blocking considerations, but
11340 you should do the proper things for that as well. @xref{Blocking}.
11341
11342 @menu
11343 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
11344 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
11345 @end menu
11346
11347 @node Tape Positioning
11348 @subsection Tape Positions and Tape Marks
11349 @UNREVISED
11350
11351 Just as archives can store more than one file from the file system,
11352 tapes can store more than one archive file. To keep track of where
11353 archive files (or any other type of file stored on tape) begin and
11354 end, tape archive devices write magnetic @dfn{tape marks} on the
11355 archive media. Tape drives write one tape mark between files,
11356 two at the end of all the file entries.
11357
11358 If you think of data as a series of records "rrrr"'s, and tape marks as
11359 "*"'s, a tape might look like the following:
11360
11361 @smallexample
11362 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr**-------------------------
11363 @end smallexample
11364
11365 Tape devices read and write tapes using a read/write @dfn{tape
11366 head}---a physical part of the device which can only access one
11367 point on the tape at a time. When you use @command{tar} to read or
11368 write archive data from a tape device, the device will begin reading
11369 or writing from wherever on the tape the tape head happens to be,
11370 regardless of which archive or what part of the archive the tape
11371 head is on. Before writing an archive, you should make sure that no
11372 data on the tape will be overwritten (unless it is no longer needed).
11373 Before reading an archive, you should make sure the tape head is at
11374 the beginning of the archive you want to read. You can do it manually
11375 via @code{mt} utility (@pxref{mt}). The @code{restore} script does
11376 that automatically (@pxref{Scripted Restoration}).
11377
11378 If you want to add new archive file entries to a tape, you should
11379 advance the tape to the end of the existing file entries, backspace
11380 over the last tape mark, and write the new archive file. If you were
11381 to add two archives to the example above, the tape might look like the
11382 following:
11383
11384 @smallexample
11385 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr*rrr*rrrr**----------------
11386 @end smallexample
11387
11388 @node mt
11389 @subsection The @command{mt} Utility
11390 @UNREVISED
11391
11392 @FIXME{Is it true that this only works on non-block devices?
11393 should explain the difference, (fixed or variable).}
11394 @xref{Blocking Factor}.
11395
11396 You can use the @command{mt} utility to advance or rewind a tape past a
11397 specified number of archive files on the tape. This will allow you
11398 to move to the beginning of an archive before extracting or reading
11399 it, or to the end of all the archives before writing a new one.
11400 @FIXME{Why isn't there an "advance 'til you find two tape marks
11401 together"?}
11402
11403 The syntax of the @command{mt} command is:
11404
11405 @smallexample
11406 @kbd{mt [-f @var{tapename}] @var{operation} [@var{number}]}
11407 @end smallexample
11408
11409 where @var{tapename} is the name of the tape device, @var{number} is
11410 the number of times an operation is performed (with a default of one),
11411 and @var{operation} is one of the following:
11412
11413 @FIXME{is there any use for record operations?}
11414
11415 @table @option
11416 @item eof
11417 @itemx weof
11418 Writes @var{number} tape marks at the current position on the tape.
11419
11420 @item fsf
11421 Moves tape position forward @var{number} files.
11422
11423 @item bsf
11424 Moves tape position back @var{number} files.
11425
11426 @item rewind
11427 Rewinds the tape. (Ignores @var{number}.)
11428
11429 @item offline
11430 @itemx rewoff1
11431 Rewinds the tape and takes the tape device off-line. (Ignores @var{number}.)
11432
11433 @item status
11434 Prints status information about the tape unit.
11435
11436 @end table
11437
11438 If you don't specify a @var{tapename}, @command{mt} uses the environment
11439 variable @env{TAPE}; if @env{TAPE} is not set, @command{mt} will use
11440 the default device specified in your @file{sys/mtio.h} file
11441 (@code{DEFTAPE} variable). If this is not defined, the program will
11442 display a descriptive error message and exit with code 1.
11443
11444 @command{mt} returns a 0 exit status when the operation(s) were
11445 successful, 1 if the command was unrecognized, and 2 if an operation
11446 failed.
11447
11448 @node Using Multiple Tapes
11449 @section Using Multiple Tapes
11450
11451 Often you might want to write a large archive, one larger than will fit
11452 on the actual tape you are using. In such a case, you can run multiple
11453 @command{tar} commands, but this can be inconvenient, particularly if you
11454 are using options like @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} or dumping entire file systems.
11455 Therefore, @command{tar} provides a special mode for creating
11456 multi-volume archives.
11457
11458 @dfn{Multi-volume} archive is a single @command{tar} archive, stored
11459 on several media volumes of fixed size. Although in this section we will
11460 often call @samp{volume} a @dfn{tape}, there is absolutely no
11461 requirement for multi-volume archives to be stored on tapes. Instead,
11462 they can use whatever media type the user finds convenient, they can
11463 even be located on files.
11464
11465 When creating a multi-volume archive, @GNUTAR{} continues to fill
11466 current volume until it runs out of space, then it switches to
11467 next volume (usually the operator is queried to replace the tape on
11468 this point), and continues working on the new volume. This operation
11469 continues until all requested files are dumped. If @GNUTAR{} detects
11470 end of media while dumping a file, such a file is archived in split
11471 form. Some very big files can even be split across several volumes.
11472
11473 Each volume is itself a valid @GNUTAR{} archive, so it can be read
11474 without any special options. Consequently any file member residing
11475 entirely on one volume can be extracted or otherwise operated upon
11476 without needing the other volume. Sure enough, to extract a split
11477 member you would need all volumes its parts reside on.
11478
11479 Multi-volume archives suffer from several limitations. In particular,
11480 they cannot be compressed.
11481
11482 @GNUTAR{} is able to create multi-volume archives of two formats
11483 (@pxref{Formats}): @samp{GNU} and @samp{POSIX}.
11484
11485 @menu
11486 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
11487 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
11488 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
11489
11490 @end menu
11491
11492 @node Multi-Volume Archives
11493 @subsection Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
11494 @cindex Multi-volume archives
11495
11496 @opindex multi-volume
11497 To create an archive that is larger than will fit on a single unit of
11498 the media, use the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option in conjunction with
11499 the @option{--create} option (@pxref{create}). A @dfn{multi-volume}
11500 archive can be manipulated like any other archive (provided the
11501 @option{--multi-volume} option is specified), but is stored on more
11502 than one tape or file.
11503
11504 When you specify @option{--multi-volume}, @command{tar} does not report an
11505 error when it comes to the end of an archive volume (when reading), or
11506 the end of the media (when writing). Instead, it prompts you to load
11507 a new storage volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you
11508 should change tapes when you see the prompt; if the archive is on a
11509 floppy disk, you should change disks; etc.
11510
11511 @table @option
11512 @item --multi-volume
11513 @itemx -M
11514 Creates a multi-volume archive, when used in conjunction with
11515 @option{--create} (@option{-c}). To perform any other operation on a multi-volume
11516 archive, specify @option{--multi-volume} in conjunction with that
11517 operation.
11518 For example:
11519
11520 @smallexample
11521 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape @var{files}}
11522 @end smallexample
11523 @end table
11524
11525 The method @command{tar} uses to detect end of tape is not perfect, and
11526 fails on some operating systems or on some devices. If @command{tar}
11527 cannot detect the end of the tape itself, you can use
11528 @option{--tape-length} option to inform it about the capacity of the
11529 tape:
11530
11531 @anchor{tape-length}
11532 @table @option
11533 @opindex tape-length
11534 @item --tape-length=@var{size}[@var{suf}]
11535 @itemx -L @var{size}[@var{suf}]
11536 Set maximum length of a volume. The @var{suf}, if given, specifies
11537 units in which @var{size} is expressed, e.g. @samp{2M} mean 2
11538 megabytes (@pxref{size-suffixes}, for a list of allowed size
11539 suffixes). Without @var{suf}, units of 1024 bytes (kilobyte) are
11540 assumed.
11541
11542 This option selects @option{--multi-volume} automatically. For example:
11543
11544 @smallexample
11545 $ @kbd{tar --create --tape-length=41943040 --file=/dev/tape @var{files}}
11546 @end smallexample
11547
11548 @noindent
11549 or, which is equivalent:
11550
11551 @smallexample
11552 $ @kbd{tar --create --tape-length=4G --file=/dev/tape @var{files}}
11553 @end smallexample
11554 @end table
11555
11556 @anchor{change volume prompt}
11557 When @GNUTAR{} comes to the end of a storage media, it asks you to
11558 change the volume. The built-in prompt for POSIX locale
11559 is@footnote{If you run @GNUTAR{} under a different locale, the
11560 translation to the locale's language will be used.}:
11561
11562 @smallexample
11563 Prepare volume #@var{n} for '@var{archive}' and hit return:
11564 @end smallexample
11565
11566 @noindent
11567 where @var{n} is the ordinal number of the volume to be created and
11568 @var{archive} is archive file or device name.
11569
11570 When prompting for a new tape, @command{tar} accepts any of the following
11571 responses:
11572
11573 @table @kbd
11574 @item ?
11575 Request @command{tar} to explain possible responses.
11576 @item q
11577 Request @command{tar} to exit immediately.
11578 @item n @var{file-name}
11579 Request @command{tar} to write the next volume on the file @var{file-name}.
11580 @item !
11581 Request @command{tar} to run a subshell. This option can be disabled
11582 by giving @option{--restrict} command line option to
11583 @command{tar}@footnote{@xref{--restrict}, for more information about
11584 this option.}.
11585 @item y
11586 Request @command{tar} to begin writing the next volume.
11587 @end table
11588
11589 (You should only type @samp{y} after you have changed the tape;
11590 otherwise @command{tar} will write over the volume it just finished.)
11591
11592 @cindex Volume number file
11593 @cindex volno file
11594 @anchor{volno-file}
11595 @opindex volno-file
11596 The volume number used by @command{tar} in its tape-changing prompt
11597 can be changed; if you give the
11598 @option{--volno-file=@var{file-of-number}} option, then
11599 @var{file-of-number} should be an non-existing file to be created, or
11600 else, a file already containing a decimal number. That number will be
11601 used as the volume number of the first volume written. When
11602 @command{tar} is finished, it will rewrite the file with the
11603 now-current volume number. (This does not change the volume number
11604 written on a tape label, as per @ref{label}, it @emph{only} affects
11605 the number used in the prompt.)
11606
11607 @cindex End-of-archive info script
11608 @cindex Info script
11609 @anchor{info-script}
11610 @opindex info-script
11611 @opindex new-volume-script
11612 If you want more elaborate behavior than this, you can write a special
11613 @dfn{new volume script}, that will be responsible for changing the
11614 volume, and instruct @command{tar} to use it instead of its normal
11615 prompting procedure:
11616
11617 @table @option
11618 @item --info-script=@var{command}
11619 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{command}
11620 @itemx -F @var{command}
11621 Specify the command to invoke when switching volumes. The @var{command}
11622 can be used to eject cassettes, or to broadcast messages such as
11623 @samp{Someone please come change my tape} when performing unattended
11624 backups.
11625 @end table
11626
11627 The @var{command} can contain additional options, if such are needed.
11628 @xref{external, Running External Commands}, for a detailed discussion
11629 of the way @GNUTAR{} runs external commands. It inherits
11630 @command{tar}'s shell environment. Additional data is passed to it
11631 via the following environment variables:
11632
11633 @table @env
11634 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, info script environment variable
11635 @item TAR_VERSION
11636 @GNUTAR{} version number.
11637
11638 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, info script environment variable
11639 @item TAR_ARCHIVE
11640 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
11641
11642 @vrindex TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR, info script environment variable
11643 @item TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR
11644 Current blocking factor (@pxref{Blocking}).
11645
11646 @vrindex TAR_VOLUME, info script environment variable
11647 @item TAR_VOLUME
11648 Ordinal number of the volume @command{tar} is about to start.
11649
11650 @vrindex TAR_SUBCOMMAND, info script environment variable
11651 @item TAR_SUBCOMMAND
11652 A short option describing the operation @command{tar} is executing.
11653 @xref{Operations}, for a complete list of subcommand options.
11654
11655 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, info script environment variable
11656 @item TAR_FORMAT
11657 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
11658 list of archive format names.
11659
11660 @vrindex TAR_FD, info script environment variable
11661 @item TAR_FD
11662 File descriptor which can be used to communicate the new volume
11663 name to @command{tar}.
11664 @end table
11665
11666 These variables can be used in the @var{command} itself, provided that
11667 they are properly quoted to prevent them from being expanded by the
11668 shell that invokes @command{tar}.
11669
11670 The volume script can instruct @command{tar} to use new archive name,
11671 by writing in to file descriptor @env{$TAR_FD} (see below for an example).
11672
11673 If the info script fails, @command{tar} exits; otherwise, it begins
11674 writing the next volume.
11675
11676 If you want @command{tar} to cycle through a series of files or tape
11677 drives, there are three approaches to choose from. First of all, you
11678 can give @command{tar} multiple @option{--file} options. In this case
11679 the specified files will be used, in sequence, as the successive
11680 volumes of the archive. Only when the first one in the sequence needs
11681 to be used again will @command{tar} prompt for a tape change (or run
11682 the info script). For example, suppose someone has two tape drives on
11683 a system named @file{/dev/tape0} and @file{/dev/tape1}. For having
11684 @GNUTAR{} to switch to the second drive when it needs to write the
11685 second tape, and then back to the first tape, etc., just do either of:
11686
11687 @smallexample
11688 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape0 --file=/dev/tape1 @var{files}}
11689 $ @kbd{tar -cM -f /dev/tape0 -f /dev/tape1 @var{files}}
11690 @end smallexample
11691
11692 The second method is to use the @samp{n} response to the tape-change
11693 prompt.
11694
11695 Finally, the most flexible approach is to use a volume script, that
11696 writes new archive name to the file descriptor @env{$TAR_FD}. For example, the
11697 following volume script will create a series of archive files, named
11698 @file{@var{archive}-@var{vol}}, where @var{archive} is the name of the
11699 archive being created (as given by @option{--file} option) and
11700 @var{vol} is the ordinal number of the archive being created:
11701
11702 @smallexample
11703 @group
11704 #! /bin/bash
11705 # For this script it's advisable to use a shell, such as Bash,
11706 # that supports a TAR_FD value greater than 9.
11707
11708 echo Preparing volume $TAR_VOLUME of $TAR_ARCHIVE.
11709
11710 name=`expr $TAR_ARCHIVE : '\(.*\)-.*'`
11711 case $TAR_SUBCOMMAND in
11712 -c) ;;
11713 -d|-x|-t) test -r $@{name:-$TAR_ARCHIVE@}-$TAR_VOLUME || exit 1
11714 ;;
11715 *) exit 1
11716 esac
11717
11718 echo $@{name:-$TAR_ARCHIVE@}-$TAR_VOLUME >&$TAR_FD
11719 @end group
11720 @end smallexample
11721
11722 The same script can be used while listing, comparing or extracting
11723 from the created archive. For example:
11724
11725 @smallexample
11726 @group
11727 # @r{Create a multi-volume archive:}
11728 $ @kbd{tar -c -L1024 -f archive.tar -F new-volume .}
11729 # @r{Extract from the created archive:}
11730 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar -F new-volume .}
11731 @end group
11732 @end smallexample
11733
11734 @noindent
11735 Notice, that the first command had to use @option{-L} option, since
11736 otherwise @GNUTAR{} will end up writing everything to file
11737 @file{archive.tar}.
11738
11739 You can read each individual volume of a multi-volume archive as if it
11740 were an archive by itself. For example, to list the contents of one
11741 volume, use @option{--list}, without @option{--multi-volume} specified.
11742 To extract an archive member from one volume (assuming it is described
11743 that volume), use @option{--extract}, again without
11744 @option{--multi-volume}.
11745
11746 If an archive member is split across volumes (i.e., its entry begins on
11747 one volume of the media and ends on another), you need to specify
11748 @option{--multi-volume} to extract it successfully. In this case, you
11749 should load the volume where the archive member starts, and use
11750 @samp{tar --extract --multi-volume}---@command{tar} will prompt for later
11751 volumes as it needs them. @xref{extracting archives}, for more
11752 information about extracting archives.
11753
11754 Multi-volume archives can be modified like any other archive. To add
11755 files to a multi-volume archive, you need to only mount the last
11756 volume of the archive media (and new volumes, if needed). For all
11757 other operations, you need to use the entire archive.
11758
11759 If a multi-volume archive was labeled using
11760 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@pxref{label}) when it was
11761 created, @command{tar} will not automatically label volumes which are
11762 added later. To label subsequent volumes, specify
11763 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} again in conjunction with the
11764 @option{--append}, @option{--update} or @option{--concatenate} operation.
11765
11766 Notice that multi-volume support is a GNU extension and the archives
11767 created in this mode should be read only using @GNUTAR{}. If you
11768 absolutely have to process such archives using a third-party @command{tar}
11769 implementation, read @ref{Split Recovery}.
11770
11771 @node Tape Files
11772 @subsection Tape Files
11773 @cindex labeling archives
11774 @opindex label
11775 @UNREVISED
11776
11777 To give the archive a name which will be recorded in it, use the
11778 @option{--label=@var{volume-label}} (@option{-V @var{volume-label}})
11779 option. This will write a special block identifying
11780 @var{volume-label} as the name of the archive to the front of the
11781 archive which will be displayed when the archive is listed with
11782 @option{--list}. If you are creating a multi-volume archive with
11783 @option{--multi-volume} (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}), then the
11784 volume label will have @samp{Volume @var{nnn}} appended to the name
11785 you give, where @var{nnn} is the number of the volume of the archive.
11786 If you use the @option{--label=@var{volume-label}} option when
11787 reading an archive, it checks to make sure the label on the tape
11788 matches the one you gave. @xref{label}.
11789
11790 When @command{tar} writes an archive to tape, it creates a single
11791 tape file. If multiple archives are written to the same tape, one
11792 after the other, they each get written as separate tape files. When
11793 extracting, it is necessary to position the tape at the right place
11794 before running @command{tar}. To do this, use the @command{mt} command.
11795 For more information on the @command{mt} command and on the organization
11796 of tapes into a sequence of tape files, see @ref{mt}.
11797
11798 People seem to often do:
11799
11800 @smallexample
11801 @kbd{--label="@var{some-prefix} `date +@var{some-format}`"}
11802 @end smallexample
11803
11804 or such, for pushing a common date in all volumes or an archive set.
11805
11806 @node Tarcat
11807 @subsection Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
11808
11809 @pindex tarcat
11810 Sometimes it is necessary to convert existing @GNUTAR{} multi-volume
11811 archive to a single @command{tar} archive. Simply concatenating all
11812 volumes into one will not work, since each volume carries an additional
11813 information at the beginning. @GNUTAR{} is shipped with the shell
11814 script @command{tarcat} designed for this purpose.
11815
11816 The script takes a list of files comprising a multi-volume archive
11817 and creates the resulting archive at the standard output. For example:
11818
11819 @smallexample
11820 @kbd{tarcat vol.1 vol.2 vol.3 | tar tf -}
11821 @end smallexample
11822
11823 The script implements a simple heuristics to determine the format of
11824 the first volume file and to decide how to process the rest of the
11825 files. However, it makes no attempt to verify whether the files are
11826 given in order or even if they are valid @command{tar} archives.
11827 It uses @command{dd} and does not filter its standard error, so you
11828 will usually see lots of spurious messages.
11829
11830 @FIXME{The script is not installed. Should we install it?}
11831
11832 @node label
11833 @section Including a Label in the Archive
11834 @cindex Labeling an archive
11835 @cindex Labels on the archive media
11836 @cindex Labeling multi-volume archives
11837
11838 @opindex label
11839 To avoid problems caused by misplaced paper labels on the archive
11840 media, you can include a @dfn{label} entry --- an archive member which
11841 contains the name of the archive --- in the archive itself. Use the
11842 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}})
11843 option@footnote{Until version 1.10, that option was called
11844 @option{--volume}, but is not available under that name anymore.} in
11845 conjunction with the @option{--create} operation to include a label
11846 entry in the archive as it is being created.
11847
11848 @table @option
11849 @item --label=@var{archive-label}
11850 @itemx -V @var{archive-label}
11851 Includes an @dfn{archive-label} at the beginning of the archive when
11852 the archive is being created, when used in conjunction with the
11853 @option{--create} operation. Checks to make sure the archive label
11854 matches the one specified (when used in conjunction with any other
11855 operation).
11856 @end table
11857
11858 If you create an archive using both
11859 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}})
11860 and @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}), each volume of the archive
11861 will have an archive label of the form @samp{@var{archive-label}
11862 Volume @var{n}}, where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the
11863 next, and so on. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}, for information on
11864 creating multiple volume archives.
11865
11866 @cindex Volume label, listing
11867 @cindex Listing volume label
11868 The volume label will be displayed by @option{--list} along with
11869 the file contents. If verbose display is requested, it will also be
11870 explicitly marked as in the example below:
11871
11872 @smallexample
11873 @group
11874 $ @kbd{tar --verbose --list --file=iamanarchive}
11875 V--------- 0/0 0 1992-03-07 12:01 iamalabel--Volume Header--
11876 -rw-r--r-- ringo/user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 iamafilename
11877 @end group
11878 @end smallexample
11879
11880 @opindex test-label
11881 @anchor{--test-label option}
11882 However, @option{--list} option will cause listing entire
11883 contents of the archive, which may be undesirable (for example, if the
11884 archive is stored on a tape). You can request checking only the volume
11885 label by specifying @option{--test-label} option. This option reads only the
11886 first block of an archive, so it can be used with slow storage
11887 devices. For example:
11888
11889 @smallexample
11890 @group
11891 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive}
11892 iamalabel
11893 @end group
11894 @end smallexample
11895
11896 If @option{--test-label} is used with one or more command line
11897 arguments, @command{tar} compares the volume label with each
11898 argument. It exits with code 0 if a match is found, and with code 1
11899 otherwise@footnote{Note that @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.23 indicated
11900 mismatch with an exit code 2 and printed a spurious diagnostics on
11901 stderr.}. No output is displayed, unless you also used the
11902 @option{--verbose} option. For example:
11903
11904 @smallexample
11905 @group
11906 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalabel'}
11907 @result{} 0
11908 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'alabel'}
11909 @result{} 1
11910 @end group
11911 @end smallexample
11912
11913 When used with the @option{--verbose} option, @command{tar}
11914 prints the actual volume label (if any), and a verbose diagnostics in
11915 case of a mismatch:
11916
11917 @smallexample
11918 @group
11919 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --verbose --file=iamanarchive 'iamalabel'}
11920 iamalabel
11921 @result{} 0
11922 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --verbose --file=iamanarchive 'alabel'}
11923 iamalabel
11924 tar: Archive label mismatch
11925 @result{} 1
11926 @end group
11927 @end smallexample
11928
11929 If you request any operation, other than @option{--create}, along
11930 with using @option{--label} option, @command{tar} will first check if
11931 the archive label matches the one specified and will refuse to proceed
11932 if it does not. Use this as a safety precaution to avoid accidentally
11933 overwriting existing archives. For example, if you wish to add files
11934 to @file{archive}, presumably labeled with string @samp{My volume},
11935 you will get:
11936
11937 @smallexample
11938 @group
11939 $ @kbd{tar -rf archive --label 'My volume' .}
11940 tar: Archive not labeled to match 'My volume'
11941 @end group
11942 @end smallexample
11943
11944 @noindent
11945 in case its label does not match. This will work even if
11946 @file{archive} is not labeled at all.
11947
11948 Similarly, @command{tar} will refuse to list or extract the
11949 archive if its label doesn't match the @var{archive-label}
11950 specified. In those cases, @var{archive-label} argument is interpreted
11951 as a globbing-style pattern which must match the actual magnetic
11952 volume label. @xref{exclude}, for a precise description of how match
11953 is attempted@footnote{Previous versions of @command{tar} used full
11954 regular expression matching, or before that, only exact string
11955 matching, instead of wildcard matchers. We decided for the sake of
11956 simplicity to use a uniform matching device through
11957 @command{tar}.}. If the switch @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) is being used,
11958 the volume label matcher will also suffix @var{archive-label} by
11959 @w{@samp{ Volume [1-9]*}} if the initial match fails, before giving
11960 up. Since the volume numbering is automatically added in labels at
11961 creation time, it sounded logical to equally help the user taking care
11962 of it when the archive is being read.
11963
11964 You can also use @option{--label} to get a common information on
11965 all tapes of a series. For having this information different in each
11966 series created through a single script used on a regular basis, just
11967 manage to get some date string as part of the label. For example:
11968
11969 @smallexample
11970 @group
11971 $ @kbd{tar -cM -f /dev/tape -V "Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
11972 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=/dev/tape --multi-volume \
11973 --label="Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
11974 @end group
11975 @end smallexample
11976
11977 Some more notes about volume labels:
11978
11979 @itemize @bullet
11980 @item Each label has its own date and time, which corresponds
11981 to the time when @GNUTAR{} initially attempted to write it,
11982 often soon after the operator launches @command{tar} or types the
11983 carriage return telling that the next tape is ready.
11984
11985 @item Comparing date labels to get an idea of tape throughput is
11986 unreliable. It gives correct results only if the delays for rewinding
11987 tapes and the operator switching them were negligible, which is
11988 usually not the case.
11989 @end itemize
11990
11991 @node verify
11992 @section Verifying Data as It is Stored
11993 @cindex Verifying a write operation
11994 @cindex Double-checking a write operation
11995
11996 @table @option
11997 @item -W
11998 @itemx --verify
11999 @opindex verify, short description
12000 Attempt to verify the archive after writing.
12001 @end table
12002
12003 This option causes @command{tar} to verify the archive after writing it.
12004 Each volume is checked after it is written, and any discrepancies
12005 are recorded on the standard error output.
12006
12007 Verification requires that the archive be on a back-space-able medium.
12008 This means pipes, some cartridge tape drives, and some other devices
12009 cannot be verified.
12010
12011 You can insure the accuracy of an archive by comparing files in the
12012 system with archive members. @command{tar} can compare an archive to the
12013 file system as the archive is being written, to verify a write
12014 operation, or can compare a previously written archive, to insure that
12015 it is up to date.
12016
12017 @xopindex{verify, using with @option{--create}}
12018 @xopindex{create, using with @option{--verify}}
12019 To check for discrepancies in an archive immediately after it is
12020 written, use the @option{--verify} (@option{-W}) option in conjunction with
12021 the @option{--create} operation. When this option is
12022 specified, @command{tar} checks archive members against their counterparts
12023 in the file system, and reports discrepancies on the standard error.
12024
12025 To verify an archive, you must be able to read it from before the end
12026 of the last written entry. This option is useful for detecting data
12027 errors on some tapes. Archives written to pipes, some cartridge tape
12028 drives, and some other devices cannot be verified.
12029
12030 One can explicitly compare an already made archive with the file
12031 system by using the @option{--compare} (@option{--diff}, @option{-d})
12032 option, instead of using the more automatic @option{--verify} option.
12033 @xref{compare}.
12034
12035 Note that these two options have a slightly different intent. The
12036 @option{--compare} option checks how identical are the logical contents of some
12037 archive with what is on your disks, while the @option{--verify} option is
12038 really for checking if the physical contents agree and if the recording
12039 media itself is of dependable quality. So, for the @option{--verify}
12040 operation, @command{tar} tries to defeat all in-memory cache pertaining to
12041 the archive, while it lets the speed optimization undisturbed for the
12042 @option{--compare} option. If you nevertheless use @option{--compare} for
12043 media verification, you may have to defeat the in-memory cache yourself,
12044 maybe by opening and reclosing the door latch of your recording unit,
12045 forcing some doubt in your operating system about the fact this is really
12046 the same volume as the one just written or read.
12047
12048 The @option{--verify} option would not be necessary if drivers were indeed
12049 able to detect dependably all write failures. This sometimes require many
12050 magnetic heads, some able to read after the writes occurred. One would
12051 not say that drivers unable to detect all cases are necessarily flawed,
12052 as long as programming is concerned.
12053
12054 The @option{--verify} (@option{-W}) option will not work in
12055 conjunction with the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option or
12056 the @option{--append} (@option{-r}), @option{--update} (@option{-u})
12057 and @option{--delete} operations. @xref{Operations}, for more
12058 information on these operations.
12059
12060 Also, since @command{tar} normally strips leading @samp{/} from file
12061 names (@pxref{absolute}), a command like @samp{tar --verify -cf
12062 /tmp/foo.tar /etc} will work as desired only if the working directory is
12063 @file{/}, as @command{tar} uses the archive's relative member names
12064 (e.g., @file{etc/motd}) when verifying the archive.
12065
12066 @node Write Protection
12067 @section Write Protection
12068
12069 Almost all tapes and diskettes, and in a few rare cases, even disks can
12070 be @dfn{write protected}, to protect data on them from being changed.
12071 Once an archive is written, you should write protect the media to prevent
12072 the archive from being accidentally overwritten or deleted. (This will
12073 protect the archive from being changed with a tape or floppy drive---it
12074 will not protect it from magnet fields or other physical hazards.)
12075
12076 The write protection device itself is usually an integral part of the
12077 physical media, and can be a two position (write enabled/write
12078 disabled) switch, a notch which can be popped out or covered, a ring
12079 which can be removed from the center of a tape reel, or some other
12080 changeable feature.
12081
12082 @node Reliability and security
12083 @chapter Reliability and Security
12084
12085 The @command{tar} command reads and writes files as any other
12086 application does, and is subject to the usual caveats about
12087 reliability and security. This section contains some commonsense
12088 advice on the topic.
12089
12090 @menu
12091 * Reliability::
12092 * Security::
12093 @end menu
12094
12095 @node Reliability
12096 @section Reliability
12097
12098 Ideally, when @command{tar} is creating an archive, it reads from a
12099 file system that is not being modified, and encounters no errors or
12100 inconsistencies while reading and writing. If this is the case, the
12101 archive should faithfully reflect what was read. Similarly, when
12102 extracting from an archive, ideally @command{tar} ideally encounters
12103 no errors and the extracted files faithfully reflect what was in the
12104 archive.
12105
12106 However, when reading or writing real-world file systems, several
12107 things can go wrong; these include permissions problems, corruption of
12108 data, and race conditions.
12109
12110 @menu
12111 * Permissions problems::
12112 * Data corruption and repair::
12113 * Race conditions::
12114 @end menu
12115
12116 @node Permissions problems
12117 @subsection Permissions Problems
12118
12119 If @command{tar} encounters errors while reading or writing files, it
12120 normally reports an error and exits with nonzero status. The work it
12121 does may therefore be incomplete. For example, when creating an
12122 archive, if @command{tar} cannot read a file then it cannot copy the
12123 file into the archive.
12124
12125 @node Data corruption and repair
12126 @subsection Data Corruption and Repair
12127
12128 If an archive becomes corrupted by an I/O error, this may corrupt the
12129 data in an extracted file. Worse, it may corrupt the file's metadata,
12130 which may cause later parts of the archive to become misinterpreted.
12131 An tar-format archive contains a checksum that most likely will detect
12132 errors in the metadata, but it will not detect errors in the data.
12133
12134 If data corruption is a concern, you can compute and check your own
12135 checksums of an archive by using other programs, such as
12136 @command{cksum}.
12137
12138 When attempting to recover from a read error or data corruption in an
12139 archive, you may need to skip past the questionable data and read the
12140 rest of the archive. This requires some expertise in the archive
12141 format and in other software tools.
12142
12143 @node Race conditions
12144 @subsection Race conditions
12145
12146 If some other process is modifying the file system while @command{tar}
12147 is reading or writing files, the result may well be inconsistent due
12148 to race conditions. For example, if another process creates some
12149 files in a directory while @command{tar} is creating an archive
12150 containing the directory's files, @command{tar} may see some of the
12151 files but not others, or it may see a file that is in the process of
12152 being created. The resulting archive may not be a snapshot of the
12153 file system at any point in time. If an application such as a
12154 database system depends on an accurate snapshot, restoring from the
12155 @command{tar} archive of a live file system may therefore break that
12156 consistency and may break the application. The simplest way to avoid
12157 the consistency issues is to avoid making other changes to the file
12158 system while tar is reading it or writing it.
12159
12160 When creating an archive, several options are available to avoid race
12161 conditions. Some hosts have a way of snapshotting a file system, or
12162 of temporarily suspending all changes to a file system, by (say)
12163 suspending the only virtual machine that can modify a file system; if
12164 you use these facilities and have @command{tar -c} read from a
12165 snapshot when creating an archive, you can avoid inconsistency
12166 problems. More drastically, before starting @command{tar} you could
12167 suspend or shut down all processes other than @command{tar} that have
12168 access to the file system, or you could unmount the file system and
12169 then mount it read-only.
12170
12171 When extracting from an archive, one approach to avoid race conditions
12172 is to create a directory that no other process can write to, and
12173 extract into that.
12174
12175 @node Security
12176 @section Security
12177
12178 In some cases @command{tar} may be used in an adversarial situation,
12179 where an untrusted user is attempting to gain information about or
12180 modify otherwise-inaccessible files. Dealing with untrusted data
12181 (that is, data generated by an untrusted user) typically requires
12182 extra care, because even the smallest mistake in the use of
12183 @command{tar} is more likely to be exploited by an adversary than by a
12184 race condition.
12185
12186 @menu
12187 * Privacy::
12188 * Integrity::
12189 * Live untrusted data::
12190 * Security rules of thumb::
12191 @end menu
12192
12193 @node Privacy
12194 @subsection Privacy
12195
12196 Standard privacy concerns apply when using @command{tar}. For
12197 example, suppose you are archiving your home directory into a file
12198 @file{/archive/myhome.tar}. Any secret information in your home
12199 directory, such as your SSH secret keys, are copied faithfully into
12200 the archive. Therefore, if your home directory contains any file that
12201 should not be read by some other user, the archive itself should be
12202 not be readable by that user. And even if the archive's data are
12203 inaccessible to untrusted users, its metadata (such as size or
12204 last-modified date) may reveal some information about your home
12205 directory; if the metadata are intended to be private, the archive's
12206 parent directory should also be inaccessible to untrusted users.
12207
12208 One precaution is to create @file{/archive} so that it is not
12209 accessible to any user, unless that user also has permission to access
12210 all the files in your home directory.
12211
12212 Similarly, when extracting from an archive, take care that the
12213 permissions of the extracted files are not more generous than what you
12214 want. Even if the archive itself is readable only to you, files
12215 extracted from it have their own permissions that may differ.
12216
12217 @node Integrity
12218 @subsection Integrity
12219
12220 When creating archives, take care that they are not writable by a
12221 untrusted user; otherwise, that user could modify the archive, and
12222 when you later extract from the archive you will get incorrect data.
12223
12224 When @command{tar} extracts from an archive, by default it writes into
12225 files relative to the working directory. If the archive was generated
12226 by an untrusted user, that user therefore can write into any file
12227 under the working directory. If the working directory contains a
12228 symbolic link to another directory, the untrusted user can also write
12229 into any file under the referenced directory. When extracting from an
12230 untrusted archive, it is therefore good practice to create an empty
12231 directory and run @command{tar} in that directory.
12232
12233 When extracting from two or more untrusted archives, each one should
12234 be extracted independently, into different empty directories.
12235 Otherwise, the first archive could create a symbolic link into an area
12236 outside the working directory, and the second one could follow the
12237 link and overwrite data that is not under the working directory. For
12238 example, when restoring from a series of incremental dumps, the
12239 archives should have been created by a trusted process, as otherwise
12240 the incremental restores might alter data outside the working
12241 directory.
12242
12243 If you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option when
12244 extracting, @command{tar} respects any file names in the archive, even
12245 file names that begin with @file{/} or contain @file{..}. As this
12246 lets the archive overwrite any file in your system that you can write,
12247 the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option should be used only
12248 for trusted archives.
12249
12250 Conversely, with the @option{--keep-old-files} (@option{-k}) and
12251 @option{--skip-old-files} options, @command{tar} refuses to replace
12252 existing files when extracting. The difference between the two
12253 options is that the former treats existing files as errors whereas the
12254 latter just silently ignores them.
12255
12256 Finally, with the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option, @command{tar}
12257 refuses to replace the permissions or ownership of already-existing
12258 directories. These options may help when extracting from untrusted
12259 archives.
12260
12261 @node Live untrusted data
12262 @subsection Dealing with Live Untrusted Data
12263
12264 Extra care is required when creating from or extracting into a file
12265 system that is accessible to untrusted users. For example, superusers
12266 who invoke @command{tar} must be wary about its actions being hijacked
12267 by an adversary who is reading or writing the file system at the same
12268 time that @command{tar} is operating.
12269
12270 When creating an archive from a live file system, @command{tar} is
12271 vulnerable to denial-of-service attacks. For example, an adversarial
12272 user could create the illusion of an indefinitely-deep directory
12273 hierarchy @file{d/e/f/g/...} by creating directories one step ahead of
12274 @command{tar}, or the illusion of an indefinitely-long file by
12275 creating a sparse file but arranging for blocks to be allocated just
12276 before @command{tar} reads them. There is no easy way for
12277 @command{tar} to distinguish these scenarios from legitimate uses, so
12278 you may need to monitor @command{tar}, just as you'd need to monitor
12279 any other system service, to detect such attacks.
12280
12281 While a superuser is extracting from an archive into a live file
12282 system, an untrusted user might replace a directory with a symbolic
12283 link, in hopes that @command{tar} will follow the symbolic link and
12284 extract data into files that the untrusted user does not have access
12285 to. Even if the archive was generated by the superuser, it may
12286 contain a file such as @file{d/etc/passwd} that the untrusted user
12287 earlier created in order to break in; if the untrusted user replaces
12288 the directory @file{d/etc} with a symbolic link to @file{/etc} while
12289 @command{tar} is running, @command{tar} will overwrite
12290 @file{/etc/passwd}. This attack can be prevented by extracting into a
12291 directory that is inaccessible to untrusted users.
12292
12293 Similar attacks via symbolic links are also possible when creating an
12294 archive, if the untrusted user can modify an ancestor of a top-level
12295 argument of @command{tar}. For example, an untrusted user that can
12296 modify @file{/home/eve} can hijack a running instance of @samp{tar -cf
12297 - /home/eve/Documents/yesterday} by replacing
12298 @file{/home/eve/Documents} with a symbolic link to some other
12299 location. Attacks like these can be prevented by making sure that
12300 untrusted users cannot modify any files that are top-level arguments
12301 to @command{tar}, or any ancestor directories of these files.
12302
12303 @node Security rules of thumb
12304 @subsection Security Rules of Thumb
12305
12306 This section briefly summarizes rules of thumb for avoiding security
12307 pitfalls.
12308
12309 @itemize @bullet
12310
12311 @item
12312 Protect archives at least as much as you protect any of the files
12313 being archived.
12314
12315 @item
12316 Extract from an untrusted archive only into an otherwise-empty
12317 directory. This directory and its parent should be accessible only to
12318 trusted users. For example:
12319
12320 @example
12321 @group
12322 $ @kbd{chmod go-rwx .}
12323 $ @kbd{mkdir -m go-rwx dir}
12324 $ @kbd{cd dir}
12325 $ @kbd{tar -xvf /archives/got-it-off-the-net.tar.gz}
12326 @end group
12327 @end example
12328
12329 As a corollary, do not do an incremental restore from an untrusted archive.
12330
12331 @item
12332 Do not let untrusted users access files extracted from untrusted
12333 archives without checking first for problems such as setuid programs.
12334
12335 @item
12336 Do not let untrusted users modify directories that are ancestors of
12337 top-level arguments of @command{tar}. For example, while you are
12338 executing @samp{tar -cf /archive/u-home.tar /u/home}, do not let an
12339 untrusted user modify @file{/}, @file{/archive}, or @file{/u}.
12340
12341 @item
12342 Pay attention to the diagnostics and exit status of @command{tar}.
12343
12344 @item
12345 When archiving live file systems, monitor running instances of
12346 @command{tar} to detect denial-of-service attacks.
12347
12348 @item
12349 Avoid unusual options such as @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}),
12350 @option{--dereference} (@option{-h}), @option{--overwrite},
12351 @option{--recursive-unlink}, and @option{--remove-files} unless you
12352 understand their security implications.
12353
12354 @end itemize
12355
12356 @node Changes
12357 @appendix Changes
12358
12359 This appendix lists some important user-visible changes between
12360 version @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and previous versions. An up-to-date
12361 version of this document is available at
12362 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/manual/changes.html,the
12363 @GNUTAR{} documentation page}.
12364
12365 @table @asis
12366 @item Use of globbing patterns when listing and extracting.
12367
12368 Previous versions of GNU tar assumed shell-style globbing when
12369 extracting from or listing an archive. For example:
12370
12371 @smallexample
12372 $ @kbd{tar xf foo.tar '*.c'}
12373 @end smallexample
12374
12375 would extract all files whose names end in @samp{.c}. This behavior
12376 was not documented and was incompatible with traditional tar
12377 implementations. Therefore, starting from version 1.15.91, GNU tar
12378 no longer uses globbing by default. For example, the above invocation
12379 is now interpreted as a request to extract from the archive the file
12380 named @file{*.c}.
12381
12382 To facilitate transition to the new behavior for those users who got
12383 used to the previous incorrect one, @command{tar} will print a warning
12384 if it finds out that a requested member was not found in the archive
12385 and its name looks like a globbing pattern. For example:
12386
12387 @smallexample
12388 $ @kbd{tar xf foo.tar '*.c'}
12389 tar: Pattern matching characters used in file names. Please,
12390 tar: use --wildcards to enable pattern matching, or --no-wildcards to
12391 tar: suppress this warning.
12392 tar: *.c: Not found in archive
12393 tar: Error exit delayed from previous errors
12394 @end smallexample
12395
12396 To treat member names as globbing patterns, use the @option{--wildcards} option.
12397 If you want to tar to mimic the behavior of versions prior to 1.15.91,
12398 add this option to your @env{TAR_OPTIONS} variable.
12399
12400 @xref{wildcards}, for the detailed discussion of the use of globbing
12401 patterns by @GNUTAR{}.
12402
12403 @item Use of short option @option{-o}.
12404
12405 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-o} command line
12406 option as a synonym for @option{--old-archive}.
12407
12408 @GNUTAR{} starting from version 1.13.90 understands this option as
12409 a synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}. This is compatible with
12410 UNIX98 @command{tar} implementations.
12411
12412 However, to facilitate transition, @option{-o} option retains its
12413 old semantics when it is used with one of archive-creation commands.
12414 Users are encouraged to use @option{--format=oldgnu} instead.
12415
12416 It is especially important, since versions of @acronym{GNU} Automake
12417 up to and including 1.8.4 invoke tar with this option to produce
12418 distribution tarballs. @xref{Formats,v7}, for the detailed discussion
12419 of this issue and its implications.
12420
12421 @xref{Options, tar-formats, Changing Automake's Behavior,
12422 automake, GNU Automake}, for a description on how to use various
12423 archive formats with @command{automake}.
12424
12425 Future versions of @GNUTAR{} will understand @option{-o} only as a
12426 synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}.
12427
12428 @item Use of short option @option{-l}
12429
12430 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} option as a
12431 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Since such usage contradicted
12432 to UNIX98 specification and harmed compatibility with other
12433 implementations, it was declared deprecated in version 1.14. However,
12434 to facilitate transition to its new semantics, it was supported by
12435 versions 1.15 and 1.15.90. The present use of @option{-l} as a short
12436 variant of @option{--check-links} was introduced in version 1.15.91.
12437
12438 @item Use of options @option{--portability} and @option{--old-archive}
12439
12440 These options are deprecated. Please use @option{--format=v7} instead.
12441
12442 @item Use of option @option{--posix}
12443
12444 This option is deprecated. Please use @option{--format=posix} instead.
12445 @end table
12446
12447 @node Configuring Help Summary
12448 @appendix Configuring Help Summary
12449
12450 Running @kbd{tar --help} displays the short @command{tar} option
12451 summary (@pxref{help}). This summary is organized by @dfn{groups} of
12452 semantically close options. The options within each group are printed
12453 in the following order: a short option, eventually followed by a list
12454 of corresponding long option names, followed by a short description of
12455 the option. For example, here is an excerpt from the actual @kbd{tar
12456 --help} output:
12457
12458 @verbatim
12459 Main operation mode:
12460
12461 -A, --catenate, --concatenate append tar files to an archive
12462 -c, --create create a new archive
12463 -d, --diff, --compare find differences between archive and
12464 file system
12465 --delete delete from the archive
12466 @end verbatim
12467
12468 @vrindex ARGP_HELP_FMT, environment variable
12469 The exact visual representation of the help output is configurable via
12470 @env{ARGP_HELP_FMT} environment variable. The value of this variable
12471 is a comma-separated list of @dfn{format variable} assignments. There
12472 are two kinds of format variables. An @dfn{offset variable} keeps the
12473 offset of some part of help output text from the leftmost column on
12474 the screen. A @dfn{boolean} variable is a flag that toggles some
12475 output feature on or off. Depending on the type of the corresponding
12476 variable, there are two kinds of assignments:
12477
12478 @table @asis
12479 @item Offset assignment
12480
12481 The assignment to an offset variable has the following syntax:
12482
12483 @smallexample
12484 @var{variable}=@var{value}
12485 @end smallexample
12486
12487 @noindent
12488 where @var{variable} is the variable name, and @var{value} is a
12489 numeric value to be assigned to the variable.
12490
12491 @item Boolean assignment
12492
12493 To assign @code{true} value to a variable, simply put this variable name. To
12494 assign @code{false} value, prefix the variable name with @samp{no-}. For
12495 example:
12496
12497 @smallexample
12498 @group
12499 # Assign @code{true} value:
12500 dup-args
12501 # Assign @code{false} value:
12502 no-dup-args
12503 @end group
12504 @end smallexample
12505 @end table
12506
12507 Following variables are declared:
12508
12509 @deftypevr {Help Output} boolean dup-args
12510 If true, arguments for an option are shown with both short and long
12511 options, even when a given option has both forms, for example:
12512
12513 @smallexample
12514 -f ARCHIVE, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12515 @end smallexample
12516
12517 If false, then if an option has both short and long forms, the
12518 argument is only shown with the long one, for example:
12519
12520 @smallexample
12521 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12522 @end smallexample
12523
12524 @noindent
12525 and a message indicating that the argument is applicable to both
12526 forms is printed below the options. This message can be disabled
12527 using @code{dup-args-note} (see below).
12528
12529 The default is false.
12530 @end deftypevr
12531
12532 @deftypevr {Help Output} boolean dup-args-note
12533 If this variable is true, which is the default, the following notice
12534 is displayed at the end of the help output:
12535
12536 @quotation
12537 Mandatory or optional arguments to long options are also mandatory or
12538 optional for any corresponding short options.
12539 @end quotation
12540
12541 Setting @code{no-dup-args-note} inhibits this message. Normally, only one of
12542 variables @code{dup-args} or @code{dup-args-note} should be set.
12543 @end deftypevr
12544
12545 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset short-opt-col
12546 Column in which short options start. Default is 2.
12547
12548 @smallexample
12549 @group
12550 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12551 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12552 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=short-opt-col=6 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12553 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12554 @end group
12555 @end smallexample
12556 @end deftypevr
12557
12558 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset long-opt-col
12559 Column in which long options start. Default is 6. For example:
12560
12561 @smallexample
12562 @group
12563 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12564 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12565 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=long-opt-col=16 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12566 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12567 @end group
12568 @end smallexample
12569 @end deftypevr
12570
12571 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset doc-opt-col
12572 Column in which @dfn{doc options} start. A doc option isn't actually
12573 an option, but rather an arbitrary piece of documentation that is
12574 displayed in much the same manner as the options. For example, in
12575 the description of @option{--format} option:
12576
12577 @smallexample
12578 @group
12579 -H, --format=FORMAT create archive of the given format.
12580
12581 FORMAT is one of the following:
12582
12583 gnu GNU tar 1.13.x format
12584 oldgnu GNU format as per tar <= 1.12
12585 pax POSIX 1003.1-2001 (pax) format
12586 posix same as pax
12587 ustar POSIX 1003.1-1988 (ustar) format
12588 v7 old V7 tar format
12589 @end group
12590 @end smallexample
12591
12592 @noindent
12593 the format names are doc options. Thus, if you set
12594 @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=doc-opt-col=6} the above part of the help output
12595 will look as follows:
12596
12597 @smallexample
12598 @group
12599 -H, --format=FORMAT create archive of the given format.
12600
12601 FORMAT is one of the following:
12602
12603 gnu GNU tar 1.13.x format
12604 oldgnu GNU format as per tar <= 1.12
12605 pax POSIX 1003.1-2001 (pax) format
12606 posix same as pax
12607 ustar POSIX 1003.1-1988 (ustar) format
12608 v7 old V7 tar format
12609 @end group
12610 @end smallexample
12611 @end deftypevr
12612
12613 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset opt-doc-col
12614 Column in which option description starts. Default is 29.
12615
12616 @smallexample
12617 @group
12618 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12619 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12620 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=opt-doc-col=19 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12621 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12622 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=opt-doc-col=9 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12623 -f, --file=ARCHIVE
12624 use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12625 @end group
12626 @end smallexample
12627
12628 @noindent
12629 Notice, that the description starts on a separate line if
12630 @code{opt-doc-col} value is too small.
12631 @end deftypevr
12632
12633 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset header-col
12634 Column in which @dfn{group headers} are printed. A group header is a
12635 descriptive text preceding an option group. For example, in the
12636 following text:
12637
12638 @verbatim
12639 Main operation mode:
12640
12641 -A, --catenate, --concatenate append tar files to
12642 an archive
12643 -c, --create create a new archive
12644 @end verbatim
12645 @noindent
12646 @samp{Main operation mode:} is the group header.
12647
12648 The default value is 1.
12649 @end deftypevr
12650
12651 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset usage-indent
12652 Indentation of wrapped usage lines. Affects @option{--usage}
12653 output. Default is 12.
12654 @end deftypevr
12655
12656 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset rmargin
12657 Right margin of the text output. Used for wrapping.
12658 @end deftypevr
12659
12660 @node Fixing Snapshot Files
12661 @appendix Fixing Snapshot Files
12662 @include tar-snapshot-edit.texi
12663
12664 @node Tar Internals
12665 @appendix Tar Internals
12666 @include intern.texi
12667
12668 @node Genfile
12669 @appendix Genfile
12670 @include genfile.texi
12671
12672 @node Free Software Needs Free Documentation
12673 @appendix Free Software Needs Free Documentation
12674 @include freemanuals.texi
12675
12676 @node GNU Free Documentation License
12677 @appendix GNU Free Documentation License
12678
12679 @include fdl.texi
12680
12681 @node Index of Command Line Options
12682 @appendix Index of Command Line Options
12683
12684 This appendix contains an index of all @GNUTAR{} long command line
12685 options. The options are listed without the preceding double-dash.
12686 For a cross-reference of short command line options, see
12687 @ref{Short Option Summary}.
12688
12689 @printindex op
12690
12691 @node Index
12692 @appendix Index
12693
12694 @printindex cp
12695
12696 @summarycontents
12697 @contents
12698 @bye
12699
12700 @c Local variables:
12701 @c texinfo-column-for-description: 32
12702 @c End:
This page took 0.574431 seconds and 3 git commands to generate.